Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM & SHELTER 2018
HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT PROJECT 2018 05 -Dec -2017 Plans, Specs, proposal and contract 05 -Dec -2017 Res 17-359, setting a public hearing 12 -Dec -2017 Notice of Public Hearing 19 -Dec -2017 Res 17-368, approving plans, specs, form of agreement and estimate of cost. 20 -Dec -2017 Notice to Bidders 20 -Feb -2018 Res 18-54, awarding contract (Calacci Construction Company Inc.) 06 -Mar -2018 Form of Agreement 06 -Mar -2018 Form of Proposal 06 -Mar -2017 Addendum #1 07 -May -2019 Res 19-112, accepting the work FILED 20i7DEC -5 PM 1:35 CITY OF IOWA CITY DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DIVISION CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, I0WA PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, PROPOSAL AND CONTRACT FOR THE: HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT PROJECT 2018 IOWA CITY, IOWA December 5, 2017 i r+r �aM r.t nr�o �murnt �,ESSI �w�^ .r sur. �� s.a puvd M i an o �y P+�rubr oyuu uwr ti � a n. !w a ib.a P ZZ Q 125-2017 1owh n A lwi. Y.Ebaa 1610.1 Y16Y -2m6— Pq r riwb srtl by NY wr: SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE PAGE CERTIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ......................................... NOTICE TO BIDDERS............................................................ NOTE TO BIDDERS............................................................... INSTRUCTION TO BIDDERS ................................................ FORM OF PROPOSAL....................................................... BIDBOND........................................................................... FORM OF AGREEMENT .................................................... PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND ................. CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (ANTI -DISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS)... WAGE THEFT.......................................................... GENERAL CONDITIONS ........................................ SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS ................. BIDDER STATUS FORM (2 PAGES) ............. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Pa umber g� cl S c► Cl ^O ......:� C*thru C�2 ...........`Y� NPH-,, .......... NTB-1 .......... NB -1 ..................... IB -1 thru pg.7 ..................... FP -1 thru pg.3 ..................... BB -1 ..................... AG -1 ..................... PB -1 ..................... CC -1 thru pg.8 ..................... WT -1 thru pg.2 GC -1 SCA thru pgA7 BSF-1 Section 01010 Summary of the Work ........ ................................................................. 01010-1 Section 01015 Alternates...........................................................................01015-1 Section 01025 Measurement and Payment ............................................... 01025-1 thru pg.4 Section 01310 Progress and Schedules .................................................... 01310-1 thru pg.2 Section 01570 Traffic Control and Construction Facilities ......................... 01570-1 thru pg.2 DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK Section 02050 Demolitions, Removals and Abandonments ...................... 02050-1 thru pg.3 Section 02100 Site Preparation.................................................................. 02100-1 thru pg.2 Section 02220 Earth Excavation, Backfill, Fill and Grading .......................02220-1 thru pg.5 TC -1 FIf ED Section 02270 Slope Protection and Erosion Control ................................ 270-1 thru pg.3 Section 02510 Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA) Paving ................................... 051Q;1 thry,.3 Section 02520 Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) Paving ........ Z0j1IIEC.. 5 h g.3 Section 02900 Landscaping...................................................................... 02�pQlairu pg.5 DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE Section 031113 Concrete Formwork........... Section 032000 Concrete Reinforcement ... Section 033000 Cast -in -Place Concrete DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 042200 Concrete Unit Masonry ..... Section 044200 Exterior Stone Cladding ... DIVISION 8 - OPENINGS Section 081100 Metal Doors .... Section 087100 Door Hardware DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING C17Y 10VIA CITY. ........................031113-1 thru pg.5 ................... ..... 032000-1 thru pg.3 ........................ 033000-1 thru pg.7 ......................042200-1 thru pg.12 ........................ 044200-1 thru pg.2 ........................081100-1 thru pg.7 ........................087100-1 thru pg.7 Section 220511 Common Work Results for Plumbing ............................. 220511-1 thru pg.9 Section 220519 Meters and Gauges ......................................................220519-1 thru pg.11 Section 220700 Plumbing Insulation........................................................220700-1 thru pg.6 Section 221119 Domestic Water Piping Specialties ................................221119-1 thru pg.3 Section 224000 Plumbing Fixtures........................................................... 224000-1 thru pg.5 DIVISION 23 - HVAC Section 230500 Common Work Results for HVAC................................230500-1 thru pg. 15 Section 233400 Exhaust Fan....................................................................233400-1 thru pg.3 Section 238200 Baseboard Heater..........................................................238200-1 thru pg.2 DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL Section 260100 Operation and Maintenance for Electrical Systems....... 260100-1 thru pg.8 Section 260519 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables. 260519-1 thru pg.2 Section 260526 Grounding and Bonding ................................................. 260526-1 thru pg.2 Section 260533 Electrical Raceway and Boxes.... ................................... 260533-1 thru pg.4 Section 260553 Identification for Electrical Systems ............................... 260553-1 thru pg.5 Section 262416 Panelboards....................................................................262416-1 thru pg.4 Section 262726 Wiring Devices................................................................262726-1 thru pg.3 Section 262816 Enclosed Switches and Circuit Breakers ....................... 262816-1 thru pg.3 PLANS....................................................................................................................................14pg ATTACHMENTS: FORM OF PROPOSAL BID BOND BIDDER STATUS SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM TC -2 NOTICE OF PUBLIC HEARING ON PLANS, SPECIFICATIONS, FORM OF CONTRACT AND ESTIMATED COST FOR HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT PROJECT IN THE CITY OF IOWA CITY. IOWA TO ALL TAXPAYERS OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, AND TO OTHER INTERESTED PERSONS: Public notice is hereby given that the City Council of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, will conduct a public hearing on plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost for the construction of the Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project in said City at 7 p.m. on the 19" day of December, 2017, said meeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall in City Hall in said City, or if said meeting is cancelled, at the next meeting of the City Council thereafter as posted by the City Clerk. Said plans, specifications, form of contract and estimated cost are now on file in the office of the City Clerk in City Hall in Iowa City, Iowa, and may be inspected by any interested persons. Any interested persons may appear at said meeting of the City Council for the purpose of making objections to and comments concerning said plans, specifications, contract or the cost of making said improvement. This notice is given by order of the City Coun- cil of the City of Iowa City, Iowa and as provided bylaw. KELLIE FRUEHLING, CITY CLERK SN MG-. M3 . . F.- .. FWic SeRro -c!VHkFEy HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT PROTECT for 06 OS 2017 doc 05117 NPH -1 0 O P n 3 f.+ NOTICE TO BIDDERS HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT PROJECT 2018 FILED I( CD Sealed proposals will be received by the City Clerk of the City of Iowa City, Iowa, until 3:00 P.M. on the 300'h day of January, 2018. Sealed proposals will be opened immediately thereafter by the City En dae�qigr� submitted by fax machine shall not be deemed a "sealed bid" for purposes of this Pr�jE+�4'PrbpE%Is'receve after this deadline will be returned to the bidder unopened. Proposals will be acted upon by the Citlgnej atp eeting to be held in the Emma J. Harvat Hall at 7:00 P.M. on the 6r' day of February, 2018, or at a special rff ti � 1e . ;,,Tat purpose. II u " There is a recommended pre-bid meeting. This will start at 11 a.m. local time on Wednesday, January 16, 2018 in the Happy Hollow Park Shelter, located at Happy Hollow Park, 800 Brown St, Iowa City, Iowa. The project will involve the following: Demolition of the existing restroom, storage and shelter facility and associated concrete slab and foundations. Following with the construction of two separate structures at Happy Hollow Park: A masonry building with a single -stall, ADA accessible restroom and mechanical space, with hardieboard siding and a stone veneer base. An open outdoor park shelter, of prefabricated wood and steel structure with douglas fir column and truss. Construction shall include, but not limited to: concrete foundations, masonry and stone wall, wood roof trusses, standing seam metal roof, mechanical, electrical and plumbing, site paving and finished site grading. All work is to be done in strict compliance with the plans and specifications prepared by HBK Engineering, LLC, of Iowa City, Iowa, which have heretofore been approved by the City Council, and are on file for public examination in the Office of the City Clerk. Each proposal shall be completed on a form furnished by the City and must be accompanied in a sealed envelope, separate from the one containing the proposal, by a bid bond executed by a corporation authorized to contract as a surety in the State of Iowa, in the sum of 10% of the bid. The bid security shall be made payable to the TREASURER OF THE CITY OF IOWA CITY, IOWA, and shall be forfeited to the City of Iowa City in the event the successful bidder fails to enter into a contract within ten (10) calendar days of the City Council's award of the contract and post bond satisfactory to the City ensuring the faithful performance of the contract and maintenance of said Project, if required, pursuant to the provisions of this notice and the other contract documents. Bid bonds of the lowest two or more bidders may be retained for a period of not to exceed fifteen (15) calendar days following award of the contract, or until rejection is made. Other bid bonds will be returned after the canvass and tabulation of bids is completed and reported to the City Council. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a bond in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, said bond to be issued by a responsible surety approved by the City, and shall guarantee the prompt payment of all materials and labor, and also protect and save harmless the City from all claims and damages of any kind caused directly or indirectly by the operation of the contract, and shall also guarantee the maintenance of the improvement for a period of one (1) year(s) from and after its completion and formal acceptance by the City Council. The following limitations shall apply to this Project: Substantial Completion date June 1, 2018; Final completion date June 15, 2018. Liquidated Damages: $500/day The plans; specifications and proposed contract documents may be examined at the office of the City Clerk. Copies of said plans and specifications and form of proposal blanks may be secured at Technigraphics, a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave, Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240, Phone: 319-354-5950 Fax:319-354-8973 Toll -Free 800-779- 0093 by bona fide bidders. A3$ 0.00'refundable fee is required for each set of plans and specifications provided to bidders or other interested persons. The fee shall be in the form of a check, made payable to Technigraphics. The fee will be returned if the plans are returned in unmarked and reusable condition within 15 days of Council Award. A separate and nonrefundable $15.00 shipping and handling fee will apply to plans that are sent through postal mail. Prospective bidders are advised that the City of Iowa City desires to employ minority contractors and subcontractors on City projects. A listing of minority contractors can be obtained from the Iowa Department of Economic Development at (515) 242-4721 and the Iowa Department of Transportation Contracts Office at (515) 239-1422. Bidders shall list on the Forth of Proposal the names of persons, firths, companies or other parties with whom the bidder intends to subcontract. This list shall include the type of work and approximate subcontract amount(s). The Contractor awarded the contract shall submit a list on the Form of Agreement of the proposed subcontractors, together with quantities, unit prices and extended dollar amounts. By virtue of statutory authority, preference must be given to products and provisions grown and coal produced within the State of Iowa, and to Iowa domestic labor, to the extent lawfully required under Iowa Statutes. The Iowa reciprocal resident bidder preference law applies to this Project. The City reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, and also reserves the right to waive technicalities and irregularities. Published upon order of the City Council of Iowa City, Iowa. KELLIE FRUEHLING, CITY CLERK S:NEG\CAVERM 11Ro�ec4UNPPYH-1FROMiE-1Wotlmto dEdMf bW "Ip OW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REP WEM PRO CT -EW Aly 42 N17.0 NTB-1 NOTE TO BIDDERS 1. The successful bidder and all subcontractors are required to submit at least 4 days prior to award three references involving similar projects, including at least one municipal reference. Award of the bid or use of specific subcontractors may be denied if sufficient favorable references are not verified or may be denied based on past experience on projects with the City of Iowa City. 2. References shall be addressed to the City Engineer and include the name, address and phone number of the contact person, for City verification. 3. Bid submittals are: Envelope 1: Envelope 2: Bid Bond and Bidder Status Form Form of Proposal NB -1 0 D� C11 --- cr-< cn � ZE: = a 7�' F INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FILED ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS 2011 OF -C -5 PN 1: 35 1.1 Bidding documents include the bidding requirements and the contract doQjrT1*hGLEft bidding requirements include the Advertisement or Invitation to bid, Instru"" t0IIT1if"d4l1WA the Bid Form, other sample bidding and contract forms, and the Contract Forms including addenda issued prior to receipt of bids. 1.2 The contract documents for the work consist of the Owner/Contractor Agreement, the Conditions of the Contract (General and Supplementary Conditions), the Drawings, the Specifications and all addenda issued prior to and all modifications issued after execution of the Contract. 1.3 Definitions set forth in AIA document A201, "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction", 2007 edition, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the bidding documents. A. Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by addition, deflection, clarifications or correction. B. A bid is a complete and properly signed proposal to do the work or designated portion thereof for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the bidding documents., C. The base bid is the sum stated in the bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the work described in the bidding documents as the Base, to which work may be added, or from which work may be deducted for sums stated in alternate bids. D. An alternate bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the base bid if the corresponding change in the work, as described in bidding documents, is accepted. E. A unit price is an amount stated in the bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials or services as described in the bidding documents or in the contract documents. F. A bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid. G. A sub -bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the work. ARTICLE 2 — BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 2.1 The bidder by making a bid represents that the bidder has read and understands the bidding documents, and the bid is made in accordance with those documents. 2.2 The Bidder has read and understands the bidding documents or contract documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the work for which the bid is submitted. r -M 2.3--11-j The bidder has visited the site, has become familiar with local conditions under which the work is to be performed, and has correlated the bidder's personal observations with the.. requirements of the contract documents. 2.4 The bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by A biddiip j aLA documents without exception. o C-1 .i n n �-�A s ARTICLE 3 -BIDDING DOCUMENTS i C-> C' 3.1 Copies A. Complete sets of the bidding documents may be obtained from the offhm of 0 e of Techniaraahics. a division of Rapids Reproductions located at 415 Highland Ave. Suite 100, Iowa City, Iowa 52240. Phone :319-354-5950 Fax:319-354-8973 Toll -Free 800-779-0093 by bona fide bidders, for the deposit sum as indicated. The deposit will be refunded to plan holders who return the bidding documents in good condition within 15 days after receipt of bids. A bidder receiving a contract award may retain the bidding documents, and his deposit will be refunded. Successful sub-bidders, including material suppliers, may retain their bidding documents, and their deposit will be refunded if the Architect receives written notification within the 30 calendar day period following receipt of bids. B. Bidders shall use complete sets of bidding documents in preparing bids. Neither the Owner nor the Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of bidding documents. No partial sets will be issued. • C. In making copies of the bidding documents available on the above terms, the Owner and the Architect do so only for the purpose of obtaining bids for the work, and do nor confer license or grant permission for any other use of the bidding documents. D. Copies of the reports and drawings that are not included with the Bidding Documents may be examined at Engineering Division at City Hall, Iowa City, Iowa during regular business hours, or may be obtained from the Owner at Owner's reproduction cost, plus handling charge. These reports and drawings are not part of the contract documents, but the "technical data" contained therein upon which the bidder may rely as identified and established above, are incorporated therein by reference. 3.2 Interpretation or Correction of Bidding Documents A. The bidder shall carefully study and compare the bidding documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the work for which the bid is being submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. B. Bidders and sub -bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the bidding documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least nine days prior to the date for receipt of bids. M C. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the bidding documep t btft by addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes to the bidcfl nts made in any other manner will not be binding, and bidders shall not rely upon them. 2011 DEC —5 PM 1: 33 3.3 Substitutions CITY CLERK hJ'?A CIT Y.101'tA A. The materials, products and equipment described in the bidding documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. Refer to included Substitution Request form for substitution requirements. B. If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of bids, such approval will be set forth in an addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. 3.4 Addenda A. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all who are known by the Architect to have a complete set of bidding documents. B. Copies of addenda will be made available for inspection wherever bidding documents are on file for that purpose. C. No addenda will be issued later than four (4) days prior to the date for receipt of bids, except for any one or more of the following reasons: 1. An addendum withdrawing the request for bids. 2. An addendum which includes postponement of the date for receipt of bids. 3. An addendum issued after receipt of bids and prior to execution of the contract. D. Each bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a bid that he has received all addenda issued, and the bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the proper location on the bid form. ARTICLE 4 — BIDDING PROCEDURES 4.1 Form and Style of Bids A. A separate copy of the bid form is contained within the back cover of this document. B. Fill in all blanks on the bid form by typewriter or manually in ink. C. Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form, sums shall be expressed in both words and numerals, and in case of discrepancy between the two, the amount written in words will govern. D. Interlineations, alterations or erasures shall be initialed by the signer of the bid. E. All requested alternates shall be bid. If no change in the base bid is required, enter "No Change". HE F. Where two or more bids for designated portions of the work have been requested, the bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the bidder's refusal to accept award of less than the combination of bids stipulated by the bidder. The bidder shall make no additional stipulation on the bid form, nor qualify the bid in any other manner. G. Each copy of the bid shall include the legal name of the bidder and a statement y. that the bidder is a sole proprietor, a partnership, a corporation or some other legal entity. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract. A bid by a corporation shall further giveke state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A bid submitted an shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the dent's hority bind the bidder. 1E0 n � 4 S H. No bid may be withdrawn for a period of 30 calendar days the date opening. 4.2 Bid Security '� t 7 r0 A. Each bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the amount of ten percent (10 %) of the base bid and in the form of surety bond pledging that the bidder will enter into a contract with the Owner on the items stated in his bid and will, if requested, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the contract and the payment of all obligations arising there under. Should the bidder refuse to enter into such contract or fail to furnish such bond if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. A cashier's check, cash or certified check will not be an accepted bid bond. B. Surety bond shall be written on enclosed "Bid Bond" form bound within the project manual and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of power of attorney. C. The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of bidders to whom an award is being considered until either: 1. The contract has been executed and bonds have been furnished. 2. The specified time has elapsed so that the bids may be withdrawn. 3. All bids have been rejected. 4.3 Bidder Status Form A. Bidder.Status form shall be submitted with the bid, in a separate envelope. 4.4 Submission of Bids A. All copies of the bid, the bid security and other documents required to be submitted with the bid shall be enclosed in sealed opaque envelopes as instructed in Section NB — Note to Bidders. All envelopes shall be addressed to the party receiving the bids ("City Clerk, City of Iowa City"), and shall be identified with the project name, the bidder's name and address, and the envelope's contents. If the bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelopes shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ffM ENCLOSED" on the face of that envelope. Q� L B. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the lime and date for receipt of bids. 1. Location: Office of City Clerk, City Hall, 410 East Vg6}t$5%rr5tr?A, 1: 35 Iowa City, Iowa 52J,4 2. Time and Date: Before 3:00 p.m. on Tuesday. Januar_ YfrTu�,� C. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of bids will be returned unopened. D. The bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of bids. E. Oral, telephonic, or telegraphic bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 4.5 Modification or Withdrawal of Bid A. A bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled the bidder after the stipulated time and date designated for the receipt of bids, and each bidder so agrees in submitting his bid. B. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of bids, a bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving bids at the place designated for receipt of bids. Such notice shall be in writing, signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract. If written notice is electronic, written confirmation from the person or persons legally authorized to bind the bidder to a contract shall also be mailed and postmarked on or before the date and time set for receipt of bids, and it shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original bid. C. Withdrawn bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. D. Bid security shall be in an amount sufficient for the bid as modified or resubmitted. ARTICLE 5 — CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 5.1 Opening of Bids A. The properly identified bids received on time will be opened publicly and will be read aloud. 5.2 Rejection of Bids A. The Owner will have the right to reject any or all bids, and to reject a bid not accompanied by the required bid security or by another data required by the bidding documents, or to reject a bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular. M 5.3 6.1 Acceptance of Bid (Award) A. It is the intent of the Owner to award a contract to the lowest responsive responsible bidder provided the bid has been submitted in accordance with the r&ouirements of the bidding documents, and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner will have the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a bid received, and to accept the bid which, in his judgment, is in his own best interest. B. The Owner will have the right to accept bid alternates in any order or combination, and to determine the low bidder on the basis of the sum of the base bid and the accepted alternates. ARTICLE 6 — POST -BID INFORMATION Submittals A. The names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties bidder intends to subcontracted wor f:9 C. with whom the enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of and approximate dollar amount of the subconW will be submitted within 24 hours of bid opening by the apparent responsible bidder. The bidder shall, within seven (7) days of notification of sele contract for the work, submit the following information to the A designation of the work to be performed by the bide own forces. The proprietary names and the suppliers or principal materials and equipment proposed for the project. .west esponi5ty�, rf3$_ r: the ward 6f a A*4 m rr, 3C of R th4 bidde7� ri t items or stem of The bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the work described in the bidding documents. D. Prior to the award of the contract, the Architect will notify the bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity. If the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to such proposed person or entity, the bidder may, at the bidder's option: 1. Withdraw the bid. 2. Submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the bid price to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. D. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or may disqualify the bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. M ARTICLE 7 - PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR & MATERIAL PAYMENT36@N& V 7.1 Bond Requirements 2411 DEC —5 FM 1= 35 A. The bidder shall fumish bonds covering the faithful performance @f1Tdt5t€tE" the payment of all obligations arising there under. Bonds may bq�. �r#j'{Nt`o�OWA the bidder's usual sources. The cost of furnishing such bonds shall be included in the bid. B. If the Owner requires that bonds be obtained from other than the bidder's usual source, all change in cost will be adjusted as provided in contract documents. 7.2 The Time of Delivery and Form of Bonds A. The bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three (3) days following the date of execution of the contract. If the work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the bidder shall, prior to commencement of the work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be fumished and delivered. B. The bonds shall be written on the "Performance and Payment Bond" form bound within the project manual, or a copy thereof. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the contract sum. C. The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the contract. D. The bidder shall require the attomey-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix a current and certified copy of power of attorney. ARTICLE 8 - PRE-BID CONFERENCE 8.1 Conference A. There is a recommended pre-bid meeting. This will start at 11 a.m. local time on Tuesday, January 16, 2018 in the Happy Hollow Park Shelter, located at Happy Hollow Park, 800 Brown St, Iowa City, Iowa. 8.2 Parking A. Parking is available neighboring the site. SIRECtGo"mment Buildings and Facilities ManagentW renrojectaW oppy Hollow Park Public Restroom and storage repcem laent projecllFmnt ends and bid docunentaNS - Instructions to Bidders- Happy Hollow Park reslroom shelter Project- bid July 12 2017.doc LSI FORM OF PROPOSAL PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT CITY OF IOWA CITY BIDDERS PLEASE NOTE: 1. PLEASE DO NOT USE THE FORM OF PROPOSAL INCLUDED IN THE BOUND VOLUME OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. SEPARATE COPIES OF THIS PROPOSAL ARE CONTAINED WITHIN THE BACK COVER OF THIS DOCUMENT. Name of Bidder: Address of Bidder: BIDS RECEIVED BEFORE: 3:00 PM local time on January 30, 2018 TO: City Clerk City of Iowa City City Hall 410 East Washington Street Iowa City, Iowa 52240 0 0 In response to your request for bids, and in compliance with the Procure4w..artgCon ing Requirements, the undersigned proposes to furnish all labor, materials and equigrgogt, all sup on, coordination, and all related incidentals necessary to perform the work to compleZA4,bAPV HW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT PROJECT 2018 in strictap6prdp9ce t he Project Manual and the Drawings dated December 5, 2017, including Adden m Bred -0—, and , inclusive, prepared by HBK Engineering, LLC and to do all at tie prices set forth herein. " N) ru We further propose to do all "Extra Work" which may be required to complete the work contemplated, at unit prices or lump sums to be agreed upon in writing prior to starting such work. FP -1 of 3 OPINION OF PROBABLE COSTS HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT PROJECT - 2018 CITY OF IOWA CITY ITEM NO. ITEM UNIT UNIT PRICE QUAN. TOTAL PRICE 1 General Mobilization LS $12,500 1 $12,500 2 Erosion Control LS $1,000 1 $1,000 Site Work Items 3 Demolition/Removals LS $10,000 1 $10,000 4 Earthwork/Grading LS $8,500 1 $8,500 5 4" PCC Paving SY $35.00 143 $5,005 6 6" HMA Patch SY $150.00 6 $900 7 Remove/Replace Grill EA $1,000 1 $1,000 8 Final Gradin /H droseed ACRES $5,000 0.3 $1,500 9 Sanitary Service LF $60.00 35 $2,100 10 Water Service LF $60.00 50 $3,000 Structures 11 New Restroom Facility LS $97,238 1 $97,238 12 New Shelter Facility LS 1 $74,000 TOTAL BASE BID $216,743 ALTERNATES 1a S lifface CMU Fascia, Shelter LS $2,400 1 $2,400 1b Natural Stone Fascia, Shelter LS $7,200 1 $7,200 2 New Shelter Facility Upgrade — Hidden Fasteners LS $3,500 1 $3,500 Q V �� r •IYII� o� ry xY v FORM OF PROPOSAL- BID FORM HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT PROJECT 2018 CITY OF IOWA CITY ITEM NO. ITEM UNIT UNIT PRICE QUAN. TOTAL PRICE 1 Mobiliza'bW LS 1 2 3 Erosion ConlrQL Demolition/Removal LS LS 1 1, 4 Earthwork/Gradin LS 1 5 4" PCC Paving SY 143 6 6" HMA Patch SY 6 7 Remove/Replace Grill EA 1 8 Final Gradin /H droseed ACRES 0.3 9 Sanitary Service LF 35 10 Water Service LF 50 11 New Restroom Facility LS 1 12 New Shelter Facility 1 TOTAL BASE BID 1a LTERNATES S litface CMU Fascia, Shelter LS 1 1b Natural Stone Fascia, Shelter LS 1 2 New Shelter Facility Upgrade — Hidden 54fsteners I LS 1 1 FP -2 of 3 F5 w. rn -x w tri The names of those persons, firms, companies or other parties with whom we intend to enter into a major subcontract, together with the type of subcontracted work and approximate dollar amount of the subcontract will be submitted within 24 hours of bid opening by the apparent lowest responsive, responsible bidder. NOTE: All subcontractors are subject to approval by City. The undersigned bidder certifies that this proposal is made in good faith, and without collusion or connection with any other person or persons bidding on the work. The undersigned bidder states that this proposal is made in conformity with the Contract Documents and agrees that, in the event of any discrepancies or differences between any conditions of this proposal and the Contract Documents prepared by the City of Iowa City, the more specific shall prevail. In submitting this Proposal, The undersigned agrees that the Bid will not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) consecutive calendar days following the date of the Bid Opening. Further, that if a Notice to Proceed or a prepared Agreement provided by the Owner is received at the business address identified below within the thirty (30) day period, the undersigned will, within ten (10) days of receipt, acknowledge acceptance of the contract award. The undersigned will then execute and deliver to the Owner address the Agreement, the Procurement, Labor and Material Payment Bonds, and the certificates of insurance, and will proceed in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents for this project, and have the Project at Substantial Completion on or before June 1, 2018. FP -3 of 3 Firm: Signature: Printed Name: 1 Title: d W3 Address: U- o a CS Phone: Contact: FP -3 of 3 BID BOND FILED as Principal, and 2011 DEC —5 PN , I : 35 as Surety declare that we are held and are firmly bound unto the City of IowPl Yvclecl!R+i hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of 100 CITY. IOWA Dollars ($ ) to pay said sum as herein provided. We as Principal and Surety further promise and declare that these obligations shall bind our heirs, executors, administrators, and successors jointly and severally. This obligation is conditioned on the Principal submission of the accompanying bid, dated Project. NOW, THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or in the alternate, for (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a contract in the form specified, and the Principal shall then furnish a bond for the Principal's faithful performance of said Project, and for the payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects j R perform the Project, as agreed to by the City's acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void. Otherwise this obligation shall remain in full force and effect, provided that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the amount of the obligation stated herein. By virtue of statutory authority, the full amount of this bid bond shall be forfeited to the Owner in the event that the Principal fails to execute the contract and provide the bond, as provided in the Project specifications or as required by law. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its bond shall in no way be impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the Owner may accept such Bid or may execute such contract documents, and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such time extension. The Principal and the Surety hereto execute this bid bond this A.D., 20_. Witness Witness day of (Seal) Principal By (Title) Surety By — Attach Power -of -Attorney BB -1 of 1 (Seal) (Attomey-in-fact) " FORM OF AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into by and between the City of Iowa City, Iowa ("City"), and ("Contractor"). WHEREAS, the City has prepared certain Plans, Specifications, Proposal and Contract dated the 5t' day of December, 2017, for the HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT PROJECT 2018 ('Project'), and WHEREAS, Contractor submitted a bid on the Project described in said Plans, Specifications, Proposal and Contract; and WHEREAS, the parties hereto now wish to enter into this agreement for the construction of said Project. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED: 1. The City hereby accepts the attached proposal and biPdocuments �of the Contractor for the Project, and for the sums listed therein. w 2. This Agreement consists of the following component parts TNR aa6incoynted "',, herein by reference: a. Addenda Numbers attached hereto; b. "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" AIA DOC A201-2007, as amended; C. Plans, d. Technical Specifications and Supplementary Conditions, e. Performance and Payment Bond; f. Contractor's Completed Bidder Status Form; attached hereto; g. Contractor's Completed Assurance of Contract Compliance Program (Anti - Discrimination Requirements), attached hereto; h. Completed Form of Proposal; and i. This Instrument. The above components are deemed complementary and should be read together. In the AG -1 of 2 event of a discrepancy or inconsistency, the more specific provision shill JLF. D 3. The names of subcontractors approved by City, toget"Mft"n"s,ls," prices, and extended dollar amounts, are as follows in "Attachle ff ! ffMents IgWA CITY IOWA are to be made to the Contractor in accordance with he Supplementary Conditions. 4. The Project base bid submitted by form of proposal is in the amount of: and no/100 Dollars 5. No Alternates included as part of this agreement. 6. Substantial Completion date is June 1, 2018 and final completion date June 15, 2018. 7. CONTRACT DATE 6' day of February, 2018. [DATE BASED ON FORMAL COUNCIL MEETING AWARDING CONTRACT BY RESOLUTION NUMBER XX-XXXj. Ci Contractor (Signature) (Printed name) Mayor ATTEST: (Signature) (Printed name) (Company OfficialTitle) ATTEST: (Printed name) (Printed name) City Clerk (Company Official Title) Approved By: City Attorney's Office AG -2 of 2 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND as (insert the name and address or legal title of the Contractor) Principal, hereinafter called the Contractor and (insert the legal title of the Surety) as Surety, hAinafter ti called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the City of Iowa City, agbligeVn hereinafter called the Owner, in the amount of cl cn Dollars ($ ) for the p�1 ent for whirl�� m -0 1 r� Contractor and Surety hereby bind themselves, their heirs, executors�;Rmin-ffiratcl successors and assigns, jointly and severally. D r WHEREAS, Contractor has, as of entered into a (date) written Agreement with Owner for the HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT PROJECT; and WHEREAS, the Agreement requires execution of this Performance and Payment Bond, to be completed by Contractor, in accordance with plans and specifications prepared by HBK Engineering, LLC, which Agreement is by reference made a part hereof, and the agreed-upon work is hereafter referred to as the Project. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that, if Contractor shall promptly and faithfully perform said Agreement, then the obligation of this bond shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect until satisfactory completion of the Project. A. The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the Owner. B. Whenever Contractor shall be, and is declared by Owner to be, in default under the Agreement, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly: 1. Complete the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, or 2. Obtain a bid or bids for submission to Owner for completing the Project in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Agreement; and upon determination by Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and Owner, and make available, as work progresses (even though there may be a default or a succession of defaults under the Agreement or subsequent contracts of completion arranged under PB -1 of 2 Contract Compliance Program pt Z y = V Contract Compliance Program this paragraph), sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion, left;L E D balance of the Contract Price, but not exceeding the amount set forth in the first paragraph hereof. The term "balance of the Contract Price," I11lxirf5 PM 1: 3S �.' this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to Cont CLERK ~r under the Agreement, together with any addenda and/or ameAUKAitCITY, li,`WA thereto, less the amount properly paid by Owner to Contractor. C. The Contractor and Contractor's Surety shall be obligated to keep the improvements covered by this bond in good repair for a period of one (1) years from the date of formal acceptance of the improvements by the Owner. D. No right of action shall accrue to or for the use of any person, corporation or third party other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. IT IS A FURTHER CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION that the Principal and Surety, in accordance with provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, shall pay to all persons, firms or corporations having contracts directly with the Principal, including any of Principal's subcontractors, all claims due them for labor performed or materials furnished in the performance of the Agreement for whose benefit this bond is given. The provisions of Chapter 573, Code of Iowa, are a part of this bond to the same extent as if it were expressly set out herein. SIGNED AND SEALED THIS 20 IN THE PRESENCE OF: Witness Witness DAY OF PB -2 of 2 (Principal) (Title) (Surety) (Title) (Street) (City, State, Zip) (Phone) FILED SECTION I -GENERAL POLICY STATEMENT It is the policy of the City of Iowa City to require equal employment opportun'pQ QIF't;ity5cof tr�J 00. This policy prohibits discrimination by the City's contractors, consultants and vendors r em to ensure that, applicants seeking employment with them and their employees are tr d out regard to race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, gender identity, sexuJI3�t6i , d aii' out mdrital status, and age. It is the City's intention to assist employers, who are City contractors, vendors or consultants, in designing and implementing equal employment opportunity so that all citizens will be afforded equal accessibility and opportunity to gain and maintain employment. PROVISIONS: 1. All contractors, vendors, and consultants requesting to do business with the City must submit an Equal Opportunity Policy Statement before the execution of the contract. 2. All City contractors,vendors, and consultants with contracts of $25,000 ormore (or less) if required by another governmental agency) must abide by the requirements of the City's Contract Compliance Program. Emergency contracts may be exempt from this provision at the discretion of the City. Regardless of the value of the contract, all contractors, vendors, and consultants are subject to the City's Human Rights Ordinance, which is codified at Article 2 of the City Code. 3. Contracting departments are responsible for assuring that City contractors, vendors, and consultants are made aware of the City's Contract Compliance Program reporting responsibilities and receive the appropriate reporting forms. A notification of requirements will be included in any request for proposal and notice of bids. 4. Prior to execution of the contract, the completed and signed Assurance of Compliance (located on pages CC -2 and CC -3) or other required material must be received and approved by the City. 5. Contracting departments are responsible foranswering questions about contractor, consultant and vendor compliance during the course of the contractwith the City. 6. All contractors, vendors, and consultants must refrain from the use of any signs or designations which are sexist in nature, such as those which state "Men Working" or "Flagman Ahead," and instead use gender neutral signs. 7. All contractors, vendors, and consultants must assure that their subcontractors abide by the City's Human Rights Ordinance. The City's protected classes are listed at Iowa City City Code section 2-3-1. CC -1 of 8 SECTION II -ASSURANCE OF COMPLIANCE The' following sets'forth the minimum requirements of a satisfactory Equal Employment Opportunity Program which will be reviewed for acceptability. PLEASE RETURN PAGES 2 THROUGH 4.PF THIS SECTION TO THE CONTRACTING DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO THE EXECkTION 55F THE CONTRACT. O C-3 O VVdh respect to the performance of this contract, the contractor, consultant or vendor s follov (For the purposes of these minimum requirements, "contractor- shall include consultants t*lendM.) �r 1. The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for empl�t aal will take affirmative efforts to ensure applicants and employees are treated during oyment� without regard to their race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex, sexual o tation" ender identity, disability, marital status, and age. Such efforts shall include, but not be limited the following: employment, promotion, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. 2. The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor; state that it is an equal opportunity employer. Note: Contracts that are federally funded are subject to Executive Order No. 11246, as amended, and the regulations (see generally 29 U.S.C.§ 1608 at seal and relevant orders of the U.S. Secretary of Labor. The Secretary of Labor, and not the City, enforces said regulations and orders. 3. Provide a copy of your written Equal Employment Opportunity policy statement. Where is this statement posted? 4. What is the name, telephone number and address of your business' Equal Employment Opportunity Officer? (Please print) --- Phone number Address 5. The undersigned agrees to display, in conspicuous places at the work site, all posters required by federal and state law for the duration of the contract. NOTE: The City can provide assistance in obtaining the necessary posters. CC -2 of 8 6. How does your business currently inform applicants, employees, aF—id leLEeDsources (including unions) that you are an Equal Employment Opportunity employer? .., 2017 DEC -5 PH 1:36 CITY CLERK 10NIA CITY.104vA The above responses to questions 1 through 6 are true and correctly reflect our Equal Employment Opportunity policies. Business Signature Print Name CC -3 of 8 Phone Number Title Date SECTION III -SUGGESTED STEPS TO ASSURE EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITIES COMPANY POLICY Determine your company's policy regarding equal employment opportunities. Document thelii post it in a conspicuous place so that it is known to all your employees. Furthermore dissee policy to all potential sources of employees and to your subcontractors asking their coop. statement should recognize and accept your responsibility to provide equal employmen rt your employment practices. In regard to dissemination of this policy, this can be done, fo ex rip a t the use of letters to all recruitment sources and subcontractors, personal contacts, em��,eye ra�r web page postings, employee handbooks, and advertising. fir- -v _m 3 2. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY OFFICER Designate an equal employment opportunity officer or, at minimum, assign someone administering and promoting your company's Equal Employment Opportunity program. have a position in your organization which emphasizes the importance of the program. 3. INSTRUCT STAFF and the 0 the responi&ility of This person should Your staff should be aware of and be required to abide by your Equal Employment Opportunity program. All employees authorized to hire, supervise, promote, or discharge employees or are involved in such, actions should be trained and required to comply with your policy and the current equal employment opportunity laws. 4. RECRUITMENT (a) Let potential employees know you are an equal opportunity employer. This can be done by identifying yourself on all recruitment advertising as "an equal opportunity employer'. (b) Use recruitment sources that are likely to yield diverse applicant pools. Word-of-mouth recruitment will only perpetuate the current composition of your workforce. Send recruitment sources a letter annually which reaffirms your commitment to equal employment opportunity and requests their assistance in helping you reach diverse applicant pools. (c) Analyze and review your company's recruitment procedures to identify and eliminate discriminatory barriers. (d) Select and train persons involved in the employment process to use objective standards and to support equal employment opportunity goals. (e) Review periodically job descriptions to make sure they accurately reflect major job functions. Review education and experience requirements to make sure they accurately reflect the requirements for successful job performance. (f) Review the job application to insure that only job related questions are asked. Ask yourself "Is this information necessary to judge an applicant's ability to perform the job applied for?' Only use job-related tests which do not adversely affect any particular group of people. (g) Monitor interviews carefully. Prepare interview questions i n advance to a s s u re t h a t they are only job related. Train your interviewers on discrimination laws. Biased and subjective judgments in personal interviews can be a major source of discrimination. (h) Improve hiring and selection procedures and use non -biased promotion, transfer and training policies to increase and/or improve the diversity of your workforce representation. Companies must make sure procedures for selecting candidates for promotion, transfer and training are based upon a fair assessment of an employee's ability and work record. Furthermore, all companies should post and otherwise publicize all job promotional opportunities and encourage all qualified employees to bid on them. CC -4 of 8 Attached for your information is a copy of Section 2 — 3 — 1 of the Iowa City Code of Ordinances which prohibits certain discriminatory practices in employment as well as a sample policy. Please note that the protected characteristics include some not mandated for protection by Federal or State law. As a contractor, consultant or vendor doing business with the City of Iowa City you are required to abide by the provisions of the local ordinance in conjunction with your performance under a contract with the City. CC -5 of 8 SAMPLE: EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY POLICY To all employees of _ C:) d -' � n r This Company and its employees shall not discriminate against any employee ori kart for employment based on his or her a g e, national origin, color, creed, ity,gend identity, marital s t a t u s, race, religion, sex, or sexual orientation. The aaPisc�ina policy extends to decisions involving hiring, promotion, demotion, or transfer; �5m-& nt or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of com@grr�setion and selection for training, including apprenticeship. Further, this Company and its e-1ploye>iwill provide a working environment free from such discrimination. All employees are encouraged to refer minority and women applicants and applicants with disabilitiesforemployment. The Equal Employment Opportunity Officerfor — — — — — — — — — — is: Name: Address: — — — — — — — — — — — Telephone Number: --- NOTE: This is a SAMPLE ONLY. You may wish to confer with your EEO officer or legal counsel to formulate a policy which specifically meets the needs of your company. CC -6 of 8 2-3-1: EMPLOYMENT; EXCEPTIONS: FILED 2017 DEC -5 PM 1: 3o A. Itshalt be upfawful for any employer to refuseto hire, accept, register, classify, p�p�jeE (gjml� employment, orto otherwise discriminate in employment against any other pers il111�cAe'''ddn''y employee because of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation. (Ord. 03-4105, 12-16-2003) B. Itshall be unlawful for any labor organization to refuse to admit to membership, apprenticeship or training an applicant, to expel any member, orto otherwise discriminate against any applicant for membership, apprenticeship or training or any member in the privileges, rights or benefits of such membership, apprenticeship ortraining because of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation of such applicant or member. C. It shall be unlawful for any employer, employment agency, labor organization or the employees or members thereof to directly or indirectly advertise or in any other manner indicate or publicize that individuals are unwelcome, objectionable or not solicited for employment or membership because of age, color, creed, disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, sex or sexual orientation. (Ord. 95-3697, 11-7-1995) D. Employment policies relating to pregnancy and childbirth shall be governed by the following: 1. A written or unwritten employment policy or practice which excludes from employment applicants or employees because of the employee's pregnancy is a prima facie violation of this title. 2. Disabilities caused or contributed to by the employee's pregnancy, miscarriage, childbirth and recovery therefrom are, for all job related purposes, temporary disabilities and shall be treated as such under any health or temporary disability insurance or sick leave plan available in connection with employment or any written or unwritten employment policies and practices involving terms and conditions of employment as applied to other temporary disabilities. E. It shall be unlawful for any person to solicit or require as a condition of employment of any employee or prospective employee a test for the presence of the antibody to the human immunodeficiency virus. An agreement between an employer, employment agency, labor organization or their employees, agents or members and an employee or prospective employee concerning employment, pay or benefits to an employee or prospective employee in return for taking a test for the presence of the antibody to the human immunodeficiency virus, is prohibited. The prohibitions of this subsection do not apply if the state epidemiologist determines and the director of public health declares through the utilization of guidelines established by the center for disease control of the United States department of health and human services, that a person with a condition related to acquired immune deficiency syndrome poses a significant risk of transmission of the human immunodeficiency virus to other persons in a specific occupation. F. The following are exempted from the provisions of this section: 1. Any bona fide religious institution or its educational facility, association, corporation or society with respect to any qualifications for employment based on religion when such qualifications are related CC -7 of 8 Inc.to a bona fide religious purpose. A religious qualification for instructional personnel or an administrative officer, serving in a supervisory capacity of a bona fide religious educational facility or religious institution shall be presumed to be a bona fide o6cupati6ifal qualification. (Ord. 94-3647, 11-8-1994) 2. An employer or employment agency which chooses to offer employment or artise for employment to only the disabled or elderly. Any such employment or offer of a gloym�. shall not discriminate among the disabled or elderly on the basis of ageaolor, gryed, "i� disability, gender identity, marital status, national origin, race, religion, ga(as.APal orientation. (Ord. 95-3697, 11-7- 1995) 'Ps—At { n'e- CJ% 1. The employment of individuals for work within the home of the employerifl ^p employer or members of the family reside therein during such employme rn _ O 2. The employment of individuals to render personal service to the person of tt±e employer or members of the employer's family. (Ord. 94-3647, 11-8-1994) 3. The employment on the basis of sex in those certain instances where sex is a bona fide occupational qualification reasonably necessary to the normal operation of a particular business or enterprise. The bona fide occupational qualification shall be interpreted narrowly. (Ord. 03-4105, 12- 16-2003) 4. A state or federal program designed to benefit a specific age classification which serves a bona fide public purpose. (Ord. 94-3647, 11-8-1994) 5. The employment on the basis of disability in those certain instances where presence of disability is a bona fide occupational qualification reasonably necessary to the normal operation of a particular business or enterprise. The bona fide occupational qualification shall be interpreted narrowly. (Ord. 03-4105, 12-16-2003) 6. Any employer who regularly employs less than four (4) individuals. For purposes of this section, individuals who are members of the employer's family shall not be counted as employees. (Ord. 08- 4312, 8-11-2008) CC -8 of 8 CITY OF IOWA CITY WAGE THEFT POLICY FILED It is the policy of the City of Iowa City, as expressed by City Council Resolution No. 15-364 adopted on November 10, 2015, not to enter into certain contracts with, or provide discretionary economic AUCrA&nt5issB11inJA ft any person or entity (including an owner of more than 25% of the entity) who has admitte OR or liability or been adjudicated guilty or liable in any judicial or administrative proceeding of committiI � �IlfuI violation of the Iowa Wage Payment Collection law, the Iowa Minimum Wage Act, ��11 IFa�r05 r Standards Act or any comparable state statute or local ordinance, which governs the payment of wages, for a period of fiveta years from the date of the last conviction, entry of plea, administrative finding or admission of guilt. (hereinafter "Wage Theft Policy") I. - Applicaj_ion.` The Wage Theft Policy applies to the following: a. Contracts in excess of $25,000 for goods, services or public improvements. b. Contracts for discretionary economic development assistance. "Discretionary" economic development assistance shall mean any economic development assistance provided by the City of Iowa City that is not required by law. Exceptions. The Wage Theft Policy does not apply to emergency purchases of goods and services, emergency construction or public improvement work, sole source contracts excepted by the City's purchasing manual, cooperative/piggyback purchasing or contracts with other governmental entities. III. Affidavit. The contracting entity must complete the attached affidavit showing compliance with the Wage Theft Policy and provide it to the Contracting Department prior to the execution of the contract. Contract provision: Any contract to which this policy is applicable will include the following contract provision: If the City becomes aware that a person or entity (including an owner of more than 25% of the entity) has admitted guilt or liability or been adjudicated guilty or liable in any judicial or administrative proceeding of committing a repeated or willful violation of the Iowa Wage Payment Collection law, the Iowa Minimum Wage Act, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or any comparable state statute or local ordinance, which governs the payment of wages, within the five (5) year period prior to the award or at any time after the award, such violation shall constitute a default under the contract. IV. Waivers. If a person or entity is ineligible to contract with the City as a result of the Wage Theft Policy it may submit a request in writing indicating that one or more of the following actions have been taken: a. There has been a bona fide change in ownership or control of the ineligible person or entity; b. Disciplinary action has been taken against the individual(s) responsible for the acts giving rise to the violation(s); c. Remedial action has been taken to prevent a recurrence of the acts giving rise to the disqualification or default; or d. Other factors that the person or entity believes are relevant. The City Manager or Designee shall review the documentation submitted, make any inquiries deemed necessary, request additional documentation if warranted and determine whether a reduction in the ineligibility period or waiver is warranted. Should the City Manager or Designee determine that a reduction or waiver of the ineligibility period is warranted the City Manager or Designee shall make such recommendation to the City Council. The City Council will make a final decision as to whether to grant a reduction or waiver. VVT-1 of 2 WAGE THEFT AFFIDAVIT STATE OF ) ss: COUNTY ) 0 I, upon being duly sworn, state as follows: D —4 C7 r cn� N t f 1. 1 am the [position] of M ["contracting entity"] and have the authority to execute this affidavit on behalf o�9jpd c ract entity and any person or entity with an ownership interest in said contracting erygy3rbf more than 25%. F 2. Neither [contracting entity] nor any person or entity with an ownership interest of more than 25% of said contracting entity has been adjudicated guilty or liable in any judicial or administrative proceeding of committing a repeated or willful violation of the Iowa Wage Payment Collection law, the Iowa Minimum Wage Act, the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or any comparable state statute or local ordinance, which governs the payment of wages in the last 5 years. Signature This instrument was acknowledged before me by on 20 Notary Public in and for the State of WT -2 of 2 FILED GENERAL CONDITIONS ZDIlDEC -5 PM 1:36 CITY CLEM "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction" AIA DOC A2014OWaGhTiYedoom apply except as amended in the Supplementary Conditions. GC -1 PART 1- GEN15ME 1.1 INTRODUCTION CITY OF IOWA CITY SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS CITY OF IOWA CITY A. The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contracy-f.Qr Confection", AIA Document A201-2007. Where a portion of the General Conditions isdelemvy these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General C r gall remain in effect. c7_< B. Terms used in these Supplementary Conditions will have meanings assi t� to *ALM iA the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary eon?�havel* meanings indicated below, which are applicable to both the singular and plu eof- y t C. Deletions from the AIA A201 are indicated as strike mut and additions to the AIA17A201 are indicated as "bold italic". D. The OWNER and CONTRACTOR may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Law or Regulations in respect to any dispute. Disputes shall be resolved by legal or equitable proceedings in a court of appropriate jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall binding arbitration be required as to any dispute arising between the parties or under the Contract Documents. E. Delete all references to mediation and arbitration in their entirety. 1.2 ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Add the following paragraph 1.1.1.1 Contract Documents to read as follows: 1.1.1.1 Any reference within the Contract Documents of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor should be substituted with of the Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement). The Form of Agreement is listed as AG in the project manual. B. Change paragraph 1.1.3 to read as follows: 1.1.3 The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, tools, materials, equipment, transportation, services, taxes, insurance and all other services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. The Contractor shall provide all work and materials which any part of the Contract Documents require him to provide. C. Add the following paragraph 1.2.4: 1.2.4 Sections of Division 1 - General Requirements, govern the execution of all sections of the specifications. 1.3 ARTICLE 2 -OWNER A. Change paragraph 2.4 to read as follows: 2.4 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a seven-day period after receipt -e€ written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. - In such case the SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -1 Owner may deduct from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the tir cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and cc pensati n flUt D Architect's and/or Consultant's additional services and expenses and heating, engineering, accounting, consulting services and attorneys' fees and expenses made n y sac h default, neglect, or failure. M I: 3F If payments then or thereaft a the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay th e<r��i CE" the Owner. The Owner's actions pursuant to this Subparagraph shall not,, At"" IOWA release of any obligation of a surety. 1:4 ARTICLE 3 -'CONTRACTOR A. Change paragraphs 3.2.2 to read as follows: '3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. It is recognized that the contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damage resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents unless the Contractor recognized such error, inconsistency or omission and kaewiagly failed to report it to the Architect. If the Contractor performs any construction activity kaewing itt—involves involving a recognized error, inconsistency or omission in the Contract Documents without such notice to the Architect, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such performance and shall bear all costs for correction. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work at any time without Contract Documents or, where required, approved Shop Drawings, Product Data or Samples for such portion of the Work. B. Change paragraph 3.3.2 to read as follows: 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's employees, Subcontractors, Sub -subcontractors, vendors, materialmen and suppliers and their agents and employees, and other persons performing portions of the Work under a contract with the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. C. Add the following 3.3.4: 3.3.4 Contractor shall maintain a qualified and responsible person available 24 hours per day, seven days per week to respond to emergencies which may occur after hours. Contractor shall provide to Owner and Architect the phone number and/or paging service of this individual. D. Change paragraph 3.4.1 to read as follows: 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, storage, parking and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. Should the Contract Documents require work to be performed after regular working hours or should the Contractor elect to perforin work after regular hours, the additional cost of such work shall be borne by the Contractor. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -2 Add the following paragraphs 3.4.4 through 3.4.6: 3.4.4 Whenever any provisions of the Contract conflict with any agreements or regulation of any kind in force among members of any trade association, unions or comIcils, which regulate what work shall be included in the work of particular tradesole Coma'Tractorshall make all necessary arrangements to reconcile any such conflict wit q elR or co'Vto the Owner and without recourse to the Architect or the Owner. Yy:: m n + �► C->-< m r 3.4.5 After the Contract has been executed, the Owner and the ArchWj2 wiFtconsa formal request for the substitution products in place of those specon(_unde conditions set forth in Section 0160 00 - Post Bid Substitutions. 3.4.6 By making requests for substitutions based on Subparagraph 3.4.41bove, the Contractor. .1 represents that the Contractor has personally investigated the proposed product and determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to that specified. .2 represents that the Contractor will provide the same warranty for the substitution that the Contractor would for that specified. .3 certifies that the cost data presented is complete and includes all related costs under this Contract except the Architect's redesign costs, and waives all claims for additional costs related to the substitution which subsequently become apparent; and .4 will coordinate the installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. .5 will adhere to the contract schedule Change paragraphs 3.5 to read as follows: 3.5 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for these tRheFaRt the .. alty of the VVGrk the CQRtrgGt Documents requFe 9F ma Work, materials or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. G. Change paragraph 3.6.1 to read as follows: The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. Contractors and approved subcontractors will be provided a Sales Tax Exemption Certificate to purchase building materials, supplies, or equipment in the performance of the contract. The Contractor shall submit the information necessary for the certificates to be issued. All such information for said certificates shall be submitted to the City/Owner together in one submission. Change paragraph 3.7.2 to read as follows: 3.7.2 The Contractor shall cemp4y perform the Work in compliance with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. Change paragraph 3.7.3 to read as follows: 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume full apprepfiate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs AW batalmle4e the AnFFP^`1e^ and expenses of correcting or replacing such Work. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -3 J. Change paragraph 3.7.4 to read as follows: F I L E 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If the Contractor encounters conditions at the si tRat are 1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ��rially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or 2) unknown physical conditions ofAH d( aI tuf"hft 36 differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in donstruction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documene)11V OLngWr shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conddioiQAtA C i,4j� in no event later than the next business day ^ after first observance of the condltioons.s.. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's costs of or time required for performance of any part of the work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. J. Change paragraph 3.11 to read as follows: 3.11 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner, one copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and erre sepy-ef all approved Shop Drawings, MSDS Sheets, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. K. Change paragraph 3.13 to read as follows: 3.13 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. The Contractor acknowledges that the property on which the Project and Work are located may be occupied and in use by the Owner during the execution of the Work. The Contractor shall perform and coordinate its work in such a manner that the portions of the property occupied and in use will not be encumbered or the use interfered with or interrupted. L. Change paragraph 3.17 to read as follows: 3.17 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect and the Owner in writing. M. Change paragraphs 3.18.1 to read as follows: 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property , but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by intentional or negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENTSC4 may be liable, Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph 3.18. Nothing in the foregoing Paragraph 3.18.1 is intended .or shall be deemed to constitute an indemnification by the Contractor against the negligence of any of the parties to be otherwise indemnified pursuant to Paragraph 3.18.1. e� N. Change paragraph 3.18.2 to read as follows: o 3.18.2 Contractor is not, and shall not be deemed to be, an agent or ae theof Iowa City, Iowa. In claims against any person or entity indemnified unit�j Section 8 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirec�liewpl ed by � or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligationA4VAV SLSion 3 1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, corn tioor be s payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under worker's compen 7?fn ads, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. y 01 1.5 ARTICLE 4- ARCHITECT A. Change paragraph 4.1.2 to read as follows: 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended wfthout written consent of the Owner,Gentraster, and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. B. Change paragraph 4.2.1 to read as follows: 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be the Owner's representative as provided herein during construction and until the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment to the Contractor on the Project. The Architect will advise and consult with the Owner. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. C. Change paragraph 4.2.3 to read as follows: 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and report to the Owner 1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and 2) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect and the Owner will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect and the Owner will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. D. Change paragraphs 4.2.5 through 4.2.6 to read as follows: 4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and ceFWy recommend to the Owner the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work which does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable for implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, the Architect will have authority to recommend to the Owner to require additional inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -5 performing portions of the Work. FILED E. Change paragraphs 4.2.10 through 4.2.12 to read as follows: 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provi or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilitie t Gim Ul I T ULLKtS IOWA CITY. IOWA 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and make recommendations to the Owner regarding decide matters concerning performance under and requirements of the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time within which recommendations required of the Architect shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph 4.2, then the Architect shall furnish such recommendations within such reasonable time after the request is made that allow sufficient time in the professional judgment of the Architect for review. 4.2.12 Interpretations and recommendations dedsieas of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and recommendations decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or recommendations decisions rendered in good faith. 1.6 ARTICLE 5 - SUBCONTRACTORS A. Delete paragraph 5.2.1 and add the following: 5.2.1 The CONTRACTOR shall provide, within 24 hours of the bid opening, a list those persons, firms, companies or other parties to whom it proposealintends to enter into a subcontract regarding this project as required on the Bid Form and the Agreement. 1. If no minority business enterprises (MBE) are utilized, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish documentation of all efforts to recruit MBE's. B. Change paragraph 5.3 to read as follows: 5.3 By appropriate agreement, written where legally required for validity, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities which the Contractor, by these Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub -subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors shall similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub -subcontractors. All warranties provided by the Subcontractors, including all express and implied warranties in the Contract Documents and the agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors and all warranties provided by law, shall run to and be for the benefit of the Owner, and the Owner shall have a direct right of action against the Subcontractors for any breach of said warranties. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -6 1.7 ARTICLE 6 -CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS A. Delete paragraph 6.1.4 in its entirety. g B. Change paragraph 6.2.4 to read as follows: _ 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractorcr ial{ auA^ completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner orat ntraolers as provided in Subparagraph 10.2.5. n_( in r 1.8 ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK �fr—" _0 A. Change paragraph 7.2.1 to read as follows: o z 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect 8Rd sigrAZ by the Owner and Contractor and approved by the Architect, stating their agreement upon'9Il of the following: B. Add paragraph 7.2.2 as follows: 7.2.2 A Change Order is conclusively presumed to include all adjustments in Contract Time and Contract Sum necessary to complete the change to the Work and related parts of the Work. C. Add paragraph 7.2.3 as follows: 7.2.3 In all Change Orders or Construction Change Directives, the allowance for Overhead and profit to be included in the total cost to the Owner shall not exceed the following amounts: .1 For the Contractor, for any Work performed directly by the Contractor's employees, not including oversight of such work performed by subcontractor, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost. .2 For the Contractor, for Work performed by his Subcontractor, ten percent (10%) of the amount due the Subcontractor. .3 For each Subcontractor, or Sub -subcontractor involved, for any Work performed by such contractor's own forces, fifteen percent (15%) of the cost. .4 For each Subcontractor, for Work performed by his Sub -subcontractors, five percent (5%) of the amount due the Sub -subcontractor. .5 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials and Subcontracts. In no case will a change involving over $200.00 be approved without such itemization. .6 Unless otherwise agreed, costs to which overhead and profit are to be applied shall be those costs listed in Subparagraph 7.3.6. 1.9 ARTICLE 8 -TIME A. Change paragraph 8.2.3 to read as follows: 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract time. The Contractor shall bear all costs for overtime and all additional expense which may arise in order to achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. B. Add paragraph 8.2.4 to read as follows: 8.2.4 If, upon the recommendation of the Architect, it becomes necessary at times during construction for the Owner to accelerate the work, each Contractor or subcontractor when ordered and directed by the Owner, shall cease work at any point and shall transfer his men to such points and execute such portion of his work as may be required to SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -7 enable others to properly engage in and carry on their work. C I L t^ D C. Change paragraph 8.3.1 to read as follows: FILED — 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in progress of the Work by an actt of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor SA449 MShEPM 1: 3E Owner, or by changes ordered in the Work, or by labor disputes, fire, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, OF by -dela RN delay; then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Owner, with the advice of the Architect, may determine. Such delays shall not be a basis for damages. An extension of the Contract Time is the Contractor's sole remedy for such delay. D. Delete paragraph 8.3.3 in its entirety. E. Add paragraph 8.4 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES to read as follows: Since the actual monetary value of damages sustained by the Owner as a result of delayed completion of the Work is extremely difficult or impractical to assess, the Owner and Contractor agree as follows: 1. Upon failure of the Contractor to achieve "Final Completion" of the Work in compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents: The Contractor shall pay as liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the sum of amount as listed in the Notice to Bidders (or Instruction to Bidders) for each calendar day that "Final Completion" is delayed beyond the date written in the Agreement, subject to adjustments of the Contract Time as provided for in the Contract Documents. 2. The Owner shall give written notice to the Contractor of intent to assess liquidated damages pursuant to provisions of this Article. Calculation of the amount of liquidated damages shall commence on the date the Owner notifies the Contractor of this intent. 3. Liquidated damages assessed in accordance with these provisions are exclusive of other monetary damages to which the Owner may be entitled as a direct result of the Contractor's failure to achieve final completion of the Work in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents. These liquidated damages are not intended to be exclusive of Owner's right to terminate this Contract based on Contractors' failure to comply with the terms and provisions of the Contract. 4. Partial performance of the Work of this Contract shall not relieve the Contractor from liability for liquidated damages. 5. Contractor's liability for liquidated damages shall cease upon issuance of Final Completion Certificate for the Work of the Contract. 6. Notwithstanding anything in the Contract Documents to the contrary, amounts assessed to the Contractor as liquidated damages may be deducted by the Owner from any money payable to the Contractor pursuant to this Contract. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of a claim for liquidated damages prior to the date the Owner deducts such sum from money payable to the Contractor. 1.10 ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION A. Add the following paragraph 9.3.1.3. .3 The first payment application shall be accompanied by Contractor's partial waiver of SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -8 lien only, for the full amount of the payment. Each subsequent monthly payment application shall be accompanied by the Contractor's partial waiver and by the partial waivers of Subcontractors and Suppliers who were included in the immediate) preceding payment application to the extent of that payment. Application for final payk nt shall be accompanied by final waivers of lien from the Contractor, Subcont�ytor mg Supp�rs who have not previously furnished such final waivers. gn 1 �T B. Change paragraph 9.4.1 to read as follows: c'r'e ttlt ` 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contra olrlt2Applliatio�C} Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy tOC C acto such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the ContW-4ant;-OwneTfi writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding certification in whole or in as ��pvided in Subparagraph 9.5.1. Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring'"the Architect to reduce the retainage to be applied to payment applications. All certifications and payments, including those pursuant to a pending claim, shall be tentative and conditional and it shall not be necessary for the Architect to make any statement to this effect. Add paragraph 9.4.2.1: 9.4.2.1 The Architect's determination as to the issuance of or withholding of or the amount of payment reflected on Certificates of Payment shall subject the Architect to no liability whatsoever to the Owner, Contractor, Surety, or any otherperson. Change paragraph 9.6.1 to read as follows: 9.6.1 The Owner shall make partial payments to the Contractor within 30 days after the Owner has received a Certificate for Payment from the Architect. To insure proper performance of the Contract, the Owner will retain 5% of each payment amount or such larger amount as will insure that there always remains a sufficient balance to complete the work, such retainage to be held until Final Acceptance of Work and shall so notify the Architect. shall so notify the AFGh teGt. E. Change paragraph 9.8.4 to read as follows: When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work, and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. F. Add paragraph 9.10.6: 9.10.6 Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Contract, final payment of the retainage due the Contractor will be made not earlier than 31 days from the final acceptance of the work by the Owner, subject to the conditions and in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa (2009), as amended. G. Add paragraph 9.10.7: 9.10.7 Warranties required by the Contract Documents, including those stated in the performance and payment bond, shall commence on the date of final, formal acceptance of the work by the City. 1.11 ARTICLE 10 - PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY A. Add paragraph 10.1.1- 1. The Contractor will provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for all hazardous chemicals or materials that will be at the job site. The Material Safety Data Sheets will be SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -9 submitted to the Owner prior to the start of construction and supplemented as necessary throughout the project This data is being provided for informational purpos an ry does not relieve the contractor of any obligations for compliance with applicable V State laws regarding hazardous chemicals and right-to-know. B. Change paragraph 10.2.4 to read as follows: 101 1 OEC -5 PM 1:16 1. When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment methods are necessary for the execution of the Work, the Contractor shall give t G&E reasonable advance notice and shall exercise utmost care and carry on such a MR, IOWA supervision of properly qualified personnel C.. Add paragraph 10.2.9: 10.2.9 When required by law or for the safety of the Work, the Contractor shall shore up, brace, underpin and protect foundations and other portions of existing structures which are in any way affected by the Work. The Contractor, before commencement of any part of the Work, shall give any notices required to be given to adjoining landowners or other parties. The Owner shall be notified once these notices have been served and before the work is performed. 1.12 ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Change paragraph 11.1.1.5 to read as follows: .5 claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including explosion, collapse and damage to underground utilities and loss of use resulting therefrom; B. Change paragraph 11.1.2 to read as follows: 11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverage whether shall be written on an occurrence of claims made basis and shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment, and, with respect to the contractor's completed operations coverage, until the expiration of the period for correction of Work or for such other period for maintenance of completed operations coverage as specified in the Contract Documents. C. Change paragraph 11.1.3 to read as follows: 11.1.3 Certificates of Insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance. The name, address and phone number of the insurance company and agent must accompany the certificate. The liability limits required hereunder must apply to this Project only. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the Owner. An additional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage, including coverage for completed operations, shall be submitted upon final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2 and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness. D. Delete paragraph 11.1.4 in its entirety and add the following paragraphs 11.1.4 through 11.1.14: 11.1.4 Any policy or policies of insurance purchased by the Contractor to satisfy his/her responsibilities under this contract shall include contractual liability coverage, and shall be in the following type and minimum amounts: SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -10 Type of Coverage Comprehensive General Liability Bodily Injury & Property Damage* Aut6mobile Liability Bodiiy Injury & Property Damage Excess Liability Employer's Liability Each Accident Each Employee Policy Limit Professional Liability (if applicable) Each Occurrence Aaareaate $1,000,000 $2,000,000 29 CombinedSingle Lim k j $1,000,000 $1,000,000 $1,000,000 )P' __4 r C $500,000 $500,000 =gym i $500,000 O — $1,000,000 $1,000,000 y s Worker's Compensation Insurance as required by Chapter 85, Code of Iowa. Property Damage liability insurance must provide explosion, collapse and underground coverage. Comprehensive General Liability using Insurance Services Office CG0001 or equivalent, shall include Contractual, Premises & Operations, Products & Completed Operations, Independent Contractors, Personal & Advertising Injury coverages, and Aggregate Limits of Insurance (Per Project) endorsement. Automobile Liability shall include all owned, non -owned and hired autos and also coverage for Contractual Liability. Excess Liability shall provide no less than following form coverage to the primary underlying policies Workers Compensation shall include the Alternative Employer and Waiver of Subrogation endorsements in favor of the Owner. Professional Liability, if applicable: Tthe Contractor shall procure and maintain, during the life of this Agreement, Professional Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance. The Contractor will notify the Owner if claims made erode the policy limits below those required above. All liability policies above, except for Workers Compensation and Professional Liability, shall include the Owners Governmental Immunities Endorsement. [See attached]. 11.1.5 The City requires that the Contractor's Insurance carrier be A rated or better by A.M. Best. In addition, the Contractor shall be required to comply with the following provisions with respect to insurance coverage: 11.1.6 The entire amount of Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits, identified in the policy and in the Certificate of Insurance, must, under the policy, be available to pay damages for which the insured Contractor becomes liable, or for which the insured assumes liability under the indemnity agreement herein contained, and such coverage amount shall not be subject to reduction or set off by virtue of investigation or defense costs incurred by Contractor's insurer. 11.1.7 The entire amount of the Contractor's liability insurance policy coverage limits shall be payable by the Contractor's insurer, with no deductible to be paid by, or self-insured retention to be attributed to, the Contractor unless this requirement is waived by the City. Contractor's Certificate of Insurance must set forth the nature and amount of any such deductible or self-insured retention. 11.1.8 If Contractor's liability insurance coverage is subject to any special exclusions or SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -11 limitations not common to the type of coverage being provided, such exclusions or limitations shall be noted on the Certificate of Insurance and copies of suchIM I' be attached thereto. FED j, 11.1.9 The Contractor shall include the City as additional insured on all pa"'Tp�cceQt PM {: 3E workers compensation. The Contractor shall include the Owner (City of lows Ci including its employees, agents and assigns) as additional insured on all policie �r worker's compensation and professional liability. Such addition }",%,� EP#( endorsement(s) shall make the Contractor's liability insurance primary tot , (^v V and, furthermore, shall not be contributing with any other insurance or similar protection available to the Owner, whether such available protection be primary, contributing or excess. Owner shall be an Additional Insured with repect to all required aforementioned coverages, which shall be stated on all Certificates of Insurance. Such Certificates shall also state that the Governmental Immunities Endorsement (see attached) apply and said 'i endorsements shall be attached thereto. The Contractor shall require any of its agents and subcontractors who perform work and/or services pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement to purchase and maintain the same types of insurance as are required of the Contractor. 11.1.10 The City prefers that Contractor provide it with "occurrence form" liability insurance coverage. If Contractor can only provide "claims -made" insurance coverage, then the Contractor must comply with the following requirements: A. If the Contractor changes insurance carriers, or if Contractors insurance coverage is canceled, during the contract period or within two years after City's acceptance of the work, Contractor agrees to immediately notify the City of such event. B. If Contractor's insurance is canceled or is allowed to lapse during said period, Contractor shall be required to obtain replacement insurance coverage to fulfill its obligation hereunder. C. If, during said period, Contractor voluntarily changes insurance carriers or is required to obtain replacement coverage from another carrier, Contractor shall either (1) purchase "tail" coverage from its first carrier effective for a minimum of two years after City Council acceptance of the work, or (2) purchase "prior acts" insurance coverage from its new carrier, covering prior acts during the period of this Contract from and after its inception. D. "Tail" or "prior acts" coverage so provided shall have the same coverage, with the same limits, as the insurance specified in this Contract, and shall not be subject to any further limitations or exclusions, or have a higher deductible or self-insured retention than the insurance which it replaces 11.1.11 The City reserves the right to waive any of the insurance requirements herein provided. The City also reserves the right to reject Contractors insurance if not in compliance with the requirements herein provided, and on that basis to either award the contract to the next low bidder, or declare a default and seek specific performance or termination, as the case may be. 11.1.12 In the event that any of the policies of insurance or insurance coverage identified on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or modified, or in the event that Contractor incurs liability losses, either due to activities under this Contract, or due to other activities not under this Contract but covered by the same insurance, and SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -12 such losses exhaust the aggregate limits of Contractor's liability insurance, then in that event the City may in its discretion either suspend Contractor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.13 In the event that any of the policies or insurance coverage identified on Contractor's Certificate of Insurance are canceled or modified, then in that event the City may in its discretion either suspend Contractor's operations or activities under this Contract, or terminate this Contract, and withhold payment for work performed on the Contract. 11.1.14 Contractor shall be responsible for any deductible amougVyncWing not limited to the owner's deductible on the owner's builder's risk. �c r E. Delete paragraphs 11.3 in its entirety and add paragraphs 11.3 as follows: --1� =gym 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE f]= _ 11.3.1 OWNER shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon th�rk Sithe in the amount of the full replacement cost thereof (subject to such deduable a4munts as may be provided in the Supplementary Conditions or required by Laws and Relations). This insurance shall: .1 include the interests of OWNER, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Owner's Engineering Consultants, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, and the officers, directors, partners, employees, agents, and other consultants and subcontractors of each and any of them, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an additional insured, .2 be written on a Builder's Risk "all-risk" or open peril or special causes of loss policy form that shall at least include insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, false work, and materials and equipment in transit, and shall insure against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire, lightning, extended coverage, theft, vandalism and malicious mischief, earthquake, collapse, debris removal, water damage, and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by the Supplementary Conditions; .3 include expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property; .4 include $100,000 for materials and equipment stored at the Site or at another location that was agreed to in writing by OWNER prior to being incorporated in the Work, provided that such materials and equipment have been included in an Application for Payment recommended by OWNER; allow for partial utilization of the Work by OWNER; include testing and startup; and be maintained in effect until final payment is made. .8 Such coverage shall not include coverage for loses or damage caused by the negligent acts or omissions of Contractor or Subcontractors, or for damage to material or equipment while under the control of or stored by Contractor prior to installation or prior to inclusion of such material or equipment in construction. Contractor shall maintain appropriate insurance for such risks or occurrences 11.3.2 OWNER shall purchase and maintain such boiler and machinery insurance which SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -13 shall specifically cover such insured objects or additional property insurance as may be required by Laws and Regulations which will include the inter es OIQ((yF,Q CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, OWNER's Engineering Consultants, n n t individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, each of whom is deemed to have an insurable interest and shall be listed as an idor additional MIN IN -5 A I: 36 11.3.3A11 the policies of insurance (and the certificates or other evGA?TiVeC0@R+V required to be purchased and maintained in accordance with paragral'"A RITO'le A a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or material y changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to each other additional insured to whom a certificate of insurance has been issued and will contain waiver provisions. 11.3.5 If CONTRACTOR requests in writing that other special insurance be included in the property insurance policies provided under paragraph 5.06, OWNER shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof will be charged to CONTRACTOR by appropriate Change Order or Written Amendment. Prior to commencement of the Work at the Site, OWNER shall in writing advise CONTRACTOR whether or not such other insurance has been procured by OWNER. F. Delete section 11.4 in its entirety and add paragraph 11.4 to read as follows: 11.4.1 The Contractor shall furnish a Performance Bond and Labor and Material Payment Bond from a surety using the form included in the Contract Documents, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price. Cost of such Bonds shall be included in the base bid. Each alternative bid shall include the additional Bond cost. Contractor shall deliver the required Bonds to the Owner prior to the signing of the Agreement. .1 The Performance, Labor and Material Bond shall be executed in conformity with the American Institute of Architect's Document A-312 (1984 Edition), with coverage provided by a surety having a financial rating from A.M. Best of A, VII or higher. .2 Whenever the Contractor shall be and is declared by the Owner to be in default under the Contract, the Surety and Contractor are each responsible to make full payment to the Owner for any and all additional services of the Architect as defined in the Owner/Architect Agreement which are required as a result of the Contractor's default and in protecting the Owner's right under the agreement with the Contractor to remedy the Contractor's default or honor the terms of the Performance Bond. .3 These Bonds shall be maintained by the Contractor and shall remain in full force and effect until final acceptance of the Work by the Owner. The Contractor agrees and will cause the Surety to agree to be bound by each and every provision of all the Contract Documents. .4 The Surety shall give written notice to Owner, within seven (7) days after receipt of a declaration of default, of the Surety's election either to remedy the default or defaults promptly or to perform the work promptly or to pay to Owner the penal sum of the bond, time being of the essence. In said notice of election, the Surety shall indicate the date on which the remedy or performance will commence, and it shall then be the duty of the Surety to give prompt notice in writing to Owner immediately upon completion of (a) the remedy and/or correction of each default, (b) the remedy and/or correction of each omitted item of work, (c) the furnishing of each omitted item of work, and (d) the performance of the work. The Surety shall not assert solvency of its Principal or its Principal's denial of default as justification for its failure to promptly remedy the default or defaults or perform the work. SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -14 .5 The Principal and Surety further agree as part of this obligation to pay all such damages of any kind to person or property that may result from a failure in any respect to perform and complete the Work including, but not limited to, all repair and replacement costs necessary to rectify construction error, architectural and engineering costs and fees, all consultant fees, all testing and laboratory fees, and all legal feand litigation costs incurred by the Owner. „n — O .6 The Surety agrees that other than as is provided in the Bond%ff�y int de of the Owner that the Owner shall (a) perform any thing or act, (bhg' any note e, c) furnish any clerical assistance, (d) render any service, (e) furxU anPpape r documents, or (f) take any other action of any nature or description wMr is reqr i t of the Owner to be done under the Contract Documents. i�T3 v O� 11.4.2 Surety shall be satisfactory to the Owner and shall be authorized do br/ness in the state of Iowa. 1.13 ARTICLE 13 - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Change paragraph 13.1 to read as follows: 13.1 The Contract shall be governed by the laws of the State of Iowa of the place where the Project 6 10Gated eXGePt that, f the parties have selected arb tFatien as the Fnethed ef biRding B. Change paragraph 13.3.1 to read as follows: 13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual, to a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered aFer sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party giving notice. C. Change paragraph 13.5.1 to read as follows: 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect and Owner timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect and Owner may observe such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of 1) tests, inspections or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded and 2) tests, inspections or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations prohibit the Owner from delegating their cost to the Contractor. Copies of all reports, data and other documents related to tests, inspections and approvals shall be provided to the Architect as soon as practicable. D. Delete paragraphs 13.7 Add the following Section 13.8: 13.8 The Contractor shall maintain policies of employment as follows: .1 The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to insure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, religion, color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required by local or state ordinance. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -15 layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and sel ,f�otr training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous 44��tpp, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the pot/ of non-discrimination. �n a„ The Contractor and the Contractor's subcontractors shall, in all sW i _Uqrr advertisements for employees placed by them or on their behaH, state that all qualifir'd P applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race,olpf color, sex, age, disability or national origin or otherwise as may be required 6flAm i[ F^ r; state ordinance F. Add the following Section 13.9: 13.9 The Contractor shall maintain CONTRACT COMPLIANCE PROGRAM (ANTI DISCRIMINATION REQUIREMENTS) for all contracts of $25,000 or more, the Contractor shall abide by the requirements of the City's Contract Compliance Program, which is included with these Specifications beginning on page CC -1. 1.14 ARTICLE 14 - TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT A. Add the following paragraph 14.2.1.5: .5 fails or refuses to provide insurance or proof of insurance as required by the Contract Documents. B. Change paragraph 14.2.4 to read as follows: 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. The Contractor shall bear all testing, engineering, accounting, and legal expenses made necessary as a result of termination of the Contract. 1.15 ARTICLE 15- CLAIMS AND DISPUTES A. Change paragraphs 15.1.1 through 15.1.3 to read as follows: 15.1.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, or other similar relief with respect to the administration tenors of the Contract during the performance of the Work. The tens "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. Nothing in this Article is intended to limit claims by the Owner related to the performance of or quality of the Work. 15.1.2 Notice of Claims. Claims by either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. An additional Claim relating to the same subject matter made after the initial Claim has been implemented by Change Order will not be considered and is deemed waived by the Contractor. unlArr RularnFlIted in a timely FAaRReF. 15.1.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -16 payments for sums not in dispute in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker. B. Change paragraph 15.2.5 to read as follows: rte, 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejAvzg the claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the claim.c;his ' tial on shall 1) be in writing, 2) state the reasons therefore, and 3) notify the pa d Arch1w.1, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any change 1 Corttract Jeff or Contract Time or both. C. Delete paragraphs 15.2.6 and 15.2.6.1 in their entirety. D. Delete Section 15.3 MEDIATION in its entirety. E. Delete Section 15.4 ARBITRATION in its entirety. F. Add the following paragraph 15.5 to read as follows: 15.5 The Owner and Contractor may exercise such rights or remedies as either may otherwise have under the Contract Documents or by Laws or Regulations in respect of any dispute. Disputes shall be resolved by legal or equitable proceedings in a court of appropriate jurisdiction. Under no circumstances shall binding arbitration be required as to any dispute arising between the panties or under the Contract Documents. END OF DOCUMENT 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS DOCUMENT SC -17 Bidder Status Form To be completed by all bidders FD Part A � Please answer "Yes" or "No" for each of the following: ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is authorized to transact business in Iowa. � n�� C �y �: Pe (To help you determine if your company is authorized, please revie s e ctrl t e e t page). ❑ Yes ❑ No My c4npany has an office to transact business in Iowa. CITY CLERK ❑ Yes ❑ No My company's office in Iowa is suitable for more than receiving mail, t4�FtanC pll f, jar lftmail. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company has been conducting business in Iowa for at least 3 years prior to the first request for bids on this project. ❑ Yes ❑ No My company is not a subsidiary of another business entity or my company is a subsidiary of another business entity that would qualify as a resident bidder in Iowa. If you answered "Yes" for each question above, your company qualifies as a resident bidder. Please complete Parts B and D of this form. If you answered "No" to one or more questions above, your company is a nonresident bidder. Please complete Parts C and D of this form. To be completed by resident bidders Part B My company has maintained offices in Iowa during the past 3 years at the following addresses: Dates: / / to _/—/— Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: /—/—to / / Address: City, State, Zip: Dates: /—/—to / / Address: You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. City, State, Zip: To be Completed by non-resident bidders Part C 1. Name of home state or foreign country reported to the Iowa Secretary of State: 2. Does your company's home state or foreign country offer preferences to bidders who are residents? ❑ Yes ❑ No 3. If you answered "Yes" to question 2, identify each preference offered by your company's home state or foreign country and the appropriate legal citation. You may attach additional sheet(s) if needed. To be completed by all bidders Part D I certify that the statements made on this document are true and complete to the best of my knowledge and I know that my failure to provide accurate and truthful information may be a reason to reject my bid. Date: You must submit the completed form to the governmental body requesting bids per 875 Iowa Administrative Code Chapter 156. This form has been approved by the Iowa Labor Commissioner. 309-6001 02-14 Worksheet: Authorization to Transact Business This worksheet may be used to help complete Part A of the Resident Bidder Status form. If at least one of the following describes your business, you are authorized to transact business in Iowa. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. 309-6001 02-14 -99 ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is currently registered as a contractor with the Iowa Dion oY%bor. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a sole proprietorship and I am an Iowa resident for law eco'Re tax wrrposes. E] Yes r-1NoMy cA i business is a general partnership orjoint venture. More than 50 � t of *e ge l partners or joint venture parties are residents of Iowa for Iowa incomurp�ses. :3:x, ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is an active corporation with the Iowa Secretary of State and has rpd all fees required by the Secretary of State, has filed its most recent biennial report, and has not filed articles of dissolution. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a corporation whose articles of incorporation are filed in a state other than Iowa, the corporation has received a certificate of authority from the Iowa secretary of state, has filed its most recent biennial report with the secretary of state, and has neither received a certificate of withdrawal from the secretary of state nor had its authority revoked. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in this state and the statement has not been canceled. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability partnership which has filed a statement of qualification in a state other than Iowa, has filed a statement of foreign qualification in Iowa and a statement of cancellation has not been filed. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership which has filed a certificate of limited partnership in this state, and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited partnership or a limited liability limited partnership whose certificate of limited partnership is filed in a state other than Iowa, the limited partnership or limited liability limited partnership has received notification from the Iowa secretary of state that the application for certificate of authority has been approved and no notice of cancellation has been filed by the limited partnership or the limited liability limited partnership. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in Iowa and has not filed a statement of termination. ❑ Yes ❑ No My business is a limited liability company whose certificate of organization is filed in a state other than Iowa, has received a certificate of authority to transact business in Iowa and the certificate has not been revoked or canceled. 309-6001 02-14 SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF THE WORK PART1-GENERAL General description, not all inclusive. A. Base Bid Work: FILED 2011 DEC -5 PM 1:36 CITY CLERK ;IOWA CITY. IOWA 1. Removal and disposal of existing shelter facility and associated paving including connected trails. 2. Abandonment of existing sanitary service, water service, and electrical service with installation and reconnection to existing services for new structure. 3. Excavation and installation of foundation elements for the shelter and restroom foundations. 4. Construction of new restroom facility including associated utility hookups. 5. Construction of new shelter facility including associated electrical feed. 6. Construction of new drinking fountain pad and installation of new fountain. 7. Installation of new PCC trail connection between the existing parking area and the existing playground. 8. Final grading and seeding of overall work area. 01010-1 SECTION 01015 ALTERNATES J p O $n n ..� -C PART 1 -GENERAL ::�n 1.01 SUMMARY. F A. Provide alternate bid(s) to be added to the amount of the Base Bidr'if the corresponding change in scope is accepted by the City of Iowa City. B. Include within the alternate bid prices all costs, including materials, installations, and fees. C. Show the proposed alternate bid prices opposite their proper description on the Form of Proposal. D. No additional working days will be granted with the inclusion of the alternate bid(s). 1.02 SPECIFIC ALTERNATES: A. Alternate Bid Items la. 4" Split Face Solid CMU Fascia on Shelter Columns 1b. 4" Ashlar Limestone Fascia on Shelter Columns 2. New Shelter Facility Upgrade - Hidden Fasteners B. Alternate Bids Alternate Bid Number 1a/1b will be reviewed by the City Council on February 6, 2018, or special meeting called prior to. The possible results of their review of the Alternate Bids are: 1. Not accept any Alternate Bid(s). 2. Accept Alternate Bid No. 1 a 3. Accept Alternate Bid No. 1 b 4. Accept Alternate Bid No. 2 5. Accept Alternate Bid No. 1 a and Alternate Bid No. 2 6. Accept Alternate Bid No. 1 b and Alternate Bid No. 2 SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PART 1 -GENERAL FILED 7017 DEC -5 PM 1: 36 CIT,IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Procedures and submittal requirements for schedule of values, applications for payment, and unit prices. 1.02 STANDARD OF MEASUREMENTS: A. Work completed under the contract shall be measured by the Engineer. Payment will be based on the actual quantity of work performed according to the various classes of work specified unless noted in Part 3 of this Section. The Contractor will be given an opportunity to be present during measurement. 1.03 SCOPE OF PAYMENT: A. The Contractor shall accept the compensation as herein provided as full payment for furnishing materials, labor, tools and equipment and for performing work under the contract; also, for costs arising from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen difficulties which may be encountered during the execution of the work and up to the time of acceptance. Construction items may be bid as a lump sum or as itemized work, which will be paid on a unit cost basis. In either case, some work may be required for which a separate pay item is not provided. Completion of this work is required. If a separate pay item is not provided for this work, it is to be considered incidental to the project and no separate payment will be made. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 NONE PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PROCEDURE. A. Payment under this contract shall occur no more than once per month for work completed by the Contractor. Payment is based on an estimate of the total amount and value of work completed minus 5% retainage. It is not the City's policy to pay for materials and equipment stored or furnishings fabricated off site. The 5% retainage will be released 31 days after the project is accepted by the City Council, provided no claims against the project have been filed within 30 days of project acceptance. Chapter 573 of the Code of Iowa will govern the release of retainage and resolution of claims. 01025-1 3.02 y AID ITEMS: A. GENERAL The following subsections describe the measurement of and payment for the work to be done under the items listed in the FORM OF PROPOSAL. » Each unit or lump sum price stated shall constitute full paymerIK692�ea spec i d for each Rem of work completed in accordance with Ihs-rldr'n1ringstend specifications, including clean up. to z_s M r -o It is the Contractor's responsibility to identify the locations of � 3Rd pri® utilities. No additional compensation will be made for any int ncerTr delay caused by the placement and/or relocation of said utilitiee. No Auditional compensation will be made for repair costs to fix damage caused by the t ontractor or his/her Subcontractors. Work associated with existing items on private and/or public property that are to be protected, removed, relocated, replaced, reinstalled or modified is considered incidental unless it is listed as an item in the FORM OF PROPOSAL. Existing items damaged or unsuitable for relocation or reinstallation will be replaced with like item and painted, if necessary, at the Contractor's expense. All trees and shrubs shall remain and be protected from damage unless specifically noted as "REMOVE" or "CLEAR AND GRUB" on the project plans and as otherwise directed by the Engineer. The prices for those items which may have any impact on existing trees and shrubs shall include compensation for special precautionary measures required to prevent injury or damage to said tree, shrub or root system. The prices for those items which involve grading or excavation shall include compensation for top soil removal and replacement (unless it is listed as an item in the FORM OF PROPOSAL), disposal of surplus excavated material, handling water, installation of all necessary sheeting, bracing and temporary fencing around all open excavations and supply, placement and compaction of specified backfill. The prices for those items which involve surface removal adjacent to buildings or vaults shall include compensation to protect exposed surfaces from water which may leak or seep into vaults and/or basements. All labor, materials and equipment required to bring surfaces to the proper elevation and density including loading, hauling, and disposal of unsuitable material, below grade excavation, borrow and hauling, placing, forming, drying, watering and compaction of fill material, and all such work as may be required to make the grading work complete with a uniform surface free of rock, broken concrete, tree roots, limbs and other debris is incidental to this project unless it is listed as an item in the FORM OF PROPOSAL. The Contractor must pay for all parking permit fees, meter hoods, lot and ramp fees, and parking tickets. The Contractor must figure these costs into their bid prices. The City will not waive parking fees or fines. Permits paid for by the Contractor will be issued only for construction vehicles, not personal vehicles. The Contractor shall be responsible for continuous cleaning of mud and debris off 01025-2 adjacent driveways, streets, sidewalks and private property,pebris is deposited there as a result of any construction activity. Thes4 ((��u d8fc�r� shall be incidental. Bc BID ITEM DESCRIPTIONS 2017 DEC -5 PM 1:36 1. Mobilization (LS) CITY CLER'#K IOWA CITY. LOWQ The unit price for this item (LUMP SUM) shall include ar costs assoaatee l ith ' preparatory work and o erations for all items under the contract; including, but ff P P ry P 9, not limited to those necessary for the movement of personnel, equipment, supplies, and incidentals to and from the project site; bonds and insurance; permits and all other overhead expenses. This item shall also include all efforts necessary for multiple mobilizations and demobilization. 2. Erosion Control (LS) The lump sum price for this item will be paid in full upon completion of all work on the project required by the Contract. The unit price for this item (LUMP SUM) shall constitute full payment for furnishing, installing, maintaining, monitoring, and removing all erosion control devices installed at locations indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Erosion control for areas disturbed by careless actions or work outside of proposed limits shall be at the Contractor's expense. 3. Demolition/Removals (LS) The lump sum price for this item will be paid in full upon completion of all work on the project required by the Contract. The unit price for this item (LUMP SUM) shall constitute full payment for furnishing all equipment, labor and materials, and fees for demolition of all existing buildings as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. Includes coordination and execution of utility disconnects. Hauling and disposal of excess material shall be considered incidental. 4. EarthworkiGrading (LS) The unit price for this item (LUMP SUM) shall constitute full payment for furnishing all equipment, labor, materials, any and all hauling and storing or materials, reconditioning of materials to meet standards and all other necessary labor, equipment and materials to complete the Work. Includes stripping and respreading of topsoil. The measurement for payment for this item will be based on a lump sum and completion of earthwork and grading materials removed and installed in accordance with the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Hauling and disposal of excess material shall be considered incidental. S. 4" PCC Paving (SY) The unit price for this item (SQUARE YARD) shall constitute full payment for furnishing all equipment, labor and materials necessary to complete paving as shown by the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. Paving shall be expressed in square yards and shall be determined from surface measurements. Hauling and disposal of excess material shall be considered incidental. S. Remove/Replace Grill (EA) The unit price for this item (EACH) shall constitute full payment for complete removal of existing grill and all associated equipment, labor and materials 01025-3 --necessary to fully replace with new grill as shown on the Drawings or as _. "directed by the Engineer. New grill can be obtained from Parks Department. Base should be installed in 8" concrete filled earth -formed hole to 42" depth. ` 7. Final Grading/Hydroseed (ACRES) E's The unit price for this item (ACRES) shall constitute full pagent f rnism all equipment, labor and materials for the actual numb s of AQ& preparation, fine grading, rock removal and seeding comply acForda with the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. No payrnw illi in for soil preparation and Final grading outside limits or foF rk — uir to repair damage. �p 8. Sanitary Service, Restroom (LF) y r The unit price for this item (LINEAR FEET) shall constitute full payment for furnishing all equipment, labor and materials to excavate, bed, connect, install and backfill the PVC sanitary sewer service as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Removal and disposal of necessary portions of the existing clay sanitary service to be incidental. Excavation support, shoring, and pipe bracing will be incidental. 9. Water Service, Restroom (LF) The unit price for this item (LINEAR FEET) shall constitute full payment for furnishing all equipment, labor and materials to excavate, bed, connect, install and backfill the 1" K -class copper water service as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Removal and disposal of necessary portions of the existing water service to be incidental. Excavation support, shoring, and pipe bracing will be incidental. Removal and reinstallation of existing curb stop and valve box to new location are incidental. 10. New Restroom Facility (LS) The unit price for this item (LUMP SUM) shall constitute full payment for furnishing all equipment, labor, and materials necessary to complete the entire Restroom Facility and associated utilities. All work as indicated on the included drawings and specifications or as directed by the Engineer. Drinking Fountain supply, delivery and installation will be incidental to this item. 11. New Shelter Facility (LS) The unit price for this item (LUMP SUM) shall constitute full payment for furnishing all equipment, labor, and materials necessary to complete the entire Shelter Facility and associated utilities. All work as indicated on the included drawings and specifications or as directed by the Engineer. la/b. ALTERNATES: Splitface CMU or Stone Fascia, Shelter (LS) The unit price for these items (LUMP SUM) shall constitute full payment for furnishing all equipment, labor, materials, reinforcing, anchors, any transporting and storage, and proper installation of Splitface CMU and Stone Fascia elements for the Shelter Columns as shown on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Sealants, caulks, and cleaning shall be considered incidental to this item. 2. ALTERNATES: New Shelter Facility Upgrade – Hidden Fasteners (LS) The lump sum price for this items (LS) shall constitute full payment for furnishing all equipment, labor, and materials necessary to provide hidden (unexposed) fasteners for the roof connection within the new Shelter Facility. 01025-4 FILED SECTION 01310 2017 DEC -5 PM 1: 36 PROGRESS AND SCHEDULES CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY.• A. Prepare, submit and update as necessary a schedule of the work. B. Time is of the essence. Minimizing inconvenience, disruption and duration of disruption to residences and businesses is a high priority. Scheduling of work shall be planned with this in mind. 1.02 SUBMITTALS: A. The Contractor shall submit prior to the Pre -Construction meeting a detailed schedule of the proposed work with the controlling operation identified. The schedule shall include proposed dates and durations of street closings. Work may not begin until the schedule is approved by the Engineer. B. The Contractor shall submit updated construction schedules at two week intervals throughout the project. PART 2 -PRODUCTS None. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 MEETINGS PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION: A. A Pre -Bid meeting will be held at 11:00 a.m. on January 16`h, 2018 (on site at Happy Hollow.) B. A Pre -Construction meeting will be held prior to beginning work. 3.02 PROGRESS OF WORK: A. Work shall be substantially completed by June 1, 2018. Work shall be fully completed by June 15, 2018. The specified early start date is February 19, 2018. Liquidated damages of $500 per day will be charged on work beyond this full completion target. Work shall be fully complete, including installation of final seeding and erosion control, by June 15, 2018. B. No work shall be done between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. without the approval of the Engineer or Parks Department, with the exception of saw cutting freshly poured concrete. C. Work will proceed in a well organized and continuous manner to minimize the disruption to the general public (both pedestrian and vehicular) and the local businesses and residents. Access to businesses and residences shall be 01310-1 maintained at all times. D. Construction will proceed in phases. The particular phasing sequence is outlined in the project plans. Prior to advancing to the next phase or sub-l&se, the r existing phase or sub -phase shall be sufficiently complete to allow reope to the public, as determined by the Engineer. o o n 'rr E. Restoration activities such as pavement replacement will follow cls be&d tri work even if multiple mobilizations are necessary. -40 =E rn s F. The Contractor will become an active partner with the City in comropJ�atir�g with and providing information to concerned residents and businesses. PO G. Work will be staged to minimize the length of time parking spaces and parking revenue are lost. 3.03 COORDINATION WITH UTILITIES AND RAILROADS: A It is anticipated that many utility conflicts will occur which cannot be taken care of ahead of time. The Contractor shall work closely with the utility companies to aid in these relocations to keep the project on schedule. B. The Railroads will provide all labor, materials and equipment for railroad facility removal, excavation, disposal, sub -drainage, ballast, sub -ballast and trackage renewal. C. The Railroads have certain time limitations on when the above mentioned work must take place. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and be available to meet the Railroads' schedule. Any costs associated with train rerouting due to circumstances caused by the Contractor shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 3.04 STREET CLOSINGS: A. Notify the Engineer four days in advance of street closings so that a press release can be issued. No street may be closed without the Engineer's approval and said notification. 01310-2 SECTION 01570 FILED TRAFFIC CONTROL AND CONSTRUCTION FACILIMFMrC -5 PM 1: 36 PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: CITY CLEM .IOWA CITY. IOWA A. Furnish, install and maintain traffic control and construction facilities required for the work. Remove when work is completed. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. IDOT Standard Specifications. B. U.S. Department of Transportation Federal Highway Administration "Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways," Current Edition as of bid letting date. C. Construction fencing as noted on the plans. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Submit a traffic control plan for all activities requiring traffic control not specifically addressed by the project plans. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Traffic Control devices may be new or used, but must meet the requirements of the IDOT Standard Specifications. B. All construction fence shall be new and securely fastened to 2'x4" lumber top and bottom posts with steel fence -post columns and installed as directed by the Engineer. 2.02 EQUIPMENT. A. Portable generators may not be used to power traffic control devices within 300 feet of residential dwellings, including apartments, between the hours of 10:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TECHNIQUES: A. Except as amended in this document, the work in this section will conform with the following divisions and sections of the IDOT Standard Specifications: Division 11. General Requirements and Covenants. 01570-1 Section 1107.09. Barricades and Warning Signs. Division 25. Miscellaneous Construction. Section 2528. Traffic Control. , 3.02 NO PARKING SIGNS: 0 A. The City will furnish "NO PARKING' signs to facilitate remov f parVgd veRfOs ahead of scheduled work. The Contractor is responsible 1eqnst4tion maintenance of the signs 48 hours in advance of when theicle�snmusr�be removed. ('t 3.03 MAINTENANCE OF FACILITIES: O A. The Contractor shall monitor the condition of traffic control am con'ittruction facilities at all times, including non -work hours. Repair, replace and maintain as necessary. B. Pedestrian access to homes and businesses shall be maintained at all times. Temporary gravel surfaces shall be provided as directed by the Engineer. 3.04 EXCAVATIONS: A. All excavations shall be fenced. 3.05 ADDITIONAL FACILITIES: A. All signs, barricades and fences within and beyond the project area deemed appropriate by the Engineer shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. 01570-2 Division 02 Sitework FILED 1011 DEC -5 PM 1:36 IOWA CITY, imm Division 0 2 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK p� v � THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK SECTION 02050 FILED DEMOLITIONS, REMOVALS AND ABANDONI Jqq T ffEC _5 PM I.. 36 CITY CLERK PART 1 - GENERAL IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.01 SUMMARY.• A, Furnish labor, materials, tools and equipment to remove existing paved surfaces as indicated and specified. B. Furnish labor, materials, tools and equipment to remove existing storm sewer pipes, sanitary sewer pipes, intakes, and drainage structures as indicated and specified. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. IDOT Standard Specifications. 1.03 QUALITYASSURANCE: A. Disposal sites shall comply with all applicable Iowa Department of Natural Resources and United States Environmental Protection Agency regulations. B. Comply with all state and local ordinances pertaining to hauling and disposal of rubbish, broken concrete, asphalt, stone, bricks, castings, and other waste or debris resulting from work on the project. 1.04 SUBMITTALS: A. Locations of disposal sites. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Granular backfill material shall consist of Class A Crushed Stone, [DOT Standard Specification Section 4120.04 and Section 4109, Gradation No. 11. B. Explosives shall not be used for demolition. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TECHNIQUES: A. Except as amended in this document, the work in this section will conform with the following divisions and sections of the IDOT Standard Specifications: Division 24. Structures. Section 2401. Removal of Existing Structures. 02050-1 Division 25. Miscellaneous Construction. Section 2510. Removal of Old Pavement. Section 2511. Removal and Construction of Portland Cement Concrete Sidewalks. Section 2515. Removal and Construction of Paved Driveways. Section 2516. Removal and Construction of Retaining Walls and Steps. 3.02 INSPECTION: - C:)c? A. Limits of demolition shall be per 3.04 of this section. The Enginaer-es4es tll_ right to revise demolition limits if required by the nature of construct rn 3.03 PROCEDURES: a a A. Utilities ry t ar 1. Notify all corporations, companies, individuals and state or local authorities owning pipelines, water lines, gas mains, buried and overhead electric facilities, telephone, cable television, fiber optic, and other public or private utilities shown on the drawings or otherwise known or discovered to be in the project area. 2. When active utilities are encountered, promptly take necessary measures to support and protect said utilities and maintain them in service. 3. If active utilities are damaged or interrupted as a result of work on the project, take appropriate measures to restore service immediately. Restoration of utility services under these circumstances shall be at the Contractor's expense. 4. Active utilities shown on the drawings to be relocated, or which require relocation due to unforeseen circumstances or conditions, shall be relocated in accordance with instructions from the Engineer. Generally, the respective utility owners shall be responsible to perform relocation work for their facilities. The Contractor shall cooperate with these efforts in every reasonable way and shall not be entitled to additional compensation for delays resulting from such relocations. B. Site Protection Measures 1. Refer to Traffic Control Sheets for details. 2. Barricade and fence open excavations or depressions resulting from work during non -working hours and when not working in immediate area. Provide suitable warning devices adjacent to excavations and work areas. 3. Warning devices shall be kept operational during all non -working and non- active periods. C. Site Access Measures 1. Pedestrian access to homes and businesses shall be maintained at all 02050-2 times. Temporary gravel surfaces shall be provided as diffetp Engineer. f tb 2. Contractor shall perform demolition and removal o i s a �to maintain vehicular access to adjacent properties and busiinessse toel: 3 7 maximum extent possible. CITY CLERK D. �- Disposals . 10'10 CITY, ImV,4 �. 1. No material or debris shall be buried within the project work area. All unsuitable material resulting from demolitions and removals shall be hauled to and disposed of at a Contractor-fumished site approved by the Engineer or to the landfill. The Contractor shall pay the current tipping fee at the landfill. 3.04 DEMOLITION AND REMOVALS: A. Pavement and Sidewalk Removals 1. Removal shall be to the limits noted on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. 2. Pavement removal shall include brick, P.C. Concrete, and A.C. Concrete pavements, driveways, alleys, parking lots, and sidewalks. Removal of chip seal or aggregate surfaces is not considered pavement removal. 3. Sawcuts shall be approved by the Engineer. 4. Removal operations shall conform to construction phasing noted on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. B. Sewer Abandonment and Removal 1. Removal shall be at the locations and to the limits noted on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. 2. Backfill under and within 5 feet of paved surfaces shall be Class A crushed stone compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density. The top 12 inches directly below paved surfaces shall be Class A crushed stone compacted to 98% Standard Proctor Density. Other excavations shall be backfilled with suitable excavated material, compacted to 90% Standard Proctor Density. 3. Sewers to be abandoned, but not removed, shall be filled with an approved non -shrink flowable mortar and bulkheaded at each end with concrete. 4. Select castings shall be delivered to the pollution control plant at 1000 S. Clinton Street as directed by the Engineer. 02050-3 SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PART 1 -GENERAL o 1.01 SUMMARY: D J rn r A. Furnish labor, material, tools and equipment to prepare sit in9 +8ated�d specified. � S 1.02 REFERENCES: A. IDOT Standard Specifications. PART 2 -PRODUCTS None. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01 TECHNIQUES: A. Except as amended in this document, the work in this section will conform with the following divisions and sections of the [DOT Standard Specifications: Division 21. Earthwork, Subgrades and Subbases. Section 2101. Clearing and Grubbing. Division 25. Miscellaneous Construction. Section 2519. Fence Construction. 3.02 EXISTING TREES, SHRUBS AND VEGETATION: A. All trees, shrubs and vegetation shall remain and be protected from damage unless specifically noted as "REMOVE" or "CLEAR AND GRUB" on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. B. No construction materials and/or equipment are to be stored, piled, or parked within the trees' drip line. C. Contractor is responsible for damage outside the limits of construction, and for trees, shrubs and vegetation not designated for removal. The Contractor's liability for tree and shrub damage will be based on the appraised value, not replacement value, and shall include the cost of appraisal by a qualified arborist. 02100-1 3.03 EXISTING STRUCTURES AND PROPERTY. 1=11 E D A. Remove existing signs and posts within the construction area as directed by the Engineer. All permanent traffic signs will be removed, stored, MW6@Goe§ bpRel: 97 City of Iowa City. Contractor shall provide 48 hour minimum advance notice for sign removal and for sign replacement. Permanent signs will be reA YdK*W concrete pours. 10 CITY. !flyiA B: Move mailboxes to a location approved by the Engineer prior to closing road. Salvage and store any unique supports for mailboxes. Restore mailboxes and their supports to their prior location and condition when road is reopened. 3.-04 EXISTING FENCING: A: Only fencing designated by the Engineer shall be removed. B. Sections of fence removed for construction shall be replaced per the applicable bid item. If not addressed, replace with new materials. 3.05 EXISTING UTILITIES: A. Contact appropriate utility representative to verify the presence and location of buried utilities in the construction area. 3.06 EROSION CONTROL: A. Comply with Iowa City Code and Section 02270, Slope Protection and Erosion Control. 02100-2 SECTION 02220 EARTH EXCAVATION, BACKFILL, FILL AND GRADING PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY: o A. Excavating, placing, stabilizing and compacting earth, includinPtfenclgnd r excavation, addition of borrow and backfill, disposal of excavffba�m l&rial, pnd topsoil, strip, salvage and spread. --Ir rn i M 1.02 REFERENCES: 7=K _ A. IDOT Standard Specifications. 1.03 QUALITYASSURANCE: A. Whenever a percentage of compaction is indicated or specified, use percent of maximum density at optimum moisture as determined by ASTM D698-91, unless noted otherwise. B. Borrow sites and materials shall be approved by the Engineer prior to use. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Granular backfill material shall consist of Class A Crushed Stone, IDOT Standard Specification Section 4120.04 and Section 4109, Gradation No. 11. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 TECHNIQUES: A. Except as amended in this document, the work in this section will conform with the following divisions and sections of the IDOT Standard Specifications: Division 21. Earthwork, Subgrades and Subbases. All sections Division 24. Structures. Section 2402. Excavation for Structures. 3.02 TOPSOIL: A. Strip and stockpile topsoil from lawn, grass, and crop areas for surface restoration and landscaping work. Strip topsoil to a uniform depth to provide sufficient quantity of material for placement of a minimum of 9 inches of topsoil for surface restoration and landscaping. Protect topsoil from mixture with other materials such as aggregate and from erosion. Removal of topsoil from the site is not permitted. 02220-1 3.03 DRAINAGE ANDDEWATER/NG: FILED A. Provide and maintain ample means and devices (including spWJMIwSt iiiNd : $7 for immediate use in case of breakdowns) to intercept and/or remove promptly al dispose properly of all water entering trenches and other excavatioiM.rtfeep E" excavations dry until the structures, pipes, and appurtenances 1104PO1t7t$ g(0"'iA have been completed to such extent that they will not be floated or otherwise damaged. B. Dispose of all pumped or drained water without undue interference to other work, or causing damage to pavements, other surfaces, or property. Provide suitable temporary pipes, flumes, or channels for water that may flow along or across the work site. C. Take all precautions necessary to prevent damage to the work by rain or by water entering the site, whether water entry be overland or by groundwater. 3.04 TRENCH EXCAVATION: A. General Excavate trench by machinery to, or just below, designated subgrade when pipe is to be laid in granular bedding or concrete cradle, provided that material remaining at bottom of trench is only slightly disturbed. 2. Do not excavate lower part of trenches by machinery to subgrade when pipe is to be laid directly on bottom of trench. Remove last of material to be excavated by use of hand tools, just before placing pipe. Hand shape bell holes and form a flat or shaped bottom, true to grade, so that pipe will have a uniform and continuous bearing. Support on firm and undisturbed material between joints, except for limited areas where use of pipe slings have disturbed bottom. B. Protection Barricade and fence open excavations or depressions resulting from work during non -working hours and when not working in immediate area. C. Trench Width Make pipe trenches as narrow as practicable and safe. Make every effort to keep sides of trenches firm and undisturbed until backfilling has been completed and consolidated. 2. Excavate trenches with vertical sides between elevation of center of pipe and elevation 1 foot above top of pipe. 3. Refer to plans for allowable trench widths within the pipe envelope for various types, sizes and classes of pipe. D. Trench Excavation in Fill 02220-2 I . Place fill material to final grade or to a minimum height of 6 feet above top of pipe when pipe is to be laid in embankment or other recently filled areas. Take particular care to ensure maximum consolidation of material under pipe location. Excavate pipe trench as though in undisturbed material. E. Excavation Near Existing Structures 1. Discontinue digging by machinery when excavation approaches pipes, conduits, or other underground structures. Continue excavation by use of hand tools. 2. Excavate exploratory pits when location of pipe or other underground structure is necessary for doing work properly.n� iii " 0 -C I F. Disposal of Unsuitable Soil W r 1. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and Iowa Depjnt�W' Na Resources (DNR) if soil contamination is found orf spected d excavation. x' r- 2. Soil disposal and remediation method shall be an option outlined in the IDOT Construction Manual Section 10.22, and approved by the Iowa DNR and City. The Contractor is not to proceed with soil removal and remediation measures until instructed by the Engineer. 3. Disposal site to be provided by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer and Iowa DNR. 4. Contractor is responsible for completing and filing all necessary Federal, State and local government agency forms and applications. G. Care of Vegetation and Property 1. Use excavating machinery and cranes of suitable type and operate with care to prevent injury to trees, particularly to overhanging branches and limbs and underground root systems. 2. All branch, limb, and root cuttings shall be avoided. When required, they shall be performed smoothly and neatly without splitting or crushing. Trim injured portions by use of a chainsaw or loppers for branches, or an ax when working with roots. Do not leave frayed, crushed, or torn edges on any roots 1" or larger in diameter or on any branches. Frayed edges shall be trimmed with a utility knife. Do not use tree paint or wound dressing. If conflicts with large roots and branches are anticipated, notify the Engineer. 3. No construction materials and/or equipment are to be stored, piled, or parked within the trees' drip line. 4. Excavators and loaders used on brick surfaces shall be limited to those with rubberized tracks or rubber tires. 02220-3 5. Do not use or operate tractors, bulldozers, or other equipment on FaViR. E D surfaces when treads or wheels can cut or damage such surfaces. �77 ((11���� 6. Restore all surfaces which have been damaged by the CdNttdttbt°s 5 PM 1: 97 operations to a condition at least equal to that in which they wereCLERK before work commenced. Use suitable materials and met AMITY, !0WA restoration. 7. Aerate all grassed and planter areas compacted by construction activities. F: - 8. Utility lines, including drainage tiles, encountered shall be restored in one of the following ways: Repair or otherwise reconnect the utility across trench after trench has been backfilled, provided adequate drainage gradient is maintained, if applicable. b. Connect drainage tiles to nearest storm sewer. The Contractor shall document the location and elevation of any utility lines encountered. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer whenever a utility is encountered and submit the proposed method of restoring the utility for review and approval. All utility repairs shall be made prior to backfilling the trench. H. Water Services Permanent copper water service lines which are damaged (cut, nicked, bent, crimped, crushed, etc.) shall be replaced from the water main to the curb box with new copper service pipe, without any joints. The cost for this work shall be at the Contractor's expense. 2. In any excavation where existing lead or galvanized iron water services are in the excavation or disturbed area, the Contractor shall replace the existing lead or galvanized piping with new 1 -inch or larger copper water service pipe from the water main to the curb box. The Contractor will be paid per the applicable bid item. If there is no bid item, the unit price for the replacement of the water service shall be negotiated prior to commence- ment of the work. 3. When water service is disrupted, the Contractor shall make a reasonable attempt to restore the service within two hours. 4. Water service pipe shall be type k soft copper. 3.05 ROCK EXCAVATION: A. Rock excavation will be considered Class 12 Excavation as defined in IDOT Standard Specification Section 2102.02. B. Explosives shall not be used for rock excavation. 02220-4 3.06 BACKFILLING: A General 1. Do not place frozen materials in backfill or place backfill upon frozen. material. Remove previously frozen material or treat as required before new backfill is placed. B. Backfilling Excavations o p �n n r 1. Begin backfilling as soon as practicable and proceed until' plea 2. Material and Compaction ` n 01 c �;p a. Paved Areas: Under and within 5 feet of paved sutlC� As, it luding streets, sidewalks and driveways, backfill shall be Mss A @lashed stone placed in one foot lifts compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density. The top 12 inches directly below paved surfaces shall be Class A crushed stone compacted to 98% Standard Proctor Density. If under pavement, backfill to bottom of the subgrade. If not under pavement, backfill to within 12 inches of finished surface. b. All other areas: Backfill shall consist of suitable job excavated material placed in one foot lifts compacted to 90% Standard Proctor Density. If excavated material is unsuitable, backfill with Class A crushed stone to within 12 inches of finished surface. C. Do not place stone or rock fragment larger than 2 inches within 2 feet of pipe nor larger than 12 inches in backfill. Do not drop large masses of backfill material into trench. C. Backfilling Around Structures Do not place backfill against or on structures until they have attained sufficient strength to support the loads, including construction loads, to which they will be subjected. Avoid unequal soil pressure by depositing material evenly around structure. 2. Backfill shall consist of Class A crushed stone placed in one foot lifts compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density unless otherwise indicated or specified. 3.07 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION: A. When the bottom of any excavation is taken out beyond the limits indicated or specified, backfill, at Contractor's expense, with Class A crushed stone compacted to 95% Standard Proctor Density. 02220-5 FILED SECTION 02270 SLOPE PROTECTION AND EROSION CONTROUP cEC -5 PM 1' 31 CI^TY CLERK PART 1 -GENERAL MIACITY. 10WA 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Placement of silt fence, erosion control mat, engineering fabric, revetment stone, and erosion stone. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. IDOT Standard Specifications. B. Iowa Department of Transportation Highway Division "Standard Road Plans Manual", latest edition. 1.03 QUALITYASSURANCE. A. Revetment stone and erosion stone shall meet the abrasion and durability requirements of Section 4130 of the IDOT Standard Specifications. B. Engineering Fabrics (geotextile) shall be of a non -woven material and conform to the requirements of IDOT Engineering Fabric for Embankment Erosion Control. 1.04 STORAGE: A. Prior to use, geotextile shall be stored in a clean dry place, out of direct sunlight, not subject to extremes of either hot or cold, and with the manufacturer's protective cover in place. Receiving, storage, and handling at the job site shall be in accordance with the requirements in ASTM D 4873. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Except as amended in this document, the materials in this section will conform with the following divisions and sections of the IDOT Standard Specifications: Division 41. Construction Materials. Section 4130. Revetment Stone and Erosion Stone. Section 4169. Erosion Control Materials. Section 4196. Engineering Fabrics. 02270-1 PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.01, TECIiNIQUES: A. Except as amended in this document, the work in this section will conform with the following divisions and sections of the IDOT Standard Specifications:., r Division 25. Miscellaneous Construction.n m "n Section 2507. Concrete & Stone Revetment. y —4 n and the following IDOT Standard Road Plans:p -o rn rn =c 0 RC -5 Wood Excelsior Mat o RC -16 Silt Fence 'vr 3.02 SCHEDULE: A. Silt fence shall be installed at locations indicated on the plans immediately upon completion of grading. Wood excelsior mat shall be placed and staked in seeded areas of swales immediately following seeding. 3.03 GEOTEXTILE: A. Surface Preparation The surface on which the geotextile is to be placed will be graded to the neat lines and grades as shown on the plans. The surface will be reasonably smooth and free of loose rock and clods, holes, depressions, projections, muddy conditions and standing or flowing water. B. Placement Prior to placement of the geotextile, the soil surface will be inspected for quality of design and construction. The geotextile will be placed on the approved surface at the locations and in accordance with the details shown on the plans. The geotextile will be unrolled along the placement area and loosely laid (not stretched) in such a manner that it will conform to the surface irregularities when material is placed on or against it. The geotextile may be folded and overlapped to permit proper placement in the designated area. 2. The geotextile will be joined by overlapping a minimum of 18 inches (unless otherwise specified on the plans or by the manufacturer), and secured against the underlying foundation material. Securing pins, approved and provided by the geotextile manufacturer, shall be placed along the edge of the panel or roll material to adequately hold it in place during installation. Pins will be steel or fiberglass formed as a "U", "U', or 'T" shape or contain "ears" to prevent total penetration. Steel washers will be provided on all but the "U" shaped pins. The upstream or up-slope line will be inserted through both layers along a line through approximately the midpoint of the overlap. At horizontal laps and across slope laps, securing pins will be inserted through the bottom layer only. Securing pins will be placed along 02270-2 a line approximately 2 inches in from the edge of fie �LE Dextile at intervals not to exceed 12 feet unless otherwise specified. Additional pins will be installed as necessary and where appro=Mp.[ e�¢lilpp2 or movement of the geotextile. The use of sec jj�n�` will be jj�ielld to the minimum necessary. Pins are to be left in plNgya JRKherwise specified. IOWA CITY, 10%k.A 3. Should the geotextile be tom or punctured, or the overlaps disturbed, as evidenced by visible damage, subgrade pumping, intrusion, or grade distortion, the backfill around the damaged or displaced area will be removed and restored to the original approved condition. The repair will consist of a patch of the same type of geotextile being used, overlapping the existing geotextile. Geotextile panels joined by overlap will have the patch extend a minimum of 2 feet from the edge of any damaged area. 4. The geotextile will not be placed until it can be anchored and protected with the specified covering within 48 hours or protected from exposure to ultraviolet light. In no case will material be dropped on uncovered geotextile from a height greater than 3 feet. 02270-3 SECTION 02510 j HOT MIX ASPHALT (HMA) PAVING C� C3 n PART 1 - GENERAL � -o rn a 1.01 SUMMARY: A. Furnish labor, materials, tools and equipment to prepare, -ty shape, trim t an(rcompact subgrades to receive Hot Mix Asphalt paving. B. Furnish labor, materials, tools and equipment to place and compact Hot Mix Asphalt paving. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. IDOT Standard Specifications. B. IDOT Supplement Specification 01014. C. Statewide Urban Design and Standards (SUDAS) - current edition as of bid letting date. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work in this section. B. Quality testing: 1. Not required. Visual inspection only. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Except as amended in this document, the materials in this section will conform with the following divisions and sections of the IDOT Standard Specifications: Division 23. Surface Courses. SS -01014 Hot Mix Asphalt Mixtures. Division 41. Construction Materials. Section 4126. Type B Aggregate for Hot Mix Asphalt. Section 4127. Type A Aggregate for Hot Mix Asphalt. Section 4137. Asphalt Binder. PART 3 - EXECUTION 02510-1 = w, 3.01 TECHNIQUES: FILED A. Except 'as amended.In this document, the work in this sectiorrminufor% A JRe31 following divisions and sections of the IDOT Standard Specifications: Division 21. Earthwork, Subgrades and Subbases Section 2122. Paved Shoulders. Division 22. Base Courses. Section 2203. Hot Mix Asphalt Bases. Section 2212. Base Repair. Section 2213. Base Widening. Division 23. Surface Courses. SS -01014 Hot Mix Asphalt Mixtures. Section 2307. Bituminous Seal Coat. Section 2316. Pavement Smoothness Division 25. Miscellaneous Construction Section 2529. Full Depth Finish Patches. Section 2530. Partial Depth Finish Patches. 3.02 OPENING TO TRAFFIC: CITY CLERK IOWA CITY.101';A A. Opening to traffic, including Contractor's vehicles, will not be permitted until the pavement or surface treatment has cured sufficiently to prevent damage as determined by the Engineer. B. Opening to traffic shall not constitute final acceptance. 3.03 COMPLETION OF WORK: A. When traffic is allowed upon the pavement, the Contractor shall begin remaining work and clean up. All paving shall be finished and opened to the public as soon as practicable. 3.04 AREAS TO BE PAVED/PATCHED: A. PCC Sidewalk tie-in section with existing HMA parking lot. See page C1.0. 3.05 PAVEMENT REMOVAL A. All existing asphalt pavement to be removed shall be sawcut full depth as indicated on the plans. Existing material shall be removed and delivered to a suitable offsite location. B. Pavement milling shall occur no sooner than ten (10) working days prior to overlay. The exception to this would be if after removal of the old asphalt overlay, the existing surface could no longer support prolonged traffic, then the contractor would be required to place the leveling course immediately following milling and cleaning. 02510-2 3.06 CLEANING AND PREPARATION OF BASE FILED A.. The Contractor shall be responsible for cleaning all surfaces prior to opening. All loose material shall be removed from the surf c1*k�gy 11rbl$ning or air blowing. Loose material shall be disposed of offsite. 3.07 AGGREGATES T IOWA WA CITY, , i©VSA A. Type. 1. Type A aggregates shall be used. B. Gradation. 1. A''/z-inch mix shall be used. 3.08 ASPHALT BINDER A. Asphalt binder shall be PG 64-22 on all streets and divisions of this project. 3.09 EXISTING STREET SURFACES A. Where the proposed asphalt overlay meets an existing asphalt street surface, the existing surface shall be sawed and removed or milled as directed by the Engineer so that a clean, smooth and durable joint will be made between existing and proposed surfacing. 3.10 ASPHALT CEMENT CONCRETE REPAIR A. For use in areas that may become damaged during construction. B. Asphalt concrete repair shall consist of removing the existing asphalt overlay, brick or any other material, and any unsuitable subbase, replacing subbase as necessary, compacting subbase, placing and compacting full -depth asphalt to the level of surrounding brick or asphalt. Multiple lifts may be necessary. Bricks removed for subbase or base repair shall be cleaned and delivered to the Iowa City Street Department located at 3800 Napoleon Lane. 3.11 HOT MIX ASPHALT PLACEMENT A. Lifts 1. Single lift, matching existing adjacent pavement. B. Compaction 1. Class 1 B compaction shall be used. 02510-3 FILED SECTION 02520 2017 DEC -5 PM 1: 31 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVING CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA PART1-GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY.• A. Furnish labor, materials, tools and equipment to prepare, install, shape, trim and compact subgrades to receive Portland Cement Concrete paving. B. Furnish labor, materials, tools and equipment to form, place, reinforce, finish, joint and cure Portland Cement Concrete roadways, parking area slabs, driveways, and sidewalks at the locations and grades noted on the plans. 1.02 REFERENCES: A. IDOT Standard Specifications. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE: A. Use adequate numbers of skilled workers who are thoroughly trained and experienced in the necessary crafts and who are completely familiar with the specified requirements and the methods needed for proper performance of the work in this section. B. Quality testing: 1. Compressive Strength Tests. 2. Entrained Air. 3. Slump. 4. Density Tests of Base and Subgrade. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS: A. Except as amended in this document, the materials in this section will conform with the following divisions and sections of the IDOT Standard Specifications: Division 41. Construction Materials. Sections 4101 through 4122. B. Aggregate durability class for all Portland Cement Concrete paving shall be Class 3. 02520-1 -PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.61 - "TECHNIQUES: FILED A. Except as amended in this document, the wort e�PPn ill conform with the following divisions and sections of the IDOT Stand dlfi *. 45 Division 21. Earthwork, Subgrades and S Pi Section 2111. Granular Subbase. 11dWA Division 22. Base Courses. Section 2201. Portland Cement Concrete Base. Section 2212. Base Repair. Section 2213. Base Widening. Division 23. Surface Courses. Section 2301. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement. Section 2302. Portland Cement Concrete Pavement Widening. Section 2310. Bonded Portland Cement Concrete Overlay. Section 2316. Pavement Smoothness. Division 25. Miscellaneous Construction. Section 2512. Portland Cement Concrete Curb and Gutter. Section 2515. Removal and Construction of Paved Driveways. Section 2517. Concrete Header Slab. Section 2529. Full Depth Finish Patches. Section 2530. Partial Depth Finish Patches. 3.02 CURING AND PROTECTION OF PAVEMENT: A. Curing compound shall be applied immediately following finishing of the concrete, including back of curb. 3.03 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS: A. When concrete is being placed in cold weather and temperatures may be expected to drop below 35°F, the following requirements must be met for concrete less than 36 hours old: 24 Hour Temperature Forecast Minimum 35-32° F Minimum 31-25° F Covering One layer plastic or burlap. One layer plastic and one layer burlap or two layers burlap. Below 25° F Commercial insulating material approved by the Engineer. B. Concrete shall be protected from freezing temperatures until it is at least five days old. 02520-2 C. Concrete damaged by cold weather shall be removed andEILEPhe Contractor's expense. 2011 DEC -5 PM 1: 31 D. Maximum allowable concrete temperature shall be 90° F. CITY CLERK E. If concrete is placed when the temperature of the concrete couItC Mg5,-(W W,1�066\ Contractor shall employ effective means, such as precooling of aggregates and/or mixing water, as necessary to maintain the temperature of the concrete as it is placed below 90° F. 3.04 OPENING TO TRAFFIC: A. Opening to traffic, including Contractor's vehicles, will not be permitted until the compressive strength of 6" dia. x 12" cylinders is at least 3,000 Ib. per square inch. B. All joints in the pavement shall be cleaned and sealed prior to opening the street(s) to traffic of any kind. C. Opening to traffic shall not constitute final acceptance. 3.05 COMPLETION OF WORK. A. When traffic is allowed upon the pavement, the Contractor shall begin remaining work and clean up. All streets and sidewalks shall be finished and opened to the public as soon as practicable. B. Contractor shall notify the Engineer if weather conditions make it difficult to use Class M concrete, when specified. 3.06 FINISH: A. Walk/Trail — medium broom finish B. Shelter Slab — light broom finish C. Restroom Floor — light broom finish 02520-3 SECTION 02900 LANDSCAPING PART1-GENERAL FILED 2017 DEC -S PD 1: 4' CITY CLEft t 10VIA CITY. IOWA A. Plantings (trees, shrubs, seed and sod), including soil preparation, finish grading, landscape accessories and maintenance. 1.02 QUALITYASSURANCE. A. The fitness of all plantings shall be determined by the Engineer and/or the City Forester with the following requirements: 1. Nomenclature: Scientific and common names shall be in conformity with U.S.D.A. listings and those of established nursery supplies. 2. Standards: All trees must conform to the standards established by the American Association of Nurserymen. B. The Contractor shall repair or replace all plantings which, in the judgment of the Engineer and/or City Forester, have not survived and grown in a satisfactory manner for a period of one year after City Council acceptance of the project. 1.03 SUBMITTALS: A. Certify that all plantings are free of disease and insect pests. Certificates shall be submitted to the Engineer and/or City Forester. B. Submit certification of seed mixtures, purity, germinating value, and crop year identification to the Engineer. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A. Protect all plantings in transit to site to prevent wind burning of foliage. B. Set all balled and burlapped trees and shrubs, which cannot be planted immediately, on ground and protect with soil, wet peat moss or other acceptable material, and water as required by weather conditions. C. Keep container grown trees and shrubs, which cannot be planted immediately, moist by adequate watering. Water before planting. 02900-1 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.01 TREES AND SHRUBS: FILED 2017 DEC —5 PM 1: 31 A. Trees and shrubs shall be vigorous, healthy, well -formed, wit I J*QJ- R fus and large root systems and free of insect or mechanical damagCWA CITY. IOY4A B. All trees and shrubs, except those specified as container grown, shall be balled in burlap with root ball formed of firm earth from original and undisturbed soil. At a minimum, 80% of all plantable containers shall be removed during planting. C. All trees shall display the following form and branching habits: 1. Free of branches to a point at 50% of their height. 2. Contain a minimum of six (6) well placed branches, not including the leader. D. Trees shall be measured when branches are in their normal position. Caliper measurement shall be taken at a point on the trunk six inches (6") above ground. E. Trees which have no leader or have a damaged or crooked leader, or multiple leaders, unless specified, will be rejected. Trees shall be freshly dug. 2.02 SEED: Mix Minimum Proportion by Weight Lbs./ Acre Lbs.l 1,000 sq.fL URBAN MIX* Kentucky Blue Grass 70% 122.0 2.80 Perennial Rygrass (fine leaf variety) 10% 18.0 0.40 Creeping Red Fescue 20% 35.0 0.80 RURAL MIX* Kentucky 31 Fescue 54% 25 0.57 Switchgrass (Black Well) 17% 8 0.18 Alfalfa (Northern Grown) 11% 5 0.11 Birdsfoot Trefoil (Empire) 9% 4 0.09 Alsike Clover 9% 4 0.09 *A commercial mix may be used upon approval of the Engineer if it contains a high percentage of similar grasses. 2.03 SOD: A. Grass and sod established, nursery grown Kentucky or Merion Bluegrass sod, vigorous, well rooted, healthy turf, free from disease, insect pests, weeds and other grasses, stones, and any other harmful or deleterious matter. B. Sod harvested by machine at uniform soil thickness of approximately one inch but not less than 3/4 of an inch. Measurement for th�kr� s I s top growth and thatch. Prevent tearing, breaking, drying or any other li.v 2.04 LIME AND FERTILIZER: A. Ground agriculture limestone containing not IMTtpa"Opercent of total carbonates. IOWA CIT Y.1OWN B. Fertilizer shall contain the following percentages by weight or as approved by Engineer: Nitrogen* - 15% Phosphorus - 15% Potash - 15% 'At least 50 percent of nitrogen derived from natural organic sources of ureaform. 911 IOMW K111[NLI 3.01 PLANTING TREES AND SHRUBS: A. Planting Season and Completion Date: 1. Trees: Spring — March 30 through May 15 Fall — Sept. 18 through Nov. 18 2. The Contractor may plant outside the limits of such dates with permission of the City Forester. The City Forester may stop or postpone planting during these dates if weather conditions are such that plant materials may be adversely affected. B. The planting shall be performed by personnel familiar with the accepted procedures of planting and under the constant supervision of a qualified planting supervisor. C. Tree and shrub placement shall be as shown on the plans. D. Contractor shall inform the City Forester of the starting date and location. All planting soil must be approved by the City Forester before use. E. Excavate with vertical sides and in accordance with following requirements Excavate tree pits to a minimum of two feet greater in diameter than root ball of tree and sufficiently deep to allow for a minimum of 6 inches of planting soil mixture below root ball. 2. Plant shrubs in pits 12 inches greater in width than diameter of root ball or container and sufficiently deep to allow for a minimum of 6 inches of planting soil mixture below root ball. 3. Do not use auger to excavate planting pits. F. Set trees and shrubs in center of pits, align with planting plan, plumb and straight and at elevation where top of root ball is one inch lower than surrounding finished 02900-3 grade. after settlement. FILED G. Compact topsoil mixture thoroughly around base of root ball to fill agppkj ut�all PM ( 37 burlap and lacing and remove from top one-third of root ball. Do f�C$$tt II urrf�ap from under any root ball. Backfill tree and shrub pits halfway with pa mixture and thoroughly puddle before further backfilling tree or shruyA,FRuYA tree or shrub again when backfill operation is complete. H. Rake bed area smooth and neat. Mulch all tree pits and shrub beds with a minimum of three inches of hardwood mulch which has been approved by the City Forester. 3.02 PLANTING SOIL MIXTURE: A. Backfill material for plantings shall be a mixture of 2/3 loose friable topsoil and 1/3 clean sand. All backfill shall have a uniform appearance and shall be loose, friable, and free of hard clods and rock over two inches in diameter. 3.03 SEED, FERTILIZE, LIME AND MULCH. A. Apply lime by mechanical means at rate of 3,000 pounds per acre. B. Apply fertilizer at rate of 450 pounds per acre. C. Seed Areas: 1. Remove weeds or replace loam and reestablish finish grades if any delays in seeding lawn areas allow weeds to grow on surface or loam is washed out prior to sowing seed. This work will be at the Contractor's expense. 2. Sow seed at rate of 175 pounds per acre on calm day, by mechanical means. Sow one-half of seed in one direction, and other one-half at right angles to original direction. 3. Rake seed lightly into loam to depth of not more than '/.-inch and compact by means of an acceptable lawn roller weighing 100 to 150 pounds per linear foot of width. 4. Hydro -seeding may be used upon approval of the Engineer D. Water lawn area adequately at time of sowing and daily thereafter with fine spray until germination, and continue as necessary throughout maintenance and protection period. E. Seed during approximate time periods of April 1 to May 15 and August 15 to September 15, and only when weather and soil conditions are suitable for such work, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. F. All areas requiring mulch shall be mulched as soon as seed is sown and final rolling is completed. Mulch shall be evenly and uniformly distributed and anchored into the soil. The application rate for reasonably dry material shall be approximately 1'/3 tons of dry cereal straw, two tons of wood excelsior, or two tons of prairie hay per acre, or other approved material, depending on the type of material furnished. All accessible mulched areas shall be consolidated by tilling with a mulch stabilizer, and slope areas shall be tilled on the contour. Crawler -type or dual -wheel tractors shall be used for the mulching operation. Equipment shall be operated in a manner to minimize displacement of the soil and disturbance of the design cross section. 02900-4 'G. Apply additional care as necessary to ensure a hearty stand of grass at the end of the one-year maintenance period. FILED L L D 3.04 SOD: i L .311 DEC -5 PM 1:45 A. Install sod not more than 48 hours after cutting. Stake all sod as necessary to prevent erosion before establishment. CITY CLEft( IOWA CITY. IOWA B. Apply lime by mechanical means at a rate of 3,000 pounds per acre. C. Apply fertilizer at a rate of 450 pound per acre. D. Remove weeds or replace loam and reestablish finish grades if there are any delays in sodding. E. Rake area to be sodded. F. Roll sod to establish smooth, uniform surface. G. Water area adequately at time of sodding and continue as necessary throughout maintenance period. H. Sod during approximate time periods of April 1 to May 15 and August 15 to October 15, and only when weather and soil conditions are suitable for such work, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. I. Apply additional care as necessary to ensure a hearty stand of grass at the end of the one-year maintenance period. 3.05 MAINTENANCE- ALL PLANTINGS: A. Begin maintenance immediately and continue maintenance until final acceptance of work. Water, mulch, weed, prune, spray, fertilize, cultivate and otherwise maintain and protect all plantings. B. Maintain sod and seed areas at maximum height of 2'/z inches by mowing at least three times. Weed thoroughly once and maintain until time of final acceptance. Reseed and refertilize with original mixtures, watering, or whatever is necessary to establish, over entire area, a close stand of grasses specified, and reasonably free of weeds and undesirable grasses. C. Reset settled trees and shrubs to proper grade and position, and remove dead material. D. All plantings shall be guaranteed for a period of one year after by City Council acceptance of the project. E. The Contractor shall supply all water for planting and maintenance. Water may be obtained at the Contractor's expense at the bulk water fill station located at 1200 S. Riverside Drive. All water must be paid for in advance at the Civic Center, 410 E. Washington Street. 02900-5 Division 03 Concrete FILED 2017 DEC -S PM I : ? 1 K ;U VIA CITY. i0YJ Division 00 FILED 2017 DEC -5 PM I.- 45 CITY CLERK '0WA CITY. 10 Yr THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT iwn\►1./ CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 SECTION 03 11 13 FILED CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 —GENERAL IlIr 2011 DEC -5 PM 1: 3 / 1.1 SUMMARY CITY CLL-R3i IOWA CITY, IOWA A. This Section includes form materials, water stops, and accessories required to form cast -in-place concrete and maintain structural integrity until stripping. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing B. Section 03 30 00 - Cast -In -Place Concrete 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 117 - Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials. 2. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 3. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. 4. ACI 347 - Guide to Formwork for Concrete. B. American Forest and Paper Association: 1. AF&PA - National Design Specifications for Wood Construction. C. State of Iowa - Statewide Urban Design and Specifications latest edition. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 318, and ACI 347. B. For wood products furnished for work of this Section, comply with AF&PA. C. Design, engineer, and construct formwork, shoring, and bracing to meet code requirements so that resultant concrete conforms to required shapes, lines, and dimensions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FORM MATERIALS A. Forms where concrete is exposed to view after construction: 1. Plywood: Smooth finish exterior grade at least 518 -inch thick. 2. Glass Fiber Fabric -Reinforced Plastic Forms: Matched, tight -fitting, and stiffened to support the weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances and with the appearance of a finished concrete surface. HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 11 13-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project - 16-1234 3. Steel: Minimum 16 gauge, well matched, f Ittil�y rr stiffened to support the weight of concrete without de lec i ental to tolerances - "" and with the appearance of finished surfaces. ,2D11DEC -5 PM 1:45 B. Forms where concrete is not exposed to view after construction: 1. Plywood: Exterior grade plywood at leastB14')6cD rl fW 2. Steel: Minimum 16 gauge, well matcheWWAtDffr)§,J@WAtiffened to support the weight of concrete without deflection detrimental to tolerances. 2.2 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A. Form Ties: Snap -off metal of adjustable length, cone type, and free of defects that will leave holes no larger than 1 inch in diameter in the concrete surface. B. Form Release Agent: Colorless material which will not stain concrete, absorb moisture, or impair natural bonding. C. Chamfered Strips: Wood strips having 3/4 -inch by 3/4 -inch cross-sectional dimensions. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify lines, levels, and centers before proceeding with formwork. Verify dimensions agree with Contract Drawings. B. Verify that dowel reinforcement extending into new concrete will fit properly in new formwork. If dowels will not fit properly, request instructions from the Design Professional. 3.2 FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION A. Construct all formwork in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 347. B. Formwork shall be constructed to correct shape and dimensions as indicated C. All formwork shall be mortar -tight, braced, and of sufficient strength to maintain shape and position during concrete placement operations. D. Camber forms to compensate for fresh -concrete weight deflections during concrete placement. E. Construct formwork to allow proper erection sequence and to facilitate dismantling without damage to concrete surfaces. Install chamfer strips on all external corners exposed to view. G. Provide temporary openings in formwork to facilitate cleaning and inspection. HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 11 13-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project FILE -u H. -Form Ties 1. Use sufficient strength and quantity to prevent spreadMT0Mru$c1L"g 1: 37 concrete placement. 2. SpaceYtes equidistant, symmetrical, and aligned vertically99Y CLEW horizontally. IOWA CITY, IOWA Earth Forms: 1. Unless otherwise approved by the Design Professional, use of earth forms shall be limited to grade beam construction. 2. Cut earth forms neatly and accurately. 3. Earth form widths shall be nominally 2 inches wider than widths indicated. 4. In locations where earth form trenching results in excessive side sloughing, install plywood side forms. Use plywood or steel forms for concrete surfaces that are to be damp proofed 3.3 FORM CLEANING A. Clean forms as the erection of formwork proceeds. B. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove all foreign matter. C. In cold weather conditions, remove snow and ice from form surfaces. 3.4 FORM RELEASE AGENT A. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items. C. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces are indicated to receive special finishes or applied coverings that are affected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated prior to placement of concrete. D. Keep form release agent from entering any freshwater source. 3.5 FORMED OPENINGS A. Install formed openings to dimensions as indicated. Provide other formed openings as required for coordination with work of other sections. 3.6 INSERTS AND EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Install inserts and embedded items level and plumb. Secure inserts and embedded items from movement during concrete placement. HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 11 13-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY HapptHolla.wPark Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 C. Anchor bolts: FILED - -. 4 r. q, Install to dimensions as indicated with tolerance of t1/8 inch. 2 ' Secure as required. Under no circumstancg,1gF)�jlCano�bplt�s= ¢welded to adjacent reinforcing bars. Z9 ► Ot 11 I 4 D. Install inserts and embedded items as required for c�Qr�frlay� ?rk of other sections. UU'Y AA GG AA E. Do not embed wood or uncoated aluminum in concrete. 3.7 PRE -CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Prior to concrete placement, perform a formwork checkout as follows: 1. Verify horizontal and vertical positions of formwork. 2. Correct misaligned or misplaced forms. 3. Verify forms are properly supported. 4. Install support wedging and bracing as needed. B. Prior to placement, perform a formwork cleanout as follows: 1. Clean forms of all chips, sawdust, and other debris. 2. Thoroughly blow out forms with compressed air just prior to concrete placement. 3.8 FORM REMOVAL A. 91 C. 9 Do not remove forms or form bracing until concrete has achieved time in place per Item B. Unless otherwise specked or unless a concrete break showing 100% of designed strength, forms shall remain in place in accordance with the following: Member Description Slab Shoring Slab Forms Wall or Column Forms Time In Place Duration 7 days 5 days 3 days where "Time in Place Duration" is defined as the period of time after placement during which the temperature of the concrete surface is above 50 degrees F. Loosen forms carefully. Minimize damage to all concrete surfaces not exposed to view. For form removal on exposed -to -view concrete, do not use pry bars, hammers, or other tools that will result in damage to concrete surfaces. If exposed -to -view concrete is damaged by form removal, the Contractor shall repair it at his expense. 3.9 FORM RE -USE A. Thoroughly clean all forms that are to be re -used. Inspect for damage. HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMWORK 031113-4 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project L 1 D B. Do not re -use wood formwork more than two times for concrete su ces exposed to view. 2017 DEC -5 PM 1: 31 C. Do not re -use formwork having damaged faces or edges for concrete surfaces exposed to view. CITY GLEN IOWA CITY, IOWA 3.10 FORMWORK TOLERANCES A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. B. Tolerances: Construct formwork to produce completed concrete surfaces within construction tolerances specified in ACI 117. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork design, and that supports, fastenings, wedges, ties, and items are secure. B. Notify Design Professional after placement of reinforcing steel in forms, but prior to placing concrete. C. Schedule concrete placement to permit formwork inspection before placing concrete. END OF SECTION HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE FORMWORK 03 1113-5 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 SECTION 03 20 00 FILED ILED CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART -1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 2817 DEC -5 PM 1: 4 5 CITY CLERK A. This Section includes reinforcing steel and required suph8WftctPPV, iqo�e concrete. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 11 13 — Concrete Formwork B. Section 03 30 00 — Cast -in -Place Concrete 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 315 - Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement. 3. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. B. ASTM International 1. ASTM A497 - Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Deformed, for Concrete Reinforcement. 2. ASTM A615 - Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. C. American Welding Society: 1. AWS D1.4 - Structural Welding Code - Reinforcing Steel. D. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute: 1. CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice. 2. CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 23 - Submittals B. Shop Drawings: Indicate bar sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities of reinforcing steel and welded wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, and supporting and spacing devices. C. Certificates: Submit AWS qualification certificate for welders employed on the work. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with CRSI - Manual of Standard Practice. B. Conform to ACI 301 and ACI 315. HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 20 00-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project1 1234 PART 2 — PRODUCTS F -L E D 2.1 REINFORCEMENT ' ', 2011 DEC -5 PM I: 37 A. Reinforcing Steel: Unless otherwise specified, ASTM A615, 60-ksi yield i A;CLEW deformed billet steel bars, unfinished. 10 A CITY, IOWA B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A497 Deformed Type; in flat sheets; unfinished. 2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 -gauge annealed type. B. Chairs, bolsters, bar supports, and spacers shall be sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcement during placement of concrete. C. Chairs, bolsters, and spacers shall be bright basic finish, except finish shall be plastic protected for exposed surfaces. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate concrete reinforcement in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice, ACI 315, and ACI 318. B. Fabricate as required to achieve concrete cover as specified. C. Unless otherwise indicated, minimum reinforcing splice lengths (in inches) shall be as follows: Bar Size Too Bar Other Bar #3 25 19 #4 33 25 #5 41 31 #6 49 37 #7 71 54 #8 81 62 #9 91 70 #10 102 79 #11 113 87 where a top bar is defined as any horizontal bar having more than 12 inches of concrete under the bar. D. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on the Contract Drawings at points of minimum stress. Indicate location of splices on the shop drawings. HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 20 00-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project - 16-1234 PART 3 — EXECUTION FILED 3.1 PLACEMENT '2017 DEC —5 PM I: wk A. Place, support, and secure reinforcement against di0ITcVrMrrE1"ccordance with CRSI - Placing Reinforcing Bars. IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Do not displace or damage vapor retarders. C. Accommodate placement of formed openings. D. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcement as follows: Item Cover Beams 1-1/2 inches Supported Slabs and Joists 3/4 inch Column Ties 1-1/2 inches Walls (Exposed to Weather or 2 inches Backfill) Concrete Formed Against Earth 3 inches E. Bond and ground reinforcement in accordance with requirements of NEC most recent edition. END OF SECTION HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 20 00-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE SUMMARY A. This Section includes cast -in-place for foundations, walls, and slabs. RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 03 11 13 - Concrete Formwork B. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcement PIL ED 2017 DEC -5 pM rCTE�tOAIYw, A. American Concrete Institute: 1. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete. 2. ACI 304 - Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete. 3. ACI 305 - Hot Weather Concreting. 4. ACI 309 - Guide for Consolidation of Concrete. 5. ACI 318 - Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C31 - Making and Curing Concrete Compression and Flexure Test Specimens in the Field. 2. ASTM C33 - Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 3. ASTM C94 - Standard Specification for Ready -Mixed Concrete. 4. ASTM C150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 5. ASTM C260 - Standard Specification for Air -Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. 6. ASTM C309 - Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane -Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 7. ASTM C494 - Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete. 8. ASTM D1752 - Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. SUBMITTALS A. Section 01 33 23 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures. B. Submit product data for specified products. C. Submit manufacturers' installation instructions for specified products. D. Mix Design: 1. Submit concrete mix design for each concrete mix to be used. Submit separate mix designs when admixtures are required for the following: HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY HVpy.Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 a. Hot and cold weather concrete work. i I L E D — b. Air -entrained concrete work. C. Super plasticizer. 7 nr 2. Identify mix ingredients and proportions?�CIMP A4%,r6.45 E. Concrete placement plans. CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318. B. To prevent concrete inconsistency due to material source differences, acquire cement materials and aggregate materials from same sources throughout the project duration. 1.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT PLANS A. Contractor shall prepare and submit for review a Concrete Placement Plan for major concrete pours. B. Each Concrete Placement Plan shall address the following: 1. Contingency for concrete delivery in the event of batch plant failure, roadway blockage, or other interruption. 2. Schedule including date of placement, estimated duration of placement, and number of workers for each craft. 3. Contingency for equipment failure (i.e. vibrators, pumping trucks, etc.) C. Contractor shall submit all Concrete Placement Plans at least two weeks prior to the scheduled pours. No major pours shall be performed without an approved Concrete Placement Plan. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cement: ASTM C150, Type V - Sulfate Resistant Portland type. B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33. C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete. 2.2 ADMIXTURES A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260. B. Chemical: ASTM C494 Type A - Water Reducing. C. Other admixtures as approved by the Design Professional. HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project -.-2.3* 'OTHER MATERIALS FUD A. Bonding Agent: Five Star Bonding Adhesive (Five Star Products IrmbMds PM 1: 37 Crete (Larsen' Products Corporation). CITY CLEW B. Dowel Epoxy: Five Star RS Anchor Gel (Five Star Products Inc.) or SIOi & CITY. IOWA Epoxy Adhesive (Sika Corporation). C. Curing Agent: ESTM C309, Type 1. For hot weather conditions, use ASTM C309, Type 2, as approved by the Design Professional. D. Expansion Joint Filler: ASTM D1572, pre -molded cork. E. Expansion Joint Sealant: Sikaflex-1 c SL (Sika Corporation) or approved equal. Dampproofing: Dehydratine 4 (Tamms Industries Inc.) or approved equal. 2.4 CONCRETE MIX REQUIREMENTS A. Mix 1 Requirements: 1. Compressive Strength (28 Day): 4,000 psi. 2. Maximum Coarse Aggregate: 1 inch. 3. Minimum Coarse Aggregate: No. 4. 4. Slump: 1-4" 5. Maximum Water -Cement Ratio: 0.45. 6. Air Entrainment: 6 percent, ±1 percent. B. Proportion concrete mixes in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 5. C. If mix proportions are to be determined by trial mixture methods, cylinder testing shall be performed by an accredited testing laboratory. D. Submit all proposed mix designs for Design Professional review at least 48 hours prior to first concrete placement. No concrete shall be placed without Design Professional review. E. Admixtures: 1. Retarding admixtures may be used in hot weather conditions, but only when approved by the Design Professional. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement. See Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. B. Verify anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement, and other items to be cast into concrete are accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not interfere with placing concrete. HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16.1Z34 3.2 MIXING AND DELIVERY PILEID A.- `Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94 and ACI 304 Proportions shall be in accordance with concrete mix design ,. Il�� DEC -S PM It 4$ B. Water added to concrete having a slump below the specified minimi *CLEW done so at the Contractor's risk. If additional water results in concret Vle'OW A above the specified maximum, concrete shall be rejected. 3.3 PRE -CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Prepare formwork in accordance with Section 03100 - Concrete Forms and Accessories prior to concrete placement. B. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent. C. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing, drill holes in existing concrete, and install dowels using dowel epoxy. D. If concrete is to be poured against earth, earth shall be unfrozen, dewatered, and otherwise properly prepared. E. Slab Screeds: 1. Set screeds to correct elevation for concrete slabs and levels for finish on slabs. 2. Screeds shall be set as required for slope to floor drains or as indicated. 3. If screeds are disturbed during concrete placement, re-establish correct screed elevations. 4. Set screeds so that surface flatness is less than 1/4 inch in 10 feet. F. Screed Supports. 1. For concrete over vapor retarder, use cradles, pads, or other screed supports to prevent puncture of the vapor retarder. 2. Staking through the vapor retarder is not permitted. 3.4 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 304. B. Notify Design Professional minimum 24 hours prior to all concrete placements. C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, and formed expansion and contraction joints are not disturbed during concrete placement. D. Maintain reinforcing steel cover per Section 03200 - Concrete Reinforcement. E. Place concrete continuously between pre -determined control and construction joints. F. Do not interrupt successive placement; do not permit cold joints to occur. HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 004 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project34 1= ILS G. Consolidate all concrete by vibration, spading, rodding, or forking. Consolidation shall be performed in conformance with ACI 309. 2011 DEC -5 PM I� �7 H. Perform hot weather concrete placement in accordance with ACI MY CLERK I. Perform cold weather concrete placement in accordance with A)ft"ITY. IOWA J. Provide 1/2 -inch thick expansion joint fillers at all locations where slabs -on grade meet other vertical concrete surfaces. Filler shall extend from bottom of slab to within 1/2 inch of finished slab elevation. K. Saw cut joints within 12 hours after placing. Use 3/16 -inch thick blade, cut into 1/4 depth of slab thickness or 1/2 inch maximum. 3.6 FINISHING OF FORMED SURFACES A. All formed concrete surfaces not exposed to view shall have rough -form finish B. All formed concrete surfaces exposed to view shall have smooth -form finish. C. Rough -Form Finish: Patch tie holes and defects. Chip or rub off fins exceeding 1/2 inch in height. Leave surfaces with texture imparted by the forms. D. Smooth -Form Finish: Patch tie holes and defects. Remove all fins exceeding 1/8 inch in height. Leave surfaces with texture imparted by the forms. 3.6 FINISHING OF UNFORMED SURFACES A. All interior slabs shall have a troweled finish. B. All exterior slabs shall have a broom finish. C. All equipment foundation top surfaces shall have a floated finish in areas between anchor bolts and broom finish in areas outside of anchor bolts. D. Floated Finish: 1. Place, consolidate, strike off, and level concrete eliminating high spots and low spots. 2. After bleed water sheen has disappeared and surface has stiffened, begin floating with hand float, bladed power float, or powered disk float. 3. Re -float slab as required to obtain uniform texture. E. Troweled Finish: 1. Float finish surface. 2. Power trowel surface. 3. Hand trowel untiltrowel produces a ringing sound during strokes F. Broom Finish 1. Float finish surface. 2. Strike surface with coarse broom transverse to traffic direction for the slab. 3. Trowel slab edges to width of 4 inches. HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-5 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project - 16-1234 C.' Surface flatness for all unformed surfaces shall be iT4'rL E:1E)eet. 3.7 " CURING'AND PROTECTION M7 DEC _g PM 046 A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete fro UWing, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mec , I �tUU111111����AAAA .IOWA B. Maintain concrete with minimal moisture loss at relatively constant temperature for period necessary for hydration of cement and hardening of concrete. C. Cure concrete in conformance with one of the following methods: 1. Moist Formwork: Leave forms in place for seven days. Keep formwork moist during this time. 2. Moist Surface: Maintain concrete surface moisture by spraying, soaker hoses, sprinklers, or saturated mats for seven consecutive days. 3. Curing Agent: Apply agent to concrete immediately after forms are removed. For slabs, apply when slab has obtained sufficient set to allow foot traffic. D. If hot weather or cold weather conditions exist during concrete placement, special efforts shall be made to assure adequate concrete curing. These efforts shall be performed in conformance with ACI 305 and ACI 306. E. Protect finished work under provisions of Section 01700 - Execution Requirements. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301. B. Provide free access to work and cooperate with testing agency. C. Maintain records of placed concrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature, and test samples taken. D. Prepare six test cylinders for every 75 or less cubic yards of concrete placed each day. Cylinders shall be prepared in accordance with ASTM C31. E. One slump test shall be taken for each set of test cylinders taken. 3.9 PATCHING A. Allow Design Professional to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms. B. Excessive honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Design Professional upon discovery. C. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301. HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 033000-6 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project . A..r 3.10 ._DEFECTIVE CONCRETE 16-1234 FILED .A. - Defedtive Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, detaiMll DEC -5 PM 1:37 dimensions, tolerances, or specified requirements. B. . Repair or replace defective concrete in accordance with ACI 301 3.11 DAMPPROOFING A. Apply in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. Apply to following surfaces: 1. Underground vaults and manholes. END OF SECTION CITY CLERK( IOWA CITY, IOWA HBK ENGINEERING CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-7 Division 04 Masonry FILED 2017 DEC -5 PM I: 4E IOVIA CITY. V Vq Division 04 FILED 2011 DEC -5 PM 1: 91 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF IOWA CITY -� Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 04 22 00 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY FILED 2011 DEC -5 PM 1:46 CITY CLEM IOWA CITY, IOWA 16-1234 A. Section includes concrete masonry unit work as shown and specified. Work includes: 1. Architectural concrete masonry exterior single wythe walls and exterior veneer facing. 2. Exterior back-up walls for exterior wall masonry veneer facing. 3. Reinforced concrete unit masonry walls. 4. Interior partitions. 5. Installation of reinforcement, anchors, ties, flashing, insulation, and related masonry accessories. 6. Installation of anchor bolts, bearing plates and loose steel angle lintels. 7. Installation of wood blocking and nailers. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04 42 00 — Exterior Stone Cladding 1.3 A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 530-05/ASCE 5-05/TMS 402-05 "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures." 2. ACI 530.1-05/ASCE 6-05/TMS 602-05 "Specification for Masonry Structures" B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C33-03 "Concrete Aggregates." 2. ASTM C55-06 "Concrete Building Brick." 3. ASTM C90 -06b "Load -Bearing Concrete Masonry Units." 4. ASTM C140-03 "Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units and Related Units." 5. ASTM C331-05 "Lightweight Aggregates for Concrete Masonry Units." 6. ASTM C426-06 'Test for Drying Shrinkage of Concrete Block." 7. ASTM C1072-00 "Measurement of Masonry Flexural Bond Strength." 8. ASTM E514-04 "Water Penetration and Leakage Through Masonry." C. National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA). 1. TEK Manual for Concrete Masonry Design and Construction, TEK Bulletins 1.4 SUBMITTALS A Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for each type of concrete masonry unit required. HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for masonry lintels/bond beam I L E Q C. Samples: When requested, submit exposed standard concrete MCnal5ri*M I: 37 samples for color and texture review CITY CLEM D. Certificates: Submit manufacturer's certification that each type of cclim CITY, 10 WA masonry units comply with specified requirements, including type, grade, curing, moisture content and performance requirements. E. Submit qualification data to demonstrate masonry installer's capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, telephone numbers, names of Engineers and Owners, and other information specified. F. Submit written plan for cold weather construction and masonry cleaning procedures if requested by Owner. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unit masonry standard: Comply with ACI 530-05/ASCE 5-05/TMS 402-05 "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures; ACI 530.1-05/ASCE 6- 05/TMS 602-05 "Specification for Masonry Structures and related Commentaries. Contractors supervisory personnel shall be thoroughly familiar with this material as it applies to this project. B. Unit Masonry Producer Qualifications: Producer shall be a member in good standing of the National Concrete Masonry Association (NCMA). C. Integral Water Repellent Concrete Masonry Producer Qualifications: A firm certified in writing by manufacturer as a licensed or approved applicator who has successfully completed a minimum of three projects similar in size to the requirements for this project within the past 3 years. D. General: Appoint at least one experienced and skilled supervisory mason who shall be present at all times and direct work performed under this Section. Supervisor shall be thoroughly familiar with design requirements, type of materials being installed, referenced standards, and other requirements. 1. Use skilled masons for cutting and placing of unit masonry. In acceptance or rejection of installed unit masonry, no allowance will be made for lack of workmen's skill. 2. Comply with applicable codes, regulations, and standards. Where provisions of applicable codes, regulations, and standards conflict with requirements of this Section, the more demanding shall govern. E. Consult other trades and make provisions to permit installation of their work in a manner to avoid cutting and patching. Build in work specified under other Sections, as necessary, and as work progresses. F. Pre -Construction Conference: Before commencing masonry construction and associated work, meet at project site, or other mutually agreed location, with Installer, installers of related work, and other entities concerned with masonry HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project16-1234 performance, including (where applicable) Engineer and Ow��"""" lLtrUntative. Record discussions and agreements and furnish copy to each participant. Provide at least 72 hours advance notice toartici to e- p p —o n� construction conference. G. Concrete unit masonry construction: Comply with NatioroTYt 4 Vt ppry Association (NCMA)'TEK Bulletins,' and as specified. 1. NCMA TEK Bulletin 3-1C "All Weather Concrete Masonry Construction." 2. NCMA TEK Bulletin 3-2A "Grouting for Concrete Masonry Walls." 3. NCMA TEK Bulletin 3-3A "Reinforced Concrete Masonry Construction." 4. NCMA TEK Bulletin 7-1A "Fire Resistance Rating of Concrete Masonry Assemblies." 5. NCMA TEK Bulletin 8-2A "Removal of Stains from Concrete Masonry Walls." 6. NCMA TEK Bulletin 10-1A "Crack Control in Concrete Masonry Walls." 7. NCMA TEK Bulletin 10-213 "Control Joints for Concrete Masonry Walls." 8. NCMA TEK Bulletin 14-4A "Strength Design of Concrete Masonry." 9. NCMA TEK Bulletin 19-4A "Flashing Strategies for Concrete Masonry Walls." 10. NCMA TEK Bulletin 19-5A "Flashing Details for Concrete Masonry Walls." K. Provide each type of masonry unit from a single manufacturing source to ensure uniform texture and color for continuous and visually related items. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle masonry materials to prevent damage and soiling. B. Deliver architectural, special and "Green Product Certified" concrete masonry units to the jobsite on banded wood pallets with manufacturer's recommended unit protective covers. 1. Store pallets in single -stacks on level ground. Cover stacks with waterproof tarpaulin coverings to protect from inclement weather. C. Inspect masonry units upon delivery to ensure color match with required materials and accepted sample mock-up panel. D. Stack all masonry units in a dry place off the ground on pallets or a prepared plank platform. Method of stacking shall be acceptable to Engineer. Protect with non -staining covering arranged to allow air circulation around and above masonry units. Exercise particular care in the storage, handling and installation of masonry units. Exposed concrete masonry is utilized as a "finish material." Do not build soiled or damaged masonry units into the work. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Do not use metal reinforcements or ties coated with loose rust or other coatings, including ice, which will reduce or destroy bond. HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project16-1234 B. Protect partially cod o completed masonry against weather damage anfLL end of each day or shutdown and when work is not in progress. 1.Cover tops of Walls not enclosed or sheltered with stro4fl11r t(►pc�of,PM non -staining membrane. Extended membrane at least 0" awn both sides of walls and hold securely in place. CITY CLEW 2. Rotate and flip scaffolding boards each day to prevent mq@WX4jljiV, IOWA C. Brace unsupported and newly -laid masonry walls. Maintain bracing in place until building structure provides permanent bracing. D. Cold and Hot Weather Construction: Provide cold and hot weather masonry construction as required by ACI 530.1/ASCE6/TMS 602. E. Cold Weather Construction: Comply with IMIAWC recommended practices and guide specifications for cold weather masonry construction. 1. Precondition masonry materials to maintain minimum 50 degrees F. temperatures when installed. 2. Protect masonry from freezing when the outside air temperature is 40 degrees F. and falling. Heat materials and provide temporary protection of completed portions of masonry work. Comply with governing codes and NCMA'TEK Bulletin 3-1C." 3. No masonry work will be permitted when outside air temperature is below 25 degrees F. except when enclosures, supplemental heat and insulating blankets are provided and with Engineers's approval of cold weather procedures and protection. 4. Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. 5. Do not build on frozen work. Remove and replace masonry work damaged by frost or freezing. 6. Protect completed masonry work against freezing for not less than four days after laying. Maintain minimum 50 degrees F. temperature on both sides of masonry for not less than 72 hours. F. Hot Weather Requirements: Protect unit masonry work when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and grout. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 100 degrees F and above. G. Masonry Construction Tolerances: Comply with masonry construction tolerances as required by ACI 530.1. H. Construction Tolerances: 1. Variation from plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces of columns, walls and arises do not exceed 1/4" in 10'-0", or 3/8" in a story height not to exceed 20'-0", nor 1/2" in 40'-0" or more. For external corners, expansion J oints, control joints and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4" in any story or 20'-0" maximum, nor 1/2" in 40'-0" or more. 2. Variation from level: For lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4" in any bay or 20'-0" maximum, nor 3/4" in 40'-0" or more. HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 0422004 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 3. Variation of linear building line: For posrp i0lan and related portion of columns, walls and partitions, do not exceed 1/2" in any bay or 20'-0" maximum, nor 3/4" in 40'-0"�Q(,r�p� 4. Variation in cross-sectional dimensf�l4�4�br' colur?A Afl"ickness of walls, from dimension shown, do not exfflfFN!$ i/4" nor plus 1/2". I. Load application after building masonry colurii OiALTOY49P 1. Do not apply uniform design floor or roof loading for at least 12 hours. 2. Do not apply concentrated loads for at least three days. J. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Remove immediately any grout, mortar, and soil that comes in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain -splashed mud and mortar splatter by means of coverings spread on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projection from mortar splatter and dropping. 3. Protect surfaces of windows and door frames; as well as similar products with painted and integral finishes from mortar splatter and dropping. K. Split masonry coursing at heads and sills of openings and cut concrete masonry coursing less than 4" in height not permitted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY MATERIALS A. Aggregate: ASTM C33 normal weight aggregate, except as indicated. Cinder aggregate not permitted. 1. Nonload-bearing exterior walls/interior partitions: ASTM C331 "Solite" or "Haydite" expanded shale lightweight aggregate. 2. Exposed exterior/interior units: Washed crushed limestone coarse aggregate and washed limestone sand. B. Cement: ASTM C 150, Type required C. Water Repellent Admixture: Krete Industries "Krete HQ Plus" or an approved equal integral water repellent & admixture for concrete masonry units and associated mortar used in masonry exposed to exterior 1. Water resistance: ASTM E 514. 2. Flexural Bond Strength: Pass for full wall; ASTM E 72 or C 1072. 3. Fully dispersible in water. D. Color Pigment: Natural or synthetic iron oxides manufactured specifically for use in concrete masonry units; products by Davis Colors, Bayer, DCS, or an approved equal. 1. Color(s) as selected by Engineer. E. Cleaning Materials: Not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials. Products by ProSoCo, Inc. or an approved equal HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-5 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and$heltjr 1placement Project 2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS '-1 LE FD A. Concrete MasonryUnits: Comply with ASTM C 90 and as follows: 2011 DEC -5 PM 1: 38 1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average r}et�LEhft compressive strength as shown on the drawings of 2000 psi. i0 �u1 CiTY.10`,'d 2. Normal weight. 3. Linear shrinkage: Not to exceed 0.065 percent, ASTM C426. 4. Exposed Faces: Manufacturer's standard color and texture, unless otherwise indicated. B. Provide modular dimension, standard concrete masonry units, nominal 8" high x 16" long (7-5/8" x 15-5/8" actual), except as otherwise indicated; thickness as shown on the drawings. C. Special shapes: 1. Provide closures, jamb units, headers, lintels, bond beams and special shapes required. 2. Provide standard manufactured sizes or cut full size units for fractional course height and lengths. 3. Provide control joint units or jamb units to receive control joint fillers as required. 4. Provide two -core type masonry units where required to receive vertical reinforcing. 5. Provide exposed external corners and edges V radius bullnosed, except as otherwise indicated. 2.3 MASONRY MORTAR AND ACCESSORIES A. Mortar and fine grout: 1. Water Repellent Mortar Admix: Krete Industries "Admix-Krete Gard Mortar Mix" a. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for mixing and mortar preparation. B. Accessories, reinforcement, anchorages and flashings: PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, structure and installation conditions. Do not proceed with concrete masonry work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Installation constitutes acceptance of existing conditions and responsibility for satisfactory performance. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Do not wet concrete masonry units. HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-6 CITY OF IOWA CITY HappyrJgllow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project F 16-1234 B. Establish lines, levels and coursing. C. Establish, lines, levels and coursing. Ven'�61%or4nflgt l*ts are correctly located and installed. CITY CLEWn D. Coordinate masonry work with installation AsQ1idtetd 9hi lding utilities to be installed under this contract. Masonry alterations and cuts shall be coordinated and verified with Owner and Design professional. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Match coursing, bonding, color and texture of new concrete unit masonry work with existing masonry work. Provide special patterns and coursing where indicated. B. Layout walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns, with uniform joint widths and to properly locate openings, movement type joints, returns and offsets. Avoid the use of less than half-size units at corners, jambs and other locations. C. Lay up walls plumb and true to comply with specified tolerances. Provide corners and angles square, with courses level, accurately spaced and coordinated with other work. Use double lines at multiple wythe walls. D. Pattern bond: Lay exposed concrete unit masonry in running bond with vertical joint in each course centered on units in courses above and below. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less than 4" of horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs. 1. Install special units where shown. 2. Lay center scored concrete masonry units with courses staggered so joints on alternate courses will appear at the midpoint of the 8" x 8" faces. 3. Provide bullnose units at all exposed outside 90 degree corners. E. Lay hollow concrete masonry units with full mortar coverage on horizontal and vertical face shells. Bed webs in mortar in starting course on footings, load bearing walls, all courses of piers, columns and pilasters and where adjacent to cells or cavities to be reinforced or filled with concrete or grout. Maintain 3/8" joint widths, except for minor variations required to maintain bond alignment. Lay solid concrete masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not slush head joints. G. Compress and cut joints flush for masonry walls that are below grade, concealed or covered by other materials. H. Tool joints in all exposed masonry work to a concave joint, including areas that are accessible but not considered exposed, such as elevator shafts, crawl spaces and pipe spaces. 1. Exterior scored units: Provide tooled joints horizontal and vertical at exterior scored concrete masonry units. HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-7 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project FILM 34 I-ytite"rior scored units: Rake horizontal and vertical joints at interior scored concrete masonry units. Depth to match scored joinff�� 55 PM I s $8 3. Rake vertical joints at interior masonry partitions ab ttic2f -SfAlqu1�raming members for application of joint sealantttt�t'7Yr(�IICLERK n(► I. Remove masonry units disturbed after laying; clean and reset i� frASltTriBrt�r.UoA not pound corners at jambs to fit stretcher units which have been set in position. If adjustments are required, remove units, clean off mortar and reset in fresh mortar. J. Step back unfinished work adjoining new work. Rack back 1/2 unit length in each course; do not tooth. Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry and remove loose masonry units and mortar before laying fresh masonry. K. Provide interlocking masonry bond in each course at corners and intersecting walls. L. Load-bearing walls: If carried up separately, provide rigid steel anchors spaced not more than 2'-0" on center vertically. Embed ends in mortar filled cores.: Build full height of story to underside of structure. Grout juncture with structure solid with grout. M. Nonload-bearing walls: Build full height of story to underside of structure, except as otherwise shown. Terminate full height nonload-bearing walls one joint thickness below the structure to allow for deflection of the structural element without loading the wall. Provide an open joint for application of joint sealant. N. As the work progresses, build in items specified under this and other Sections of the specifications. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items. 1. Bed hollow metal frame anchors in mortar. Align anchors with joint coursing. Draw anchors fight and fill space between hollow metal frames and masonry solid with fine mortar grout. 2. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath in the joint below and rod grout into core. 3. Provide solid masonry bearing for all lintels, beams, joists, plates and load-bearing members. a. Provide solid masonry units or hollow units filled solid. b. Minimum one block course under steel angle lintels and steel joists not bearing on bond beams. C. Minimum two block courses under steel beams and steel beam lintels. Where beams and lintels are parallel with wall, extend solid bearing to walls, extend solid bearing 16" each side of centerline of beam. 4. Take particular care to embed all conduits and pipes with concrete masonry without fracturing exposed shells and to fit units around switch, receptacle and other boxes set in walls. Where electric conduit, outlets, switch boxes and similar items occur, grind and cut units before building in services. 5. Install anchors, reglets and nailers for flashing and related work built into masonry work. HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-8 CITY OF IOWA CITY Hap iigIlovq Pa&,Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project Install reinforcing steel and concrete fill/ morta r itwgr dicated. Comply with drawing details for reinforcing ste I s cing. 16-1234 O. Cavity walls: 2011 DEC -5 PM I 146 1. Maintain cavity clean of mortar droppings during construction. Strike joints facing cavity flush. CITY CLEN 2. Masonry walls: Tie exterior masonry veneeroft (ffysWWAgack-up with adjustable metal ties secured to joint reinforcement built into masonry back-up walls. 3. Concrete walls: Tie exterior masonry veneer wythe to back-up with individual metal ties secured to dovetail anchor slots cast in concrete back-up. 4. Space ties 16" on center vertically and horizontally. 5. Install cavity wall insulation as work progresses. Bond with adhesive to exterior face of interior walls. Seal vertical and horizontal joints with adhesive. P. Veneer walls: 1. Masonry walls: Tie exterior masonry veneer wythe to back-up with individual metal ties built into masonry back-up walls. 2. Concrete walls: Tie exterior masonry veneer wythe to back-up with individual metal ties secured to dovetail anchor slots cast in concrete back-up. 3. Wood framed walls: Tie exterior masonry veneer wythe to back-up with individual metal ties nailed to wood stud wall framing. 4. Metal framed walls: Tie exterior masonry veneer wythe to back-up with individual metal ties screwed to metal wall framing. 5. Space ties 16" on center vertically and horizontally. Q. Horizontal joint reinforcing: Provide continuous joint reinforcing at all concrete masonry walls as follows: 1. In every second block course, 16" on center vertically, full height of wall and every block course where shown on the drawings. 1. In the first two bed joints immediately above and below all openings so that it extends a minimum of 24" beyond opening each way. 2. In the bed joints of the first and second courses below the bearing line in bearing walls when wall receives uniformly distributed floor or roof loads. 3. In bed joints below bond beams. 4. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6" and full width at corners and intersections or use special fabricated sections. 5. Cut or interrupt joint reinforcement at vertical control or expansion joints, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Prefabricated metal joint reinforcement shall not be used as wall ties in multiple wythe walls, except for composite wall construction and two adjacent tiers of concrete block. 7. Fully embed side rods in mortar. R. Anchoring masonry work: Provide anchoring devices of the type shown and specified. 1. Anchor masonry to structural members where masonry abuts or faces such members to comply with the following: HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-9 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hallow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 FILED a. Provide an open space not less than 1/2" width between masonry and structural member. Keep open space free of mortar or other rigid materials. 2011 DEC —S PM 1: 98 Anchor masonry to structural members with metal ties embedded in masonry joints and attached to the structure. ProvidilT31YcQEW with adjustable tie sections. Space anchors not mot@WA W"Y. IOWA on center vertically and 36" on center horizontally. 2. Anchor veneers to concrete structural members with dovetail anchors. S. Joints should be field located vertically at ONE end of each door lintel. See NCMA-TEK Bulletins Nos. 10-1A and 10-2B for additional information. Rake out mortar, if any, and form continuous vertical joints in masonry construction to receive joint sealant at the locations listed below. Verify locations with Engineer. Joint sealant should be Sonneborn NP -1 or approved equal. Locations as follows: a. Changes in wall height or thickness. b. Expansion joints in foundations, roof, and floors. C. Abutments with other construction. d. Within 1/2 normal design spacing or less of: e. Corners. Provide on both legs of corners. f. Intersecting bonded walls. T. Install bond beams where indicated. Comply with drawing details for reinforcing steel size and spacing. Fill bond beam masonry units solid with mortar. U. Lintels 1. Install loose steel lintels spanning each doorway. Lintels should be continuous steel plate and should span minimum of 8" past each door frame. Lintel should be %" thickness and 8" width. Set lintels in full bed of mortar. V. Flashing and weeps: 1. Install concealed through wall masonry flashing at all cavity and veneer wall sills, masonry openings in exterior walls with masonry above head, over all horizontal steel members built into masonry and elsewhere as indicated. Comply with NCMA recommendations for "drainage wall system" masonry construction. 2. Install concealed through wall flashing in accordance with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" Chapter 4 Flashing and with NCMA TEK Bulletins 19-4A and 19-5A details to ensure water resistant masonry construction. Extend flashing beyond edge of lintels and sills at least 4" and turn up ends to form a pan. Seal all pan seams. Extend flashing vertically at least 8" and build into or anchor to back-up for a complete watertight installation. Seal top edge of flashing anchored to backup. Overlap flashing a minimum of 4" with building paper at framed walls with sheathing. 3. Flashing at comers shall be continuous. 4. Metal Flashing: a. Prepare masonry surfaces smooth and free from projections which might puncture flashing. Place through -wall flashing on bed of mortar and cover with mortar. HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-10 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project /!�#j,1166j-,1234 b. Seal flashing penetrations with elastomeric join sFEALE WF covering with mortar. Extend flashing beyond face of wall and turn } down to form a drip. Seal bottom edge of i0ff it I�% %joint sealant. C. Lap flashing joints minimum of 4" and seal laps U, t is joint sealant. IOWA CITY. IOWA 5. Flexible Membrane Flashing: a. Prepare masonry surfaces smooth and free from projections which might puncture flashing. Apply flashing manufacturer's recommended surface conditioner by spray, brush or roller at manufacturer's recommended rate. b. Precut flashing to easily handled lengths for each location. Remove release paper and place in proper position. Press firmly into place using a hand roller . Fully adhere flashing to substrate. C. Lap flashing joints a minimum of 2" and roll with a hand roller. d. Trim bottom edge 1/2 " back from exposed face of and seal to metal drip edge. e. Seal bottom edge of metal drip edge flashing with elastomeric joint sealant. f. Seal top edge, seams, cuts and penetrations with manufacturer's recommended mastic 6. Install weeps in head joints of final course of exterior masonry wythe above flashing. Space weeps maximum of 24" on center horizontally and located to avoid door openings. Install weeps at head joints with outside face of weep material held 1/8" from the finish face of masonry unit. 7. Install cavity fill on top of base flashing. Install a bed of mortar, conforming to the curve of the flashing, placed under the metal flashing. 8. Install vents in head joints of final top course of exterior masonry veneer wythe. Install at head joints with outside face of vent material held 1/8" from the finish face of masonry unit. Space vents 24" on center horizontally. 9. Install compressible joint material at lintels and horizontal steel members. Build in joint fillers and seal with elastomeric joint sealant. 3.4 REINFORCED CONCRETE MASONRY A. Fill scheduled wall and column masonry work. Fill all cores solid with mortar fill. 1. Where vertical reinforcing is required, install reinforcing before filling operation. Comply with drawing details for reinforcing steel size and spacing. 2. Place fill in maximum 4'-0" vertical lifts. Recess top of fill minimum 1-1/2" below top of course to form a key with following lift. Comply with NCMA TEK Bulletins 3-2, 3-3A, and 14-2 recommendations for Low -Lift grouting. B. Install bond beams where indicated. Install reinforcing before filling operation. Fill units solid with concrete fill. Comply with drawing details for reinforcing steel size and spacing. C. Reinforced concrete masonry walls: Install and align grout block units to provide continuous vertical voids in walls. Install reinforcing steel as work progresses. H8K ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-11 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1 34 Use horizontal bars to position vertical bars. Fill grout block unit cos�solid wit concrete fill. 1. Place concrete fill in maximum 4'-0" vertical lifts. Recent NS PM 1 • '38 minimum 1-1/2" below top of course to forma key with followin lift. Comply with NCMA TEK Bulletins 3-2, 3-3A and 14-2 recorSrhidG"R. 2. Coordinate placement of reinforcement and concrete fill Q4640AWO A in-place concrete and precast concrete work to provide continuous vertical and horizontal reinforcement full height of walls. 3.5 REPAIR, POINTING AND CLEANING A. Clean and point exposed concrete masonry at end of each working day. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged. Provide new units to match adjoining units and install in fresh mortar pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. During the tooling of joints, enlarge any voids or holes, except weeps and completely fill with mortar. Point up all joints at corners, openings and adjacent work to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Remove line pins and fill all line pin holes. C. In Progress Cleaning: Wipe off excess mortar as the work progresses. Dry brush with bristle brushes exposed masonry at the end of each day's work. Remove mortar spatters and joint ridges. D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Engineer's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry. 3. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8- 2A applicable to type of stain present on exposed surfaces. 4. Proprietary cleaning agents: When approved for use by the Engineer: a. Protect adjacent stone and non -masonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape. b. Wet wall surfaces with water prior to application of cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing thoroughly with clear water. 5. Power Washing: When approved for use by the Engineer: a. Power wash exposed masonry with clean water using a wide flare nozzle and maximum of 25 psi pressure. END OF SECTION 04 22 00 HBK ENGINEERING CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-12 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 SECTION 04 42 00 FILED EXTERIOR STONE CLADDING 201 7 BEr - PART 1 —GENERAL S PM 1: 4E Ci T Y CLERK 1.1 SUMMARY �NA CITY 10�1ArA, A. Section includes natural stone masonry fascia unit work as shown and specified. Work includes: 1. Stone fascia for restroom facility 2. Stone fascia (alternate) for shelter columns 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 04 22 00 — Concrete Unit Masonry 1.3 REFERENCES A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 1. ACI 530-05/ASCE 5-05/TMS 402-05 "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures." 2. ACI 530.1-05/ASCE 6-05/TMS 602-05 "Specification for Masonry Structures" B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM C33-03 "Concrete Aggregates." 2. ASTM C150-04 "Portland Cement." 3. ASTM C1072-00 "Measurement of Masonry Flexural Bond Strength." 4. ASTM E514-04 "Water Penetration and Leakage Through Masonry." 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data for each type of masonry unit required. B. Samples: When requested, submit exposed masonry material samples for color and texture review. D. Certificates: Submit manufacturers certification that each type of concrete masonry units comply with specified requirements, including type, grade, curing, moisture content and performance requirements. E. Submit qualification data to demonstrate masonry installer's capabilities and experience. Include list of completed projects with project names, addresses, telephone numbers, names of Architects and Owners, and other information specified. F. Submit written plan for cold weather construction and masonry cleaning procedures if requested by Owner. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Unit masonry standard: Comply with ACI 530-05/ASCE 5-05/TMS 402-05 "Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures; ACI 530.1-05/ASCE 6- 05/TMS 602-05 "Specification for Masonry Structures and related Commentaries. HBK ENGINEERING EXTERIOR STONE CLADDING 04 42 00-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project F I L-373 D COntraaztor's supervisory personnel shall be thoroughly familiar with this material as it applies to this project. ZBilDEC -5 PM t: 38 B. Kfirm familiar with installation of this masonry type (or similar stonepi t Owner and Engineer may request verification of at least three (3) si� A RK completed with references.10 WA C. General: Appoint at least one experienced and skilled supervisory mason who shall be present at all times and direct work performed under this Section. Supervisor shall be thoroughly familiar with design requirements, type of materials being installed, referenced standards, and other requirements. t. Use skilled masons for cutting and placing of unit masonry. In acceptance or rejection of installed unit masonry, no allowance will be made for lack of workmen's skill. 2. Comply with applicable codes, regulations, and standards. Where provisions of applicable codes, regulations, and standards conflict with requirements of this Section, the more demanding shall govern. D. Consult other trades and make provisions to permit installation of their work in a manner to avoid cutting and patching. Build in work specked under other Sections, as necessary, and as work progresses. E. Pre -Construction Conference: Before commencing masonry construction and associated work, meet at project site, or other mutually agreed location, with Installer, installers of related work, and other entities concerned with masonry performance, including (where applicable) Engineer and Owner's representative. Record discussions and agreements and furnish copy to each participant. Provide at least 72 hours' advance notice to participants prior to convening pre - construction conference. F. Provide unit from a single manufacturing source to ensure uniform texture and color for continuous and visually related items. 2.0 PRODUCTS A. Sawed Bed Veneer Limestone, Weber Stone Company, Anamosa, IA B. Owner/Engineer approved equivalent 3.0 EXECUTION A. All applicable standard practices and execution required in section 04 22 00 shall apply for installation of this product. END OF SECTION 04 42 00 HBK ENGINEERING EXTERIOR STONE CLADDING 044200-2 Division 08 Openings FILED 1011 DEC -5 Pao 1, 1.0 CITY CLERt ?OWA CITY, Division O8 FILED 2017DEC -5 PM 1:36 CITY CLEM IOWA CITY, IOWA THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT L3S1,1;� CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project PART 1GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY: SECTION 08 11 of 1 L E D METAL DOORS &2tS-5 PM 1= 46 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY. IOWA A. Section Includes: Steel doors and frames including door louvers 1. 2 RELATED SECTIONS: A. Section(s) related to this section include: 1. Section 08 71 00 Door Hardware 1.3 REFERENCES: 16-1234 A. General: 1. Standards are listed for reference, including revisions by issuing authority, and form a part of this specification section to the extent indicated. Standards listed are identified by issuing authority, authority abbreviation, designation number and title. Standards subsequently referenced herein are referred to by issuing authority abbreviation and standard designation. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. ASTM A568/A568M - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Structural, and High -Strength, Low -Alloy, Hot -Rolled and Cold -Rolled, General Requirements for. C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): 1. ANSI/SDI A250.6 - Recommended Practice for Hardware Reinforcing on Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. ANSI/SDI A250.8 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors & Frames. 3. ANSI/SDI A250.11 - Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames. D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 1. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors and Other Opening Protectives. E. Steel Door Institute (SDI): 1. SDI -112 - Zinc -Coated (Galvanized/Galvannealed) Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 2. SDI -117 - Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames. 3. SDI -124 - Maintenance of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (HMMA): 1. HMMA 840 - Installation and Storage of Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 2. HMMA 861 - Guide Specifications for Commercial Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. HBK ENGINEERING HOLLOW METAL DOOR 0811 00-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 3. HMMA 840=rgQ1 - Painting Hollow Metal Prod t I L E D 1.4 SUBMITTALS: 2011 DEC —5 PM 1$ 58 A. Product Data: Provide manufacturers standard catalog date, ftL d products. IOWA CITY, IOWA B. Shop Drawings: Show layout, profiles, product components, anchorages, accessories, and finish colors. Indicate door type, frame, steel, core, material thickness, mortises, reinforcements, exposed fastener locations, openings (glazed, paneled, or louvered), and hardware arrangements. Include schedule identifying each unit, with door marks or numbers referencing drawings. Coordinate approved shop drawings with related trades. C. Color Samples: Selection and verification samples for factory finished colors, and textures. D. Certificates: Product certificates signed by the manufacturer certifying material compliance with ANSI/SDI A250.8 (HMMA-861) fabrication requirements. E. Installation Instructions and installation tolerances: Manufacturer's printed installation instructions, if other than as specified in ANSI/SDI A250.11, HMMA 840, or NFPA 80. F. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include methods for maintaining installed products and precautions against cleaning materials and methods detrimental to finishes and performance, if other than as specified in SDI -124. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturing Tolerances: Materials in this Section shall be fabricated to maintain tolerances in compliance with SDI -117. B. Installer Qualifications: When requested, submit certificate indicating qualification by experience in performing work of this section and has specialized in installation of work similar to that required for this project. When requested, submit certificate indicating qualifications. C. Project Warranty: Refer to Contract Conditions for project warranty provisions. D. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty document executed by authorized cpmpany official. Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights Owner may have under the Contract Documents. E. Manufacturer's Warranty Period: As indicated in manufacturer's standard catalog data for specified products. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING HBK ENGINEERING HOLLOW METAL DOOR 0811 00-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 A. While unloading materials, contractoFtLasEr'ntat an accurate comparison to shipping documents is kept. B. Examine all materials and storeJ6QMCaArdhbcJ4kANSI/SDI A250.8, HMMA 861, and HMMA 840. CITY CLERiSp C. Store in manufacturer's original, uni4"(rIllla 8d containers, identification labels intact. D. Handle and store products according to manufacturer's recommendations published in technical materials. Leave products wrapped or otherwise protected and under clean and dry storage conditions until required for installation. E. Protect materials from exposure to harmful weather conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer. Store doors protected at corners to prevent damage or marring of finish. Store doors in upright position under cover on building site on wood sills or on floors in a manner to prevent rust and damage. G. Store frames in upright position under cover on building site on wood sills or on floors in a manner to prevent rust and damage. H. Do not store in non -vented plastic or canvas shelters. 1.7 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Pre -installation Meetings: Conduct meetings to verify project requirements, substrate conditions, manufacturer's installation instructions, and quality requirements. B. Where required, Contractor shall verify actual openings by field measurements before fabrication; show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate field measurements and fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid construction delays. C. Comply with manufacturer's ordering instructions and lead time requirements to avoid construction delays. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. MANUFACTURER 1. Amweld 2. Ceco 3. Steelcraft 4. Owner approved alternative B. LOCATION OF HARDWARE: HBK ENGINEERING HOLLOW METAL DOOR 0811 00,3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacerpgnt Project 16-1234 1. Unless otherwise specified, conform to recommendations of l;4 D A250.6 and A250.8 for location of and preparation for locks, hinges, latches, push-pull olates.an¢-bars,exit devices, handle Closer reinforcing, roller latches, and arm pulls. handles -5 PM 1:38 C. OPENING SIZES MY CLERK 1. Opening sizes for doors and frames shall be as indicated iAQl'AATY, IOWA schedule. D. DESIGN CLEARANCES 1. All doors shall be undersized from frame opening sizes for head, jamb, and meeting stile clearances in accordance with NFPA-80, whether fire rated or not. 2. Design clearance at bottom (undercut as defined by HMMA-810 TN01) shall be 3/4" (19.6 mm) from bottom of frame unless noted otherwise in door schedule. E. MATERIALS 1. General Requirements for Doors and Frames: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.6, ANSI/SDI A250.8, and SDI -117 (HMMA 841, HMMA 861). 2. Steel: Steel used for manufacturing of doors, frames, and panels shall comply with ASTM specifications as indicated in individual product descriptions. 2.2 METAL DOORS A. METAL DOORS RECOMMENDED DOORS USAGE AS FOLLOWS 1. Exterior Doors: a. COLD -ROLLED STEEL, Full Flush, 20 gage, Polystyrene Core. B. LOUVERS IN STEEL DOORS 1. Construction: Provide insert type louvers with vision -proof inverted Y baffles, louver blades of 18 gage, and frames of 20 gage welded steel construction. 2. Fastening: Louvers shall be readily removable, for finish painting, reversing hand, or replacement. 3. Louvers shall be factory installed. 4. Construction: Where indicated at Series 07LS or 07WE doors, provide inverted V blade louvers of 18 gage minimum welded securely to door faces so as to be integral with door construction and non -removable. 2.3 METAL FRAMES A. METAL FRAMES RECOMMENDED USAGE AS FOLLOWS: 1. Exterior Fames (K -D): a. Unequal rabbet frames, in 16 gage cold -rolled steel material. B. SIZES Fabricate frames for 13/4" (45 mm) door thickness EXCEPT where indicated on details or door schedule. C. PROFILE HBK ENGINEERING HOLLOW METAL DOOR 08 11 00-4 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 y—; 1. Unless otherwise sh fvnUWs, fabricate fames as unequal rabbetted with 2" (50.8 mm) flat faces Ph 1:14an13 5/8" (15.9 mm) stop height. �,��p D ' �' SERIES UNEQUAL RAA S: 1. Provide unequal rabb c ctv�n frames at all locations specified unless noted or del %61"p A a. 16 gage col dsteel. b. Assembly: 1) All frames are to be shipped K -D for field assembly by installer. 2) All frames are to be shipped K -D for field assembly by installer with all members marked and bundled together for each opening. 3) All frames are to be shipped welded at corners in accordance with HMMA 861. Faces shall be continuously welded internally or externally, filled, and ground smooth. Welds at tabs for positioning during welding process are at the manufacturer's option. Provide temporary shipping spreader welded to jambs at bottom. 2. Hardware Preparation: Mortise, reinforce, drill, and tap to receive specified mortise hardware; reinforce for specked surface hardware in accordance with HMMA 861 and definitions in ANSI/SDI A250.6. 3. Hinge reinforcement shall be 7 gage, minimum, 1-1/4 inch by 10 inch (32 by 254 mm) steel plates securely welded to rabbet, tapped for template hinges. 4. Reinforcing for other mortise hardware shall be 12 gage. Thinner material is permissible for mortised hardware (other than hinges) if the reinforcing is formed and the tapped holes are extruded to maintain depth. 5. Prepare strike jambs for three rubber silencers and double headers for two rubber silencers. Install plaster guards on applicable hardware cutouts. 6. Floor Anchors: Equip frames with one welded -in floor anchor per jamb. 7. Wall Anchors: a. Frames installed in new masonry shall have adjustable strap and stirrup anchors, T -strap anchors or wire anchors; not less than two for frame openings up to 60" (1524 mm), three up to 90" (2286 mm), or four up to 120" (3048 mm). b. Frames installed in stud partitions shall have steel anchors of suitable design securely welded to jambs not more than 18" (457 mm) from top or bottom and not more than 32" (813 mm) on center. C. Frames installed with anchor bolts shall have frame soffits dimpled or countersunk for 3/8" (9.5 mm) bolts not more than 6" (152 mm) from top and bottom and not more than 26" (660 mm) on center. Bolts are provided by the installer as rough hardware. 8. Painting: Treat to ensure prime paint adhesion; apply baked -on gray primer to meet the requirements of ANSI/SDI A250.10. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1. EXAMINATION HBK ENGINEERING HOLLOW METAL DOOR 081100-5 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 1s-1234 AILED A. While unloading materials, assure that an accurate comparison to shipping documents io kept.Y911DEC —5 PM 108 B. Examine all materials and store them in accordance with ANSI/SDI t"TeMrOK HMMA 861. IOWA CITY,101NA C. Before beginning installation, verify that substrate conditions previously installed under other sections are acceptable for installation of doors and frames in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions and technical bulletins. D. Verify rough openings are properly sized, plumb, true, and level. E. Select fasteners of adequate type, number, and quality to perform intended functions. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Verify swing, size, opening number, and any fire rating (or other) labels are correct. Install frames plumb, straight, and true, rigidly secured in place and properly braced; comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11 and manufacturer's instructions. B. Frame Installation Tolerances: Maintain accuracy of frame installation to the following tolerances: 1. Plumbness: Plus or minus 0.063 inch (1.6 mm) measured through a line intersecting corner of vertical members and the head to the floor. 2. Squareness: Plus or minus 0.063 inch (1.6 mm) measured through a line 90 degrees from one jamb at upper comer to opposite jamb. 3. Alignment: Plus or minus 0.063 inch (1.6 mm) measured on jambs, through a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. 4. Twist: Plus or minus 0.063 inch (1.6 mm) measured at face corners of jambs, on parallel lines perpendicular to plane of wall. C. Anchors: Install floor and wall anchors securely into frames (where snap -in anchors are used). D. Anchor Bolts: Secure and connections to adjacent construction using bolts (rough hardware) suitable for the substrate. E. Door and Hardware Installation: Install doors and hardware in accordance with hardware manufacturers' templates and instructions. Maintain correct operational clearances. F. Field Welds: Finish exposed field welds to present a smooth uniform surface; touch-up with rust inhibitive Direct to Metal (DTM) primer. G. Touch-up Painting: Touch-up exposed surfaces scratched or marred during shipment, installation, or handling and field prime scratches or bare edges with a rust inhibitive Direct to Metal (DTM) primer. 3.3 FINISH PAINT, ADJUST, AND CLEAN HBK ENGINEERING HOLLOW METAL DOOR 0811 00-6 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 •A. General Finish Paint Preparation: Bo�1 I�IC n of finish paint coat, ensure that surfaces are dry and free of dirt, of , and dust. Assure that finish paint is a rust. inhibitive Direct to Metal (DTM) formultiop, 1 � VE 2011 DEC - PP B. Check for paint compatibility on a small an f sand frames, or request small sections of primed doors or fraS, it ufacturer. IOWA CI C. Finish Painting: Apply finish coat over clean, dry primer, complying with application instructions of finish coat manufacturer. D. Adjust hinges, locksets, closers, and other hardware. Lubricate using a suitable lubricant compatible with door and frame coatings. E. Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. Repair or replace damaged installed products. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions before owner's acceptance. G. Remove from project site and legally dispose of construction debris associated with this work. 3.4 PROTECTION AND MAINTENANCE AFTER INSTALLATION A. Protect installed products and finished surfaces from damage during construction. Refer to SDI -124 for recommendations on maintenance prior to Project acceptance. END OF SECTION 08 1100 HBK ENGINEERING HOLLOW METAL DOOR 0811 00-7 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 FILED SECTION 08 71 00 2911 DEC -5 PM I: 38 DOOR HARDWARE CI TY CLERK PART 1 - GENERAL IOWA CITY. IC,"r't' 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. Drawings and general provisions of the Subcontract apply to this Section. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Provide hardware for hollow metal doors. C. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 11 00 Section Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 1.2 REFERENCES A. General 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. Unless otherwise noted, the referenced standard edition is the current one at the time of commencement of the Work. B. Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (BHMA). C. Door and Hardware Institute (DHI). D. Steel Door Institute (SDI). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of B. Schedule: Identify each piece of hardware with opening number and manufacturer's name and catalog number. C. Product Data: Along with schedule, submit catalog cuts and item description for each item of hardware. Submit copies separately bound and referenced to hardware schedule. D. Shop Drawings: Indicate hardware locations and mounting heights. HBK ENGINEERING DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 E. Certifications: Certification(b# t� supplier(s) that all hardware furnished for this Project is made of new material by the approved manufacturer, and that no .remanufactured or retrofittVrTMgplr46 ,25t1f`�"- F. Samples: Submit samples OWwo pproval of function, design and finish. Samples will be returned to pWAquested. G. Closeout Submittals: Manufacturer's parts list and maintenance instructions for each type of hardware supplied and tools necessary for proper maintenance of hardware. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Access for Persons with Physical Disabilities: Comply with Requirements of California Building Code Chapter 11. Hardware Supplier: Recognized builders' hardware supplier with minimum five years successful experience in scheduling and furnishing hardware. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Arrange work and secure delivery of hardware so that Work will progress without delay or interruption. B. Delivery: Deliver hardware in manufacturer's original packages, marked for intended opening and with hardware schedule item number. C. Pack complete with necessary screws, bolts, keys, instructions, and installation templates if necessary for spotting mortise tools. D. Upon delivery, furnish complete list of hardware for checking, clearly marked to correspond with each package and hardware schedule item number. Review list for completeness and accuracy. E. Template Hardware: Supply templates to door and frame manufacturers for proper and accurate sizing and locations of hardware cutouts. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Hinges: 1. McKinney (MC) 2. Hager 3. Bommer B. Mortise Locks: 1. Sargent (SA), 8200 Series, LNJ Design. 2. Corbin/Russwin, ML2000 Series, LWA Design. 3. Schlage, L Series, 03A Design. HBK ENGINEERING DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project FILED 16-1234 C. Cylinders: 1. Schlage (SC) 2011 DEC -5 PM 1: 38 2. No substitute. ' CITY CLERK D. Push and Pulls: oV111 CITY. 10 WA 1. Rockwood (RO) 2. Trimco E. Closers: 1. Sargent (SA), 351 Series. 2. Norton, 7500 Series. 3. LCN 4040XP Series 4. Supplier shall furnish all drop plates and mounting brackets as required for proper installation. 5. Furnish arm type as noted in hardware sets. 6. Install closers on side of door for least visibility, unless mounting is required for maximum door swing or protect closure from moisture or corrosive mate- rials. 7. Installer shall properly adjust all hydraulic and spring adjustments for proper operation of closer and door. 8. Contractor shall check and adjust all closers when mechanical systems are in operation. 9. All closers shall have full plastic covers. Automatic Operators: 1. Norton, 6000 Series. 2. LCN 4260 Series 3. Supplier shall furnish all drop plates and mounting brackets as required for proper installation. 4. Installer shall properly adjust all hydraulic, electrical and spring adjustments for proper operation of automatic operator and door. 5. Contractor shall check and adjust all automatic operators when mechanical systems are in operation. G. Protection Plates: 1. Trimco 2. Rockwood 3. Protection plates shall be fastened with countersunk, oval head screws. 4. Protection plates shall be beveled on all four sides. 5. Protection plate size as noted in hardware sets unless restricted by bottom rail of door. H. Overhead Stops and Holders: 1. Sargent (SA), 590 Series. 2. Rixson, 9 Series. 3. Rockwood. 19000 Series. 4. Supplier shall furnish any shims or brackets required for proper installation of overhead stops and holders. Wall and Floor Stops: 1. Rockwood HBK ENGINEERING DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 2. Trimco r{{�� 3. Wall bumpers shall havfva�t�311.ibtant metal in base of rubber insert. J. Gasketing and (PE�sholds: S11 UEC _5 Ph x:46 2. Reese gj ERK �(�t,` 3. Any weather-strip aluminu hed to metal surfaces shall be at- tached with self -drilling s. 4. Any weather-strip that is screw applied in aluminum housing shall have the end fastening screw be 1" or less from the end of the aluminum housing. The hole for this end fastening screw shall be drilled in field as required. K. Power Supplies: 1. Securitron (SN) L. Silencers: 1. All silencers for hollow metal frames shall be furnished and installed by frame supplier. 2. Silencers are not required at frames that have gasketing or weather-stripping installed. 2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DOOR HARDWARE A. Finishes: 1. Dull Chrome (US26D) or Brushed Stainless Steel (US32D) as noted in hard- ware sets.2. Closers shall be painted aluminum in color. a. Provide products that comply with the following: 1) Applicable provisions of Federal, State and Local Codes. 2) Electrical hardware shall be listed and classified by UL as suit- able for the purpose specified and indicated. 2.3 KEYING A. Locks and cylinders shall be keyed per owner's instructions. Supplier shall meet with owner's representative shall determine keying details and submit key schedule for approval. C. Furnish 10 copies of each master and Grand Master key and 4 copies per door of each change key. D. Stamp all keys as directed by owner's representative. E. Deliver all keys, with identifying tags, to owner or contractor per owner's instructions. Person receiving keys to sign for them with a copy of receipt to be kept by the re- ceiver and supplier. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION HBK ENGINEERING DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-4 CITY OF IOWA CITY ^ Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 A. Inspect doors, frames and other surfaces to receive items of finish hF&ED report any defects, which might adversely affect the installation and function of the hardware. ,_ `2417DEC —5 PM 1:98 B. Verify that power supply is available to power operated devices. CITY CLERK C. Commencing work implies acceptance of surfaces as satisfactory. '0 WA CITY. IOWA 3.2 COORDINATION A. Coordinate fabrication of work or material to receive hardware including doors and frames, internal reinforcement for door hardware, and conduit, wiring and electrical work required for electrically operated hardware items. No extra cost will be allowed because of changes or corrections necessary to facilitate the proper installation of hardware. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install hardware specified under this Section. B. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations. C. Fit hardware prior to painting, then remove prior to painting doors and frames; reinstall after painting is complete. D. Accessibility: Comply with CBC for positioning requirements for accessibility. E. Mounting Heights Above Finished Floor: 1. Hinges: a. Top: Frame manufacturer's standard, but not greater than 10 inches (250 mm) from head of frame to center line of hinge. b. Bottom: Frame manufacturer's standard, but not greater than 12-1/2 inches (318 mm) from floor to center line of hinge. C. Intermediate: Equally spaced between top and bottom hinges and from each other. 2. Locks and Latches: 38 inches (966 mm) to center line of lever. 3. Panic Exit Devices: Manufacturer's standard for device specified, subject to approval by LBNL. 4. Door pulls, Push -Pull Bars, Push Plates: 42 inches (1067 mm) to center of pull, bar or plate. 5. Comply with recommendations of BHMA for heights of items not indicated, subject to approval by LBNL. 3.4 ADJUSTMENT A. After air system has been balanced, qualified hardware suppliers or manufacturers' representatives shall inspect installation and make adjustments. 1. Adjust closers, locks, and critical operation hardware. HBK ENGINEERING DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-5 CIN OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 3.5 HARDWARE SCHEDULE FILED A, Examine Drawings and Specifications and provide proper hardware for door openings, whether 1iVJ9 9EEToL5B" ciFl tons to attention of LBNL prior to bid opening for instructions; otherwise, list will be considered complete; no extras will be allowed. MY CLERK IOWA CITY.10'WA B. Hardware Schedule: Hinges MK SP3386 4-1/2"x 4-1/2" 2 Electric Hinge MK SP3386 QC10 4-112"x 4-1/2" 1 Multi -Point Lock MK FM8774-24v ETJ 1 Cylinder SC 20-001 1 GasketingMeatherstrpping PE S88D 1 Surface Overhead Holder/Stop SA CPC 599H 1 Thresholds PE 252x3AFG 1 Kickplates RO k1050 10"x2" LDW 4BE CSK 1 Auto Operator NO 6062 D 1 Power Supply Su BPS -24-1 1 Battery Backup Su B-24-5 1 NOTE: Exit device electrically unlocked by the activation of the alarm horn or a timer furnished and installed by access control supplier. Door to be prewired to get power to the exit de- vice trim to unlock it. Auto Operator to be set in Push & Go mode. No actuators will be needed. Wiring by electrical contractor. END OF SECTION 08 71 00 HBK ENGINEERING DOOR HARDWARE 08 71 00-6 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FILED 2011 DEC -5 PM 1: 3F CITY CL,EM IU'4A CITY, IOWA HBK ENGINEERING DOOR HARDWARE 0871 00-7 Division 22 Plumbing FILED 2017 DEC -5 PM 1- 46 ! C WA Division 22 FILED Z011 DEC -5 PM I: 98 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT CITY OF IOWA CITY klappy HollgwRark Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project serMuCOMMON WORIK PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1111 DEC -5 FM �'`' 1.1 DESCRIPTION G1TY MEW WA CITY. IOWA A. Applicable provisions of DivisioA govern work under this section. B. This section applies to all Division 22 sections of plumbing. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS 16-1234 A. Abbreviations of standards organizations referenced in this and other sections are as follows: AGA American Gas Association AMCA Air Movement and Control Association ANSI American National Standards Institute ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASPE American society of Plumbing Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWWA American Water Works Association AWS American Welding Society CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CGA Compressed Gas Association EPA Environmental Protection Agency GAMA Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association IAPMO International Association of Plumbing & Mechanical Officials IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers ISA Instrument Society of America MCA Mechanical Contractors Association NBS National Bureau of Standards NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association. Inc. STI Steel Tank Institute UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. 1.3 LEAD FREE REQUIREMENTS A. All materials that contact potable water shall be lead free. Lead free refers to the wetted surface of pipe, fittings and fixtures in potable water systems that have a weighted average lead content 50.25% per the Federal Safe Drinking Water Act as amended January 4th 2011 Section1417. B. This requirement applies to all of the subsequent Plumbing Specification Sections and Plumbing Drawings and supersedes any part or model number that may conflict with this requirement. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 FILED 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. SubstitUtion 'of Materials:l Refer to Section GC - General ConditiogNTI % Controct!' 3E Equals and Substitutions. CITY CLERK B. All products and rhaterials used are to be new, undamaged, clean and ii'r91W0oUAh YRiaWA Existing products and materials are not to be reused unless specifically indicated. C. Where equipment or accessories are used which differ in arrangement, configuration, dimensions, ratings, or engineering parameters from those indicated on the contract documents, the contractor is responsible for all costs involved in integrating the equipment or accessories into the system and for obtaining the intended performance from the system into which these items are placed. 1.5 CONTINUITY OF EXISTING SERVICES A. Do not interrupt or change existing services without prior written approval from the Owner's Project Representative. When interruption is required, coordinate scheduling of down-time with the Owner to minimize disruption to his activities. Unless specifically stated, all work involved in interrupting or changing existing services is to be done during normal working hours. 1.6 PROTECTION OF FINISHED SURFACES A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, Protection of Finished Surfaces. 1.7 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, Sleeves and Openings. 1.8 SEALING AND FIRESTOPPING A. Sealing and firestoppingg of sleeves/openings between piping, etc. and the sleeve or structural opening shall be the responsibility of the contractor whose work penetrates the opening. The contractor responsible shall hire individuals skilled in such work to do the sealing and fireproofing: Provide all fire to of fire rated penetrations and sealing of smoke rated penetrations in compliance with section 07 84 00 Fire Stopping. 1.9 CODES A. Comply with requirements of Iowa Administrative Code, Iowa Plumbing Code, Uniform Plumbing Code 2012, International Plumbing Code 2012 and International Building Code. 1.10 CERTIFICATES AND INSPECTIONS A. Refer also to Division 1, General Conditions, Permits, Regulations, Utilities and Taxes. B. Obtain and pay for all required State installation inspections except those provided by the ArchitecUEngineer. Deliver the originals of inspection certificates and test records to the Owner's Project Representative. Include copies of the certificates and test records in the Operating and Maintenance Instructions. 1.11 SUBMITTALS HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project - 16-1234 FILED A. Refer to Division 1, General Conditions, Submittals. B. Shop dr_wing submittals are to be bound, labelePIDUrr$leF*j�}� �anual cover page and a material index list page showing item esi nation, Patffacturer and -additional items supplied with the installation. Submi I t and systems as indicated in the respective specification sections,.Ff4Cfj((�yygqmittal with that specification section number. Mark general catalog sheets and dr�vGings to indicate specific items being submitted and proper identification of equipment by name and/or number, as indicated in the contract documents. Include wiring diagrams of electrically powered equipment. C. The specific items that will be required for submittals shall be coordinated with the DFD Project Representative, the A/E, and the General Prime Contractor for inclusion in the project submittal log. D. Submit sufficient quantities of data sheets and shop drawings to allow the following distribution: • Operating and Maintenance Manuals 2 copies 1.12 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. All operations and maintenance data shall comply with the submission and content requirements specified under section GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. In addition to the general content specked under GENERAL REQUIREMENTS supply the following additional documentation: 1. Records of tests performed a to certify compliance with system requirements 2. Manufacturer's wiring diagrams for electrically powered equipment 3. Certificates of inspection by regulatory agencies 4. Valve schedules 5. Lubrication instructions, including list/frequency of lubrication 6. Parts list for fixtures, equipment, valves and specialties. 7. Manufacturer's installation, operation and maintenance recommendations for fixtures, equipment, valves and specialties. 8. Additional information as indicated in the technical specification sections 1.13 TRAINING OF OWNER PERSONNEL A. Instruct user agency personnel in the proper operation and maintenance of systems and equipment provided as part of this project. Include not less than_ hours of instruction, using the Operating and Maintenance manuals during this instruction. Demonstrate startup, operation and shutdown procedures for all equipment. All training to be during normal working hours. Video record all instructions and provide Owner with copy. 1.14 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Refer to Division 1, General Requirements, Record Drawings. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY t �j Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project F p L -,1234 PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS 2017DEC -5 PM 1:38 A. PLASTER WALLS AND CEILINGS: " CITY C�jy_ERh 1. 16 gauge frame with not less than a 20 gauge hinged door panel, prime c LT1 §ti'P for general applications, stainless steel for use in toilets, showers, and similar wet areas, concealed hinges, screwdriver operated cam latch for general applications, key lock for use in public or secured areas, UL listed for use in fire rated partitions if required by the application. Use the largest size access opening possible, consistent with the space and the item needing service; minimum size is 12" by 12". 2.2 IDENTIFICATION A. STENCILS: 1. Not less than 1 inch high letters/numbers for marking pipe and equipment. B. ENGRAVED NAME PLATES: 1. White letters on a black background, 1/16 inch thick plastic laminate, beveled edges, screw mounting, Setonply Style 2060 by Seton Name Plate Company or Emedolite Style EIP by EMED Co., or equal by W. H. Brady., C. ADHESIVE LABELS: 1. Pressure -sensitive, adhesive backed, vinyl pipe markers with applicable labeling, %" min. size for lettering and surrounding tape on both ends. With flow arrows on piping. Conforming to ANSI, ANSI and NFPA standards. Seton Opti -Code, MSI, Brady or approved equal. Clean piping before application. D. SNAP -AROUND PIPE MARKERS: 1. One-piece, preformed, vinyl construction, snap -around or strap -around pipe markers with applicable labeling and flow direction arrows, %" min. size for lettering. Provide nylon ties on each end of pipe markers. Equal to Seton Setmark. E. VALVE TAGS: 1. Round brass tags with 1/2 inch numbers, 1/4 inch system identification abbreviation, 1-1/4 inch minimum diameter, with brass jack chains, brass "S" hooks or one piece nylon ties around the valve stem, available from EMED Co., Seton Name Plate Company, or W. H. Brady. F. UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE: Detectable underground warning tape, 5.0 mil overall thickness, 6" width, .0035" thick aluminum foil core with polyethylene jacket bonded to both sides. Color code tape and print caution along with name of buried service in bold letters on face of tape. Thor Enterprises Magnatec or equal by Carlton, MSI Marking Services, Seton. G. UNDERGROUND TRACER WIRE: HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 220500-4 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement protect. 16-1234 1. All underground non-metallic sewers/ml JLd tecta a services/mains shall be provided with tracer wire installations. Tr er lations shall conform with -Section T82.0715(2r) of Wisconsin Statutes and prevailing Department of Safety and Professional Services Chapter 384r nL TpMe4 vOshall be continuous solid copper or steel plastic coated wittlit`i5dit or compression -type connectors. 2.3 SEALING AND FIRE STOPPING CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA A. FIRE AND/OR SMOKE RATED PENETRATIONS: 1. Provide all fire stopping of fire rated penetrations and sealing of smoke rated penetrations in compliance with section 07 84 00 "Fire Stopping". B. NON -RATED PENETRATIONS: In exterior wall openings below grade, use a modular mechanical type seal consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill the annular space between the uninsulated pipe and the cored opening or a water -stop type wall sleeve. The operating bolts of the mechanical type seal shall be accessible from the interior of the building. 2. At pipe penetrations of hon -rated interior partitions, floors and exterior walls, use urethane caulk in annular space between pipe insulation and sleeve. For non -rated drywall, plaster or wood partitions where sleeve is not required use urethane caulk in annular space between pipe insulation and wall material PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 DEMOLITION A. Perform all demolition as indicated on the drawings to accomplish new work. Where demolition work is to be performed adjacent to existing work that remains in an occupied area, construct temporary dust partition to minimize the amount of contamination of the occupied space. Where pipe is removed and not reconnected with new work, cap ends of existing services as if they were new work. Coordinate work with the Owner to minimize disruption to the existing building occupants. B. All pipe, fixtures, equipment, wiring and associated conduit, insulation and similar items demolished, abandoned, or deactivated are to be removed from the site by the Contractor except as specifically noted otherwise. All designated equipment is to be turned over to the user agency for their use at a place and time so designated. Maintain the condition of material and/or equipment that is indicated to be reused equal to that existing before work began. 3.2 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Perform all excavation and backfill work necessary to accomplish indicated plumbing systems installation. Excavate to bottom of pipe and structure bedding, 4" in stable soils, 6" in rock or wet trenches and 8" in unstable soil. Finish bottoms of excavations to true, level surface. B. Tunnel or remove sidewalk and curb in areas of excavation to the nearest joint. Remove pavements, curbs and gutters to neat and straight lines to the limits of removal. Make sawcut lines parallel to existing joints, or parallel or perpendicular to pavement edges to HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00-5 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project form a neat patch. Carefully -remove mnibining pavement within the sawcut area. Lead' existing base materials between the area disturbed by the work and the sawcut line undisturbed by the sawcutting, pavement removal, or pavement replacemenWIND9$ PM I; 3£+ C. Strip topsoil from area to be excavated, free from subsoil and debris, and store Q TIVEISLERK respreading. IOWA CITY. 10WA D. At no time place excavated materials where they will impede surface drainage unless such drainage is being safely rerouted away from the excavation. E. Excavate whatever materials are encountered as required to place at the elevations shown, all pipe, manholes, and other work. Remove debris and rubbish from excavations before placing bedding and backfill material. F. Remove surplus excavated materials from site. G. Verify the locations of any water, drainage, gas, sewer, electric, telephone or steam lines which may be encountered in the excavation. Underpin and support all lines. Cut off service connections encountered which are to be removed at the limits of the excavation and cap. H. Provide and maintain all fencing, barricades, signs, warning lights, and/or other equipment necessary to keep all excavation pits and trenches and the entire subgrade area safe under all circumstances and at all times. No excavation shall be left unattended without adequate protection. I. Elevations shown on the plans are subject to such revisions as may be necessary to fit field conditions. No adjustment in compensation will be made for adjustments up to two (2) feet above or below the grades indicated on the plans. J. Install lines passing under foundations with minimum of 1-1/2 inch clearance to concrete and insure there is no disturbance of bearing soil. K. Bed pipe up to a point 12" above the top of the pipe. Take care during bedding, compaction and backfill not to disturb or damage piping. L. Mechanically compact bedding and backfill to prevent settlement. The initial compacted lift to not exceed 24" compacted to 95% density per Modified Proctor Test (ASTM D- 1557). Subsequent lifts under pavements, curbs, walks and structures are not to exceed 12" and be compacted to 95% density per Modified Proctor Test. In all other areas where construction above the excavation is not anticipated within 2 years, mechanically compact backfill in lifts not exceeding 24" to 90% density per Modified Proctor Test. Route the equipment over each lift of the material so that the compaction equipment contacts all areas of the surface of the lift. 3.3 EQUIPMENT ACCESS A. Install all piping conduit and accessories to permit access to equipment for maintenance and service. Coordinate the exact location of wall and ceiling access panels and doors with the General Prime Contractor, making sure that access Is available for all equipment and specialties. Access doors in general construction are to be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor and installed by the General Prime Contractor. B. Provide color coded thumb tacks or screws, depending on the surface, for use in accessible ceilings which do not require access panels. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00-6 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy.}lollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 M 3.4 COORDINATION f 1 L E D A. Coordinate all work with otherc9� °rpt �'16ation. Any work that is not coordinated and that interferes rLorn ractor's work shall be removed or relocated at the installing contractor's ex B. Verify that all devices are compatible QWA T sruction and surfaces on which they will be used. 3.6 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify equipment in mechanical equipment rooms by stenciling equipment number and service with one coat of black enamel against a light background or white enamel against a dark background. Use a primer where necessary for proper paint adhesion. B. Where stenciling is not appropriate for equipment identification, engraved name plates may be used. C. Identify interior piping not less than once every 30 feet, not less than once in each room, adjacent to each access door or panel, and on both side of the partition where accessible piping passes through walls or floors. Place flow directional arrows at each pipe identification location. Use one coat of black enamel against a light background or white enamel against a dark background. D. Identify all exterior buried piping for entire length with underground warning tape except for sewer piping which is routed in straight lines between manholes or cleanouts. Place tape 6"-12" below finished grade along entire length of pipe. Extend tape to surface at building entrances, meters, hydrants and valves. Where existing underground warning tape is broken during excavation, replace with new tape identifying appropriate service and securely spliced to ends of existing tape. E. Identify valves with brass tags bearing a system identification and a valve sequence number. Identify medical gas and vacuum valves with brass tags and wall or cabinet mounted color coded engraved nameplate with the following "(Type of Gas) Shutoff Valve for (Location or Zone)". Valve tags are not required at a terminal device unless the valves are greater than ten feet from the device, located in another room or not visible from device. Provide a typewritten valve schedule and pipe identification schedule indicating the valve number and the equipment or areas supplied by each valve and the symbols used for pipe identification; locate schedules in mechanical room and in each Operating and Maintenance manual. Schedule in mechanical room to be framed under clear plastic. 3.6 SLEEVES AND OPENINGS A. Pipe penetrations in new poured concrete horizontal construction requiring F and T rating: Form opening using hole form or core drill opening. Alternatively provide cast in place fire stopping devices/sleeves. B. Pipe penetrations in new poured concrete horizontal construction requiring F rating but no T rating: Same as pipe penetrations in new poured concrete construction requiring F and T ratings except that schedule 40 steel sleeves may also be used. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00-7 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project n 16-1234 C. Pipe penetrations in new poured concrete horizontal construction t at Ire F or T ratings: Provide schedule 40 steel pipe sleeve, form opening using hole form or core drill opening. 2017 DEC —S PM I; 38 D. Pipe penetrations in existing concrdie'floors: Core drill openings. CITY CLERi! E. Pipe penetrations through existing floors located in food service tYrAtrdo qI�d(�quire a T rating: Core drill sleeve opening large enough to insert sch 4400' §§16bv 22>�tttend sleeve 2 Inches above the floor and grout area around sleeve with hydraulic setting, non - shrink grout. Size sleeve to allow Insulated pipe to run through sleeve and paint the sleeve. F. Where penetrating pipe or conduit weight is supported by floor, provide manufactured product or structural bearing collar designed to carry load. 3.7 SEALING AND FIRE STOPPING A. FIRE AND/OR SMOKE RATED PENETRATIONS: 1. Provide all fire stopping of fire rated penetrations and sealing of smoke rated penetrations in compliance with section 07 84 00 Fire Stopping. B. NON -RATED PARTITIONS: 1. In exterior wall openings below grade, assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to the proper size for the pipe and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.. The bolt heads for the mechanical seal shall face the inside of the building to facilitate repair or replacement of the seal. 2. At all interior partitions and exterior walls, pipe penetrations are required to be sealed. Apply sealant to both sides of the penetration in such a manner that the annular space between the pipe sleeve or cored opening and the pipe or insulation is completely blocked. C. PENETRATIONS SUBJECT TO WATER INTRUSION: 1. For penetrations (both rated and non -rated) in floors subject to water intrusion or in rooms housing electrical equipment (but not within walls) provide one of the following: a. Pipe penetration where steel pipe sleeve is used extend steel sleeve 2" above the floor. b. Pipe penetration where cast in place fire stopping device/sleeve is used, extend device/sleeve 2" above the floor (provided it meets the device's UL listing). c. Pipe penetration where there is no steel sleeve or cast in place fire stopping device/sleeve, provide 2"x 2" x 1/8" galvanized steel angles fastened to floor surrounding the penetration or group of penetrations to prevent water from getting to penetration. Provide urethane caulk between angles and floor and fasten angles to floor minimum 8"on center. Seal corners water tight with urethane caulk. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00-8 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 d. Duct penetrations. Provide 2"x 2" x 1/8" &ED61 angles fastened to floor surrounding the penetration or group of penetrations to prevent water from getting to penetration. Provide ureti"lkr agges and floor and fasten angles to floor minimum 8"o I Fs ter tight with urethane caulk. CITY CLERK 2. Floors subject to water intrusion or rooms hou A �tl rr'1419i�it �ment include the following locations: a. Laundries b. Restrooms c. Mechanical/Plumbing Equipment Rooms d. Electrical Equipment Rooms HBK ENGINEERING END OF SECTION 220500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING 22 05 00-9 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project1234 FILE SECTION 22 05 19 METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPM7 DEC —S PM 1: 96 PART 1 - GENERAL CITY CLE P,t( IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. This section describes the requirements for water meters and gages primarily used for troubleshooting the system and to indicate system performance. B. A complete listing of all acronyms and abbreviations are included in Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. B. Section 01 33 23, SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES. D. Section 22 05 11, COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING. 1.3 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): 840.100-2013 ....................... Pressure Gauges and Gauge Attachments B40.200-2008 ....................... Thermometers, Direct Reading and Remote Reading C. American Water Works Association (AWWA): C700-2009 ........................... Standard for Cold Water Meters, Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case C701-2012 ........................... Cold Water Meters -Turbine Type, for Customer Service C702-2010 ........................... Cold Water Meters — Compound Type C706-2010 ........................... Direct -Reading, Remote -Registration Systems for Cold -Water Meters D. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE): C2-2012 ............................... National Electrical Safety Code (NESC) E. International Code Council (ICC): IPC -2012 .............................. International Plumbing Code HBK ENGINEERING METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PARKING 220519-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollpw Park. Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 F. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): FILED 70-2011 ............................... National Electrical Code (NEC)2917 DEC - PM 1: 4 6 G. NSF International (NSF): 61-2012 ............................... Drinking Water S st K ealth Effects 372-2011 .............................. Drinking Water System orn onen s 4ead Content 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submittals, including number of required copies, shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01. B. Information and material submitted under this section shall be marked "SUBMITTED UNDER SECTION 22 05 19, METERS AND GAGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING", with applicable paragraph identification. C. Manufacturer's Literature and Data including: Full item description and optional features and accessories. Include dimensions, weights, materials, applications, standard compliance, model numbers, size, and capacity. 1. Water Meter. 2. Pressure Gages. 3. Thermometers. 4. Product certificates for each type of meter and gage. D. Operations and Maintenance manual shall include: 1. System Description. 2. Major assembly block diagrams. 3. Troubleshooting and preventive maintenance guidelines. 4. Spare parts information. E. Shop Drawings shall include the following: One line, wiring and terminal diagrams including terminals identified, protocol or communication modules, and Ethernet connections. 1.5 AS -BUILT DOCUMENTATION A. Submit manufacturer's literature and data updated to include submittal review comments and any equipment substitutions. HBK ENGINEERING METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PARKING 220519-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 - Rul E b B. Submit copies of complete operation and maintenance data updated to inclu a submittal review comments, Substitutions andco�truction revisions. Infor I ' *18 special knowledge or tools the owner will be required to employ sfl�11�tl@iTtsetted hltd g As -Built documentation. CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 DISPLACEMENT WATER METER A. For pipe sizes (2 inches) and smaller, the water meter shall be displacement type, full size nutating disc, magnetic drive, sealed register, and fully conform to AWWA C700. Peak domestic flow shall be (34 gpm). The meter register shall indicate flow in U.S. gallons. B. The water meter shall berated for use at temperatures ranging from -40 degrees F and 158 degrees F and operate at a working pressure of 150 psig. C. The meter case, bottom caps, and register box lids shall be constructed from cast bronze. D. The meter shall register plus or minus 3 percent of the water actually passing through it at any rate of flow within the normal test flow limits specified in AWWA 700. E. The water meter shall conform to //NSF 61// //and// //NSF 372//. 2.2 WATER METER STRAINER A. All meters shall be fitted with a factory installed integral strainer or bronze inlet strainer with top access. The strainer shall conform to AWWA C702. B. The water meter strainer shall conform to //NSF 61// //and// //NSF 372//. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Direct mounted pressure gages shall be installed in piping tees with pressure gage located on pipe at the most readable position. B. Valves and snubbers shall be installed in piping for each pressure gage. C. Test plugs shall be installed on the inlet and outlet pipes of all heat exchangers or water heaters serving more than one plumbing fixture. D. Pressure gages shall be installed where indicated on the drawings and at the following locations: 1. Building water service entrance into building. 2. Inlet and outlet of each pressure reducing valve. HBK ENGINEERING METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PARKING 220519-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 FILED '3: 'Suction and discharge of each domestic water pump or re -circulating hot water return pump' 9A11 DEC -5 PM 1. 46 E. Water meter installation shall conform to AWDft4?7 ftE WA C701, and AWWA C702. Electrical installations shall conform to IEEfo% IQj T)y J(Dto the requirements specified herein. New materials shall be provided. F. If an installation is unsatisfactory to the COR, the Contractor shall correct the installation at no cost to the Government. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. The meter assembly shall be visually inspected and operationally tested. The correct multiplier placement on the face of the meter shall be verified. 3.3 TRAINING A. A training course shall be provided to the medical center on meter configuration and maintenance. Training manuals shall be supplied for all attendees with four additional copies supplied. The training course shall cover meter configuration, troubleshooting, and diagnostic procedures. END OF SECTION HBK ENGINEERING METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PARKING 220513+3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK FILEII-1234 2017 DEC -S PM 1: 98 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY. IOWA HBK ENGINEERING METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PARKING 220519-5 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park,Rsstroom and Shelter Replacement Project SECTION 00 PLUMBING I UI PART 1 - GENERAL 2117 DEC —5 PM 1: 47 1.1 SCOPEyyCyyITY CLERK A. Domestic water piping insulation, hot andlPOWA�slIXt.10WA 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 22 05 00 - Common Work Results for Plumbing B. Section 22 30 00 - Plumbing Equipment 1.3 REFERENCE A. Applicable provisions of Division 1 govern work under this section. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16-1234 A. Substitution of Materials: Refer to Section GC - General Conditions of the Contract, Equals and Substitutions. B. Label all insulating products delivered to the construction site with the manufacturer's name and description of materials. 1.6 DESCRIPTION A. Furnish and instal all insulating materials and accessories as specified or as required for a complete installation. The following types of insulation are specified in this section: 1. Pipe Insulation 2. Equipment Insulation B. Install all insulation in accordance with the latest edition of MICA (Midwest Insulation Contractors Association) Standard and manufacturer's installation instructions. Exceptions to these standards will only be accepted where specifically modified in these specifications, or where prior written approval has been obtained from the DFD Project Representative. 1.6 DEFINITIONS A. Concealed: shafts, furred spaces, space above finished ceilings, utility tunnels and crawl spaces. All other areas, including walk-through tunnels, shall be considered as exposed. 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit a schedule of all insulating materials to be used on the project, including adhesives, fastening methods, fitting materials along with material safety data sheets and intended use of each material. Include manufacturer's technical data sheets indicating density, thermal characteristics, jacket type, and manufacturer's installation instructions. HBK ENGINEERING PLUMBING INSTALLATION 220700-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 FILED 1.8 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA ��cc�� qq pp II�QQ A. All operations and maintenance data shall compplyy with 2I 59&-isSiot"allt9!gntent requirements specified under section GENERAL REQ UIREMENTSCITY CLERK PART 2 - PRODUCTS 10VIA CITY,10'NA. 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials or accessories containing asbestos will not be accepted. B. Use composite insulation systems (insulation, jackets, sealants, mastics, and adhesives) that have a flame spread rating of 25 or less and smoke developed rating of 50 or less, with the following exceptions: C. Insulation which is not located in an air plenum may have a flame spread rating not over 25 and a smoke developed rating no higher than 150. 2.2 INSULATION AND JACKETS A. Manufacturers: Armstrong, Certainteed Manson, Childers, Dow, Extol, Halstead, H.B. Fuller, Imcoa, Knauf, Owens-Corning, Pittsburgh Corning, Rubatex, Johns-Mansville, or approved equal. B. Insulating materials shall be fire retardant, moisture and mildew resistant, and vermin proof. Insulation shall be suitable to receive jackets, adhesives and coatings as indicated. C. RIGID FIBERGLASS INSULATION: 1. Minimum nominal density of 3 lbs. per cu. ft., and thermal conductivity of not more than 0.23 at 75 degrees F, minimum compressive strength of 25 PSF at 10% deformation, rated for service to 450 degrees F. 2. White kraft reinforced foil vapor barrier all service jacket, factory applied to insulation with a self-sealing pressure sensitive adhesive lap, maximum permeance of .02 perms and minimum beach puncture resistance of 50 units. D. SEMI-RIGID FIBERGLASS INSULATION: 1. Minimum nominal density of 3 lbs. per cu. ft., thermal conductivity of not more than 0.28 at 75 degrees F, minimum compressive strength of 125 PSF at 10% deformation, rated for service to 450 degrees F. Insulation fibers perpendicular to jacket and scored for wrapping cylindrical surfaces. 2. White kraft reinforced foil vapor barrier all service jacket, factory applied to insulation with a maximum permeance of .02 perms and minimum beach puncture resistance of 50 units. 2.3 INSULATION INSERTS AND PIPE SHIELDS A. Manufacturers: B -Line, Pipe Shields, Value Engineered Products B. Construct inserts with calcium silicate, minimum 140 psi compressive strength. Piping 12" and larger, supplement with high density 600 psi structural calcium silicate insert. Provide HBK ENGINEERING PLUMBING INSTALLATION 220700-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Projects++ 16-1234 galvanized steel shield. Insert and shiekfobLi ila 180 degree coverage on bottom of supported piping and full 360 degree coverage on clamped piping. On roller mounted piping and- piping. designed to slide on supUg(L pSgyid@ addjtio�i l ad distribution steel plate. C. Where contractor proposes shop/siit99e}}1IfUUttjll�.� ee ��1111 Wsandshields, submit schedule of materials, thicknesses, gauges and len��tl•1•..�..1O�ze to demonstrate equivalency to pre-engineered pre-manufacture( Tage. On low temperature systems, extruded polystyrene may be substituted for calcium silicate provided insert and shield length and gauge are increased to compensate for lower insulation compressive strength. D. Precompressed 20# density molded fiberglass blocks, Hamfab or equal, of same thickness as adjacent insulation may be substituted for calcium silicate inserts with one 1"x 6" block for piping through 2-1/2" and three 1" x 6" blocks for piping through 4". Submit shield schedule to demonstrate equivalency to pre-engineered/pre-manufactured product described above. E. Wood blocks will not be accepted. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. All products shall be compatible with surfaces and materials on which they are applied, and be suitable for use at operating temperatures of the systems to which they are applied. B. Adhesives, sealants, and protective finishes shall be as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications specked. C. Insulation bands to be 3/4 inch wide, constructed of aluminum or stainless steel. Minimum thickness to be .015 inch for aluminum and .010 inch for stainless steel. D. Tack fasteners to be stainless steel ring grooved shank tacks. E. Staples to be clinch style. F. Insulating cement to be ANSI/ASTM C195, hydraulic setting mineral wool. G. Finishing cement to be ASTM C449. H. Fibrous glass or canvas fabric reinforcing shall have a minimum untreated weight of 6 oz./sq. yd. I. Bedding compounds to be non -shrinking and permanently flexible. J. Vapor barrier coatings to be non-flammable, fire resistant, polymeric resin. K. Fungicidal water base coating (Foster 40-20 or equal) to be compatible with vapor barrier coating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation, jackets and accessories in accordance with manufacturers instructions and under ambient temperatures and conditions recommended by manufacturer. Surfaces to be insulated must be clean and dry. HBK ENGINEERING PLUMBING INSTALLATION 220700-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project FILED16-1234 B. Do not insulate systems or equipment which are specified to be pressure tested or inspected, until .testing, inspection and any necessary r"l %qv$ bft Wassfully completed. CITY CLEM C. Install insulation with smooth and even surfaces. Poorly fittedj�gj��r y,QyWQf in voids will not be accepted. Cover and seal exposed fiberglass i su a lon when insulation is terminated, no raw fiberglass insulation is allowed. Provide neat and coated terminations at all nameplates, uninsulated fittings, or at other locations where insulation terminates. Install with longitudinal joints facing wall or ceiling. D. Install fabric reinforcing without wrinkles. Overlap seams a minimum of 2 inches. E. Use full-length material (as delivered from manufacturer) wherever possible. Scrap piecing of insulation or pieces cut undersize and stretched to fit will not be accepted. F. Insulation shall be continuous through sleeves and openings. Vapor barriers shall be maintained continuous through all penetrations. G. Provide a complete vapor barrier for insulation on the following systems: 1. Cold water (potable and non -potable) 2. Equipment piping with a surface temperature below 65 degrees F 3.2 PIPING, VALVE, AND FITTING INSULATION A. GENERAL: Install insulation with butt joints and longitudinal seams closed tightly. Provide minimum 2" lap on jacket seams and 2" tape on butt joints, firmly cemented with lap adhesive. Additionally secure with staples along seams and butt joints. Coat staples with vapor barrier mastic on systems requiring vapor barrier. 2. Water supply piping insulation shall be continuous throughout the building and installed adjacent to and within building walls to a point directly behind the fixture that is being supplied. 3. Install insulation continuous through pipe hangers and supports with hangers and supports on the exterior of insulation. Where a vapor barrier is not required, hangers and supports may be attached directly to piping with insulation completely covering hanger or support and jacket sealed at support rod penetration. Where riser clamps are required to be attached directly to piping requiring vapor barrier, extend insulation and vapor barrier jacketing/coating around riser clamp. B. INSULATION INSERTS AND PIPE SHIELDS: 1. Provide insulation inserts and pipe shields at all hanger and support locations. Inserts may be omitted on 3/4" and smaller copper piping provided 12" long 22 gauge pipe shields are used. C. FITTINGS AND VALVES: HBK ENGINEERING PLUMBING INSTALLATION 220700-4 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project to 1111" Fittings, valves, unions, flanges, couplings dJ&rW Wmay be insulated with factory molded or built up insulation of the same thickness as adjoining insulation. Cover insulation with fabric reinforcing and rpodiawl�ere„�grpPgiltures do not exceed 150 degrees, PVC'fitting covers. Secure fi+�<VV�tii ��ovv��Il�� iiuwtthh ack fasteners and 1-1/2" band of mastic over ends, throat, seams oi2eneb ���A�l aaYljor On systems requiring vapor barrier, use vapor barrier mastic. 11C' IIIT::.ttltt{{OYJA 16-1234 D. ELASTOMERIC AND POLYOLEFIN: 1. Where practical, slip insulation on piping during pipe installation when pipe ends are open. Miter cut fittings allowing sufficient length to prevent stretching. Completely seal seams and joints for vapor tight installation. For elastomeric insulation, apply full bed of adhesive to both surfaces. For polyeolefin, seal factory preglued seams with roller and field seams and joints with full bed of hot melt polyolefin glue to both surfaces. E. PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULE: Provide insulation on new and existing remodeled piping as indicated in the following schedule: Service Insulation Insulation Thickness by Pipe Size Types 1" and 1-1/4" 2-1/2" 5" to 6" 8" and smaller to 2" to 4" larger Cold Water Rigid Fiberglass 0.5" 0.5" 1" 1" 1" The following piping and fittings are not to be insulated: 1. Chrome plated exposed supplies and stops (except where specifically noted). 2. Water hammer arrestors. 3. Piping unions and flanges for systems not requiring a vapor barrier. 3.3 EQUIPMENT INSULATION A. Do not insulate over equipment access manholes, fittings, nameplates or ASME stamps. Bevel and seal insulation at these locations. B. SEMI-RIGID FIBERGLASS: 1. Apply insulation to equipment shells using weld pins, bonding adhesive, banded and wired in place. Fill all joints, seams and depressions with insulating cement to a smooth, even surface. Cover with reinforcing fabric and 2 coats of mastic.. Use vapor barrier mastic on systems requiring a vapor barrier. C. ELASTOMERIC/POLYOLEFIN: 1. Apply full cover coat of adhesive to surface to be insulated, insulation and edge butt joints. Place insulation with edge joints firmly butted pressing to surface for full adhesion. Seal seams and joints vapor tight. D. EQUIPMENT INSULATION SCHEDULE: HBK ENGINEERING PLUMBING INSTALLATION 220700-5 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project _ 16-1234 FILED 1. Provide equipment insulation as follows: s"C -5 PM 1:39 Equipment Insulation Type Thickness Rerr T "E "WfA Water Meter Elastomeric 1/2" Sheet type, fa remova an rep acement when service is required. Water Filters Elastomeric 1/2" Sheet type, pipe size type or combination of both. Fabricated for ease of removal and replacement when testing and servicing is required R.P.B.P. Elastomeric /:" Sheet type, pipe size type or combination of both. Fabricated for ease of removal and replacement when testing and servicing is required END OF SECTION 220700 HBK ENGINEERING PLUMBING INSTALLATION 220700.6 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project F 16-1234 SECTION 22 11 19 �� D DOMESTIC WATER PIP&& CfbL*MSI: 4i CITY CLERK( PART 1 - GENERAL IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Vacuum breakers. 2. Backflow preventers. 3. Hose bibbs. 4. Wall hydrants. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 220519 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping" for thermometers, pressure gages, and flow meters in domestic water piping. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and maintenance data. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Potable -water piping and components shall comply with NSF 61 [ and NSF 14].[ Mark "NSF-pw" on plastic piping components.] 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 psig unless otherwise indicated. HBK ENINEERING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 22 11 19-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hallow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 4 ,� F I L 2.3 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced -Pressure -Principle Backflow Preventers, BPV-1: 2017 DEr -5 PM 1. 39 1. Standard: ASSE 1013. CJ CLERK )4! 2. Operation: Continuous -pressure applications. !`^, CITY, IOWA 3. Pressure Loss: 30 psig maximum, through middle third of flow range. 4. Size: 3/4" NPS. 5. Design Flow Rate: 12 GPM. 6. Pressure Loss at Design Flow Rate: 13 psig. 7. Body: Cast copper silicon alloy construction. 8. End Connections: Threaded. 9. Configuration: Designed for horizontal straight -through flow. 10. Accessories: a. Valves: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet. b. Air -Gap Fitting: ASME Al 12.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection. 2.4 HOSE BIBBS A. Vacuum Breaker Hose Bibb, HB: 1. Standard: ASSE 1019, Type A 2. Type: Freeze -resistant, automatic draining with integral air -inlet valve. 3. Classification: Type A, for automatic draining with hose removed. 4. Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 5. Operation: wheel handle. 6. Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall clamp. 7. Inlet: NPS 1/2. 8. Outlet: Exposed with garden -hose thread complying with ASME 81.20.7. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Inspect valves for signs of foreign matter or corrosion. B. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. C. Examine connection surfaces for conditions that may cause leakage after installation. Verify bolt and gasket sizes and material composition. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. HBK ENINEERING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy.Hollow.Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 1. Locate backflow preventers JELLED connected equipment or system. 2. _ Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric -vent drain connection with air -gap fitting, fixed air gpp�frwfv �ani positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters pi Ing pipe -to -floor drain. Locate air -gap device attached to or andX-i'd del ft"ERIKeventer. Simple air breaks are unacceptable for this applicaarr ur 3. Do not install bypass piping'ack�lo�wrpreventers. B. Install water regulators with inlet and outlet shutoff valves. Install pressure gages on inlet and outlet. 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for ground equipment in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems." B. Fire -retardant -treated -wood blocking is specified in Section 260519 "Low -Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables" for electrical connections. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: Test each reduced -pressure -principle backflow preventer according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard. B. Domestic water piping specialties will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 22 11 19 HBK ENINEERING DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES 221119-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY '1t E Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 SECTION 224000 PLUMBING FIXTUFN�PEC —5 PM I* 39 CITY CLERK PART 1 - GENERAL IOWA CITY, IOWA 1.1 SUMMARY A. Related Documents: 1. Drawings and general provisions of the Subcontract apply to this Section. 2. Review these documents for coordination with additional requirements and information that apply to work under this Section. B. Section Includes: 1. Concrete reinforcement and accessories 2. Water closets 3. Lavatories 4. Drinking fountains C. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "General Requirements." 2. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Specialties". 3. Division 22 Section "Plumbing Equipment'. 1.2 REFERENCES A. General: 1. The following documents form part of the Specifications to the extent stated. Where differences exist between codes and standards, the one affording the greatest protection shall apply. 2. Unless otherwise noted, the referenced standard edition is the current one at the time of commencement of the Work. 3. Refer to Division 01 Section "General Requirements" for the list of applicable regulatory requirements. 4. Refer to Division 22 Section "Common Results for Plumbing" for codes and standards, and other general requirements. HBK ENGINEERING PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY _ Happy Hollow Park Restroom d' $h%fter Rceine�r4l�.Ct ( ) 16-1234 B. American Societyof Mech Ic I1L�I ei��fl/s ASME 1. ASMFAT12.6A i $upports for Off -the -Floor Plumbing Fixtures for Public Use 2817 DEC -5 PM 1: 47 2. ASME Al 12.19.2 Vitreous China Plumbing Fixtures CITY CLEM 3. ASME Al 12.19.510W Qloset Bowls, Tanks, and Urinals C. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 1. ANSI Z124.2 Gel -Coated Glass -Fiber Reinforced Polyester Resin Shower Receptor and Shower Stall Units D. Air -Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ARI 1010 Drinking Fountains and Self - Contained Mechanically Refrigerated Drinking Water Coolers 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Division 22 Section "Common Results for Plumbing" and Division 01 Section "General Requirements." B. Submit Product Data for fixtures, including sizes, utility sizes, trim, and finishes. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: 1. Submit operation and maintenance data under Division 01 Section "General Requirements" 2. Include fixture trim exploded view and replacement parts lists. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fixtures: By same manufacturer throughout for each product specified. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Provide 1 -year manufacturer's warranty. PART 2 -PRODUCTS A. Water Efficient Products. Where available, the contractor must purchase WaterSensesm labeled products and other water efficient products and choose irrigation contractors who are certified through a WaterSense*3m labeled program. HBK ENGINEERING PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY FILE Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement 2r'bjec4 - 34 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FIXTURES A 2017 DEC -5 PM 1: 39 A. American Standard �CI�i C(�RIK B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01 Section "General Re 11 10WA 2.2 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - WATER CLOSET SEATS A. American Standard B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01 Section "General Requirements". 2.3 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS - FIXTURE CARRIERS A. Zurn B. Watts C. Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01 Section "General Requirements". 2.4 WATER CLOSET — ADA COMPLIANT A. Bowl: floor mounted, vitreous -china reverse trap, close -coupled closet combination with regular rim, insulated vitreous -china closet tank with fittings and lever flushing valve, bolt caps. Install 18 inch high for Compliance with ADA requirements. B. Seat: Solid white plastic with open front and cover, brass bolts. C. Flush Rate: the flush rate shall be 1.6 gallons per flush or less. 2.5 LAVATORY A. Basin: vitreous -china, wall -hung lavatory18-1/2 inch x 11-3/4 inch minimum and 6 inch deep, drillings on 4 -inch centers, oval basin with splash lip, front overflow; American Standard or equal. B. Trim: ASME Al 12.18.1; chrome -plated supply fitting water economy aerator, chrome - plated 17 -gauge brass P-trap[with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon; AME or equal. C. Faucet: Two -handle mixing, ceramic disc valve. Include hot- and cold -water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture holes; coordinate outlet with spout and fixture receptor. 1. Maximum Flow Rate: 1.5 gpm. HBK ENGINEERING PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Repl Er t P D 2.11 DRINKING FOUNTAIN (DF) 16-1234 A. Fountain: Outdoor bottleSlE Mg p§ f piAJn.Vacuum breaker provided in pet fountain. Water filter included. Sanitaryre gK. push button requiring less than 5 Ib force. One piece welded constructo Y)gC¢Y2el carrier. Cut off valve and low point drain for freeze protection. Include hose bibb. B. Basis of design: Most Dependable Fountain model 10155 SM. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSPECTION A. Review architectural woodwork Shop Drawings. Confirm location and size of fixtures and openings before rough -in and installation. B. Verify that adjacent construction is ready to receive rough -in work of this section. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install each fixture with a trap that is easily removable for servicing and cleaning. B. Provide chrome -plated rigid or flexible supplies to fixtures with stops, reducers, and escutcheons. C. Install components level and plumb D. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall carriers and bolts. E. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant, color to match fixture. F. Install fixtures to the following mounting heights above finished floor: HBK ENGINEERING PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-4 CITY OF IOWA CITY �1- Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement:Project F 1 L LD Water Closet: _ 1017 DEC —5 PM 1: 39 Handicapped 18 inches (457 mm) to top of seat CITY CLERK 10WA CITY, 11TAA Lavatory: Handicapped 32 inches (813 mm) to top of ba- sin rim Drinking Fountain: Handicapped 36 inches (914 mm) to top of basin rim 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust stops or valves for intended water -flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow. B. At completion, clean plumbing fixtures and equipment. C. Solidly attach water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead flashing is not intended hold fixture in place. END OF SECTION 224000 HBK ENGINEERING PLUMBING FIXTURES 224000-5 Division 23 FILED HVAC 20170EC -5 PM 1.47 IOWA CITY, 10 Division 23 FILED 2917 DEC —5 PM 1: 39 CITY CLERE IOWA CITY. f 0'c! c� THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project SEC'r J Q3 J!1D COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC PART 1 - GENERAL 2011 DEC —S IM 1: 41 1.1 DESCRIPTION CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA A. The requirements of this Section apply to all sections of Division 23. 1.2 RELATED WORK A. Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16-1234 A. Mechanical, electrical and associated systems shall be safe, reliable, efficient, durable, easily and safely operable and maintainable, easily and safely accessible, and in compliance with applicable codes as specified. The systems shall be comprised of high quality institutional -class and industrial -class products of manufacturers that are experienced specialists in the required product lines. All construction firms and personnel shall be experienced and qualified specialists in industrial and institutional HVAC B. Products Criteria: 1. Standard Products: Material and equipment shall be the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products for at least 3 years (or longer as specified elsewhere). The design, model and size of each item shall have been in satisfactory and efficient operation on at least three installations for approximately three years. However, digital electronics devices, software and systems such as controls, instruments, computer work station, shall be the current generation of technology and basic design that has a proven satisfactory service record of at least three years. See other specification sections for any exceptions and/or additional requirements. 2. All items furnished shall be free from defects that would adversely affect the performance, maintainability and appearance of individual components and overall assembly. 3. Conform to codes and standards as required by the specifications. Conform to local codes, if required by local authorities such as the natural gas supplier, if the local codes are more stringent than those specified. Refer any conflicts to the Resident Engineer. 4. Multiple Units: When two or more units of materials or equipment of the same type or class are required, these units shall be products of one manufacturer. 5. Assembled Units: Manufacturers of equipment assemblies, which use components made by others, assume complete responsibility for the final assembled product. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project {{''16-1234 6. Nameplates: Nameplate bearing -manufacturer's name or identifiF&EDshall be securely affixed in a conspicuous place on equipment, or name or trademark cast integrally with equipment, starnped or otherwise permanentlMlip" 8g e" ifir,39f equipment. 0 t GLEW 7. Asbestos products or equipment or materials containing asbes 0PNT . C. Equipment Service Organizations: 1. HVAC: Products and systems shall be supported by service organizations that maintain a complete inventory of repair parts and are located within 50 miles to the site. D. HVAC Mechanical Systems Welding: Before any welding is performed, contractor shall submit a certificate certifying that welders comply with the following requirements: 1. Qualify welding processes and operators for piping according to ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code", Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications". 2. Comply with provisions of ASME B31 series "Code for Pressure Piping". 3. Certify that each welder has passed American Welding Society (AWS) qualification tests for the welding processes involved, and that certification is current. E. Execution (Installation, Construction) Quality: 1. Apply and install all items in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Refer conflicts between the manufacturer's instructions and the contract drawings and specifications to the Resident Engineer for resolution. Provide written hard copies or computer files of manufacturer's installation instructions to the Resident Engineer at least two weeks prior to commencing installation of any item. Installation of the item will not be allowed to proceed until the recommendations are received. Failure to furnish these recommendations is a cause for rejection of the material. 2. Provide complete layout drawings required by Paragraph, SUBMITTALS. Do not commence construction work on any system until the layout drawings have been approved. F. Upon request by Government, provide lists of previous installations for selected items of equipment. Include contact persons who will serve as references, with telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit with requirements in the individual specification sections. B. Contractor shall make all necessary field measurements and investigations to assure that the equipment and assemblies will meet contract requirements. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 C. If equipment is submitted which diff IL ent from that shown, provide drawings that show the rearrangement of all associated systems. Approval will be given only if all features of the equipment andbi edSysp14„i"ding accessibility, are equivalent to that required by the contract. t D. Prior to submitting shop drawings 8 CITY CLERK pCJq9t;, ¢0*Actor shall certify in writing that manufacturers of all major items of equipment have each reviewed drawings and specifications, and have jointly coordinated and properly integrated their equipment and controls to provide a complete and efficient installation. E. Submittals and shop drawings for interdependent items, containing applicable descriptive information, shall be furnished together and complete in a group. Coordinate and properly integrate materials and equipment in each group to provide a completely compatible and efficient. F. Manufacturer's Literature and Data: Submit under the pertinent section rather than under this section. 1. Submit belt drive with the driven equipment. Submit selection data for specific drives when requested by the Resident Engineer. 2. Submit electric motor data and variable speed drive data with the driven equipment. 3. Equipment and materials identification. 4. Fire -stopping materials. 5. Hangers, inserts, supports and bracing. Provide load calculations for variable spring and constant support hangers. 6. Wall, floor, and ceiling plates. G. HVAC Maintenance Data and Operating Instructions: Maintenance and operating manuals in accordance with DIVISION 01, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article, INSTRUCTIONS, for systems and equipment. 2. Provide a listing of recommended replacement parts for keeping in stock supply, including sources of supply, for equipment. Include in the listing belts for equipment: Belt manufacturer, model number, size and style, and distinguished whether of multiple belt sets. 1.5 APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text by the basic designation only. B. Air Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI): 430-2009 ................ Central Station Air -Handling Units HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Projectj6-1234 C. American National Standard Institute (ANS17- L Q B31.1-2007..............Power Piping, h r 2017 DEC -5 PM I: g9 D. Rubber Manufacturers Association (ANSI/RMA): CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA IP -20-2007 ..............Specifications for Drives Using Classical V -Belts and,,Sheaves IP -21-2009 ..............Specifications for Drives Using Double -V (Hexagonal) Belts IP -22-2007 ..............Specifications for Drives Using Narrow V -Belts and Sheaves E. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA): 410-96..................Recommended Safety Practices for Air Moving Devices F. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME): Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code (BPVC): Section 1-2007.......... Power Boilers Section IX -2007......... Welding and Brazing Qualifications Code for Pressure Piping: B31.1-2007 .............. Power Piping 674 G. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): A36/A36M-08.............Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel A575-96(2007)........... Standard Specification for Steel Bars, Carbon, Merchant Quality, M - Grades E84-10..................Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials E119-09c................Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials H. Manufacturers Standardization Society (MSS) of the Valve and Fittings Industry, Inc: SP -58-2009 .............. Pipe Hangers and Supports -Materials, Design and Manufacture, Selection, Application, and Installation SP 69-2003 .............. Pipe Hangers and Supports -Selection and Application SP 127-2001 ............. Bracing for Piping Systems, Seismic — Wind — Dynamic, Design, Selection, Application I. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA): H13K ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-4 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hallow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 MGLL1-2009...............Motor 1# it Ir. t rs J, _.Nationat:Fire Protection Association (NFPA): IEC -5 PM 1-47 31-06...................Stan andTor Installation of Oil -Burning Equipment 54-09 .:.....:..:........ National CITY CLERK +6WA(VT 1Yp0W A 70-08...................National Electrical Code ' 85-07...................Boiler and Combustion Systems Hazards Code 9OA-09..................Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems 101-09..................Life Safety Code 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protection of Equipment: Equipment and material placed on the job site shall remain in the custody of the Contractor until phased acceptance, whether or not the Government has reimbursed the Contractor for the equipment and material. The Contractor is solely responsible for the protection of such equipment and material against any damage. 2. Place damaged equipment in first class, new operating condition; or, replace same as determined and directed by the Resident Engineer. Such repair or replacement shall be at no additional cost to the Government. 3. Protect interiors of new equipment and piping systems against entry of foreign matter. Clean both inside and outside before painting or placing equipment in operation. 4. Existing equipment and piping being worked on by the Contractor shall be under the custody and responsibility of the Contractor and shall be protected as required for new work. B. Cleanliness of Piping and Equipment Systems: 1. Exercise care in storage and handling of equipment and piping material to be incorporated in the work. Remove debris arising from cutting, threading and welding of piping. 2. Piping systems shall be flushed, blown or pigged as necessary to deliver clean systems. 3. Contractor shall be fully responsible for all costs, damage, and delay arising from failure to provide clean systems. 1.7 JOB CONDITIONS — WORK IN EXISTING BUILDING A. Maintenance of Service: Schedule all work to permit continuous service as required by the medical center. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-5 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter ReplacemgnLProject B. Phasing of Work: Comply with all requirements shown on drawingsFIiED 1s-1234 C. Building Working Envirgnment: MaintairrthVArchitectural andm o t q building and the working environment at all times. Maintain th=f t)Lil19 Yl A degrees F minimum. Limit the opening of doors, windows or other aEl" VeeEoki to brief periods as necessary for rigging purposes: No storm water or grojeWAaMffly�kW permitted. D. Acceptance of Work for Operation: As new facilities are made available for operation and these facilities are of beneficial use to the Owner, inspections will be made and tests will be performed. Based on the inspections, a list of contract deficiencies will be issued to the Contractor. After correction of deficiencies as necessary for beneficial use, the Contracting Officer will process necessary acceptance and the equipment will then be under the control and operation of building personnel. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 FACTORY -ASSEMBLED PRODUCTS A. Provide maximum standardization of components to reduce spare part requirements. B. Manufacturers of equipment assemblies that include components made by others shall assume complete responsibility for final assembled unit. 1. All components of an assembled unit need not be products of same manufacturer. 2. Constituent parts that are alike shall be products of a single manufacturer. 3. Components shall be compatible with each other and with the total assembly for intended service. 4. Contractor shall guarantee performance of assemblies of components, and shall repair or replace elements of the assemblies as required to deliver specked performance of the complete assembly. C. Components of equipment shall bear manufacturer's name and trademark, model number, serial number and performance data on a name plate securely affixed in a conspicuous place, or cast integral with, stamped or otherwise permanently marked upon the components of the equipment. D. Major items of equipment, which serve the same function, must be the same make and model. Exceptions will be permitted if performance requirements cannot be met. 2.2 COMPATIBILITY OF RELATED EQUIPMENT A. Equipment and materials installed shall be compatible in all respects with other items being furnished and with existing items so that the result will be a complete and fully operational plant that conforms to contract requirements. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-6 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Pro ect 16-1234 2.3 LIFTING ATTACHMENTS PILED A. Provide equipment with suitable liftig�m t able equipment to be lifted in its normal position. Lifting attachments shat l' n n h ling conditions that might be encountered, without bending or distortitlUNtME,,"ch as rapid lowering and braking of load. IOWA CITY, IOWA 2.4 EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS IDENTIFICATION A. Use symbols, nomenclature and equipment numbers specified, shown on the drawings and shown in the maintenance manuals. Identification for piping is specified in Section 09 9100, PAINTING. B. Interior (Indoor) Equipment: Engraved nameplates, with letters not less than 3/16 -inch high of brass with black -filled letters, or rigid black plastic with white letters specked in Section 09 91 00, PAINTING permanently fastened to the equipment. Identify unit components such as coils, filters, fans, etc. C. Exterior (Outdoor) Equipment: Brass nameplates, with engraved black filled letters, not less than 3/16 -inch high riveted or bolted to the equipment. D. Valve Tags and Lists: Valve tags: Engraved black filled numbers and letters not less than 1/2 -inch high for number designation, and not less than 1/4 -inch for service designation on 19 gauge 1- 1/2 inches round brass disc, attached with brass "S" hook or brass chain. 2. Valve lists: Typed or printed plastic coated card(s), sized 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches showing tag number, valve function and area of control, for each service or system. Punch sheets for a 3 -ring notebook. 2.5 GALVANIZED REPAIR COMPOUND A. Mil. Spec. DOD -P -21035B, paint form. 2.6 HVAC PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS AND RESTRAINTS A. Supports for Roof Mounted Items: Equipment: Equipment rails shall be galvanized steel, minimum 18 gauge, with integral baseplate, continuous welded corner seams, factory installed 2 foot by 4 foot treated wood nailer, 18 gauge galvanized steel counter flashing cap with screws, built-in cant strip, (except for gypsum or tectum deck), minimum height 11 inches. For surface insulated roof deck, provide raised cant strip to start at the upper surface of the insulation. 2. Pipe/duct pedestals: Provide a galvanized Unistrut channel welded to U-shaped mounting brackets which are secured to side of rail with galvanized lag bolts. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-7 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Holtow Park Rettrtlom and Shelter Replacement Pro ect 16-1234 C. Locations: Use where pipe penehatJLo,Qalls and ceilings in exposed locations, in finished areas only. Provide a watertight joint in spaces where brass or steel pipe sleeves are specified. 2911 DEC —5 PM 1: 4i 2.11 ASBESTOS CITY CLEM IOWA CITY, IOWA A. Materials containing asbestos are not permitted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ARRANGEMENT AND INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT AND PIPING A. Coordinate location of piping, sleeves, inserts, hangers, ductwork and equipment. Locate piping, sleeves, inserts, hangers, ductwork and equipment clear of windows, doors, openings, light outlets, and other services and utilities. Prepare equipment layout drawings to coordinate proper location and personnel access of all facilities. Submit the drawings for review as required by Part 1. Follow manufacturer's published recommendations for installation methods not otherwise specified. B. Operating Personnel Access and Observation Provisions: Select and arrange all equipment and systems to provide clear view and easy access, without use of portable ladders, for maintenance and operation of all devices including, but not limited to: all equipment items, valves, filters, strainers, transmitters, sensors, control devices. All gages and indicators shall be clearly visible by personnel standing on the floor or on permanent platforms. Do not reduce or change maintenance and operating space and access provisions that are shown on the drawings. C. Equipment and Piping Support: Coordinate structural systems necessary for pipe and equipment support with pipe and equipment locations to permit proper installation. D. Location of pipe sleeves, trenches and chases shall be accurately coordinated with equipment and piping locations. E. Cutting Holes: 1. Cut holes through concrete and masonry by rotary core drill. Pneumatic hammer, impact electric, and hand or manual hammer type drill will not be allowed, except as permitted by Resident Engineer where working area space is limited. 2. Locate holes to avoid interference with structural members such as beams or grade beams. Holes shall be laid out in advance and drilling done only after approval by Resident Engineer. If the Contractor considers it necessary to drill through structural members, this matter shall be referred to Resident Engineer for approval. 3. Do not penetrate membrane waterproofing. F. Protection and Cleaning: HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-11 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project FILED 16-1234 6 t234 1. For sleeves: Extend sleeve one inch above finished floor and provide sealant for watertight joint. 2017 DEC —5 PM 1: 39 2. For blocked out floor openings: 1-1/2 inch angle set in silicone Uefr t f{rttEr'�1g``ndaa opening. 3. For drilled penetrations: Provide 1-1/2 inch angle ring or sgJdfA'&&Tsilr4UV6dhesive around penetration. C. Penetrations are not allowed through beams or ribs, but may be installed in concrete beam flanges. Any deviation from these requirements must receive prior approval of Resident Engineer. D. Sheet Metal, Plastic, or Moisture -resistant Fiber Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through floors, interior walls, and partitions, unless brass or steel pipe sleeves are specifically called for below. E. Cast Iron or Zinc Coated Pipe Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through exterior walls below grade. Make space between sleeve and pipe watertight with a modular or link rubber seal. Seal shall be applied at both ends of sleeve. F. Galvanized Steel or an alternate Black Iron Pipe with asphalt coating Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through concrete beam flanges, except where brass pipe sleeves are called for. Provide sleeve for pipe passing through floor of mechanical rooms, laundry work rooms, and animal rooms above basement. Except in mechanical rooms, connect sleeve with floor plate. G. Brass Pipe Sleeves: Provide for pipe passing through quarry tile, terrazzo or ceramic tile floors. Connect sleeve with floor plate. H. Sleeves are not required for wall hydrants for fire department connections or in drywall construction. I. Sleeve Clearance: Sleeve through floors, walls, partitions, and beam flanges shall be one inch greater in diameter than external diameter of pipe. Sleeve for pipe with insulation shall be large enough to accommodate the insulation. Interior openings shall be caulked tight with fire stopping material and sealant to prevent the spread of fire, smoke, and gases. 2.10 WALL, FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES A. Material and Type: Chrome plated brass or chrome plated steel, one piece or split type with concealed hinge, with set screw for fastening to pipe, or sleeve. Use plates that fit tight around pipes, cover openings around pipes and cover the entire pipe sleeve projection. B. Thickness: Not less than 3/32 -inch for floor plates. For wall and ceiling plates, not less than 0.025 -inch for up to 3 -inch pipe, 0.035 -inch for larger pipe. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-10 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 Roliersupports: Type 41F& 1w e. Saddle support: Type 36 37 or8. PM 1: 41 f. Turnbuckle: Types 13 or 15. Pre-inst . CITY ctl g. U-bblt clamp: Type 24..I0j'j4 CITY, 10 VIA h. Copper Tube: 1) Hangers, clamps and other support material in contact with tubing shall be painted with copper colored epoxy paint, plastic coated or taped with non- adhesive isolation tape to prevent electrolysis. 2) For vertical runs use epoxy painted or plastic coated riser clamps. 3) For supporting tube to strut: Provide epoxy painted pipe straps for copper tube or plastic inserted vibration isolation clamps. 4) Insulated Lines: Provide pre -insulated calcium silicate shields sized for copper tube. i. Supports for plastic or glass piping: As recommended by the pipe manufacturer with black rubber tape extending one inch beyond steel support or clamp. 3. High and Medium Pressure Steam (MSS SP -58): a. Provide eye rod or Type 17 eye nut near the upper attachment. b. Piping 2 inches and larger: Type 43 roller hanger. For roller hangers requiring seismic bracing provide a Type 1 clevis hanger with Type 41 roller attached by flat side bars. c. Piping with Vertical Expansion and Contraction: 1) Movement up to 3/4 -inch: Type 51 or 52 variable spring unit with integral turn buckle and load indicator. 2) Movement more than 3/4 -inch: Type 54 or 55 constant support unit with integral adjusting nut, turn buckle and travel position indicator. 4. Convertor and Expansion Tank Hangers: May be Type 1 sized for the shell diameter. Insulation where required will cover the hangers. 2.9 PIPE PENETRATIONS A. Install sleeves during construction for other than blocked out floor openings for risers in mechanical bays. B. To prevent accidental liquid spills from passing to a lower level, provide the following: HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-9 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 B. Pipe Supports: Comply with MSS SP -58. Type -Numbers specified R L ®ndard. For selection and application comply with MSS SP -69. - � C. Attachment to Concrete' Building Coristru&ior r1TtQS 2011 DEC -5 PM 1 3° CITY CLERK 1. Concrete insert: MSS SP -58, Type 1$, I IOWA CITY, IOWA 2. Self -drilling expansion shields and machine bolt expansion anchors: Permitted in concrete not less than four inches thick when approved by the Resident Engineer for each job condition. 3. Power -driven fasteners: Permitted in existing concrete or masonry not less than four inches thick when approved by the Resident Engineer for each job condition. D. Attachment to existing structure: Support from existing floor/roof frame. E. Attachment to Wood Construction: Wood screws or lag bolts. Hanger Rods: Hot -rolled steel, ASTM A36 or A575 for allowable load listed in MSS SP -58. For piping, provide adjustment means for controlling level or slope. Types 13 or 15 turn- buckles shall provide 1-1/2 inches minimum of adjustment and incorporate locknuts. All - thread rods are acceptable. G. Hangers Supporting Multiple Pipes (Trapeze Hangers): Galvanized, cold formed, lipped steel channel horizontal member, not less than 1-5/8 inches by 1-5/8 inches, No. 12 gage, designed to accept special spring held, hardened steel nuts. Not permitted for steam supply and condensate piping. 1. Allowable hanger load: Manufacturers rating less 200 pounds. 2. Guide individual pipes on the horizontal member of every other trapeze hanger with 1/4 - inch U -bolt fabricated from steel rod. Provide Type 40 insulation shield, secured by two 1/2 -inch galvanized steel bands, or pre -insulated calcium silicate shield for insulated piping at each hanger. H. Supports for Piping Systems: 1. Select hangers sized to encircle insulation on insulated piping. To protect insulation, provide Type 39 saddles for roller type supports or pre -insulated calcium silicate shields. Provide Type 40 insulation shield or pre -insulated calcium silicate shield at all other types of supports and hangers including those for pre -insulated piping. 2. Piping Systems except High and Medium Pressure Steam (MSS SP -58): a. Standard clevis hanger: Type 1; provide locknut. b. Riser clamps: Type 8. c. Wall brackets: Types 31, 32 or 33. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-8 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project - 16-1234 1. Equipment and materials shall be carefully handled, properly stor4T, IrZc[j tely protected to prevent damage before and during installation, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as. approved by the Reg Brtp�e Dfped or defective items in the opinion of the Resident Engineer shall be replaced. CITY CLERK 2. Protect all finished parts of equipment, such as shafts and beargW)kt yff VV19Wjkle, from rust prior to operation by means of protective grease coating and wrapping. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. Tightly cover and protect fixtures and equipment against dirt, water, chemical or mechanical injury. At completion of all work thoroughly clean fixtures, exposed materials and equipment. G. Concrete and Grout: Use concrete and shrink compensating grout 3000 psi minimum. H. Work in Existing Building: Cut required openings through existing masonry and reinforced concrete using diamond core drills. Use of pneumatic hammer type drills, impact type electric drills, and hand or manual hammer type drills, will be permitted only with approval of the Resident Engineer. Locate openings that will least effect structural slabs, columns, ribs or beams. Refer to the Resident Engineer for determination of proper design for openings through structural sections and opening layouts approval, prior to cutting or drilling into structure. After Resident Engineer's approval, carefully cut opening through construction no larger than absolutely necessary for the required installation. Switchgear/Electrical Equipment Drip Protection: Every effort shall be made to eliminate the installation of pipe above electrical switchgear. If this is not possible, encase pipe in a second pipe with a minimum of joints. Installation of piping, ductwork, leak protection apparatus or other installations foreign to the electrical installation shall be located in the space equal to the width and depth of the equipment and extending from to a height of 6 ft. above the equipment to ceiling structure, whichever is lower (NFPA 70). 3.2 RIGGING A. Design is based on application of available equipment. Openings in building structures are planned to accommodate design scheme. B. Alternative methods of equipment delivery may be offered by Contractor and will be considered by Resident Engineer under specified restrictions of phasing and maintenance of service as well as structural integrity of the building. C. Close all openings in the building when not required for rigging operations to maintain proper cleanliness in the facility. D. Contractor shall check all clearances, weight limitations and shall offer a rigging plan designed by a Registered Professional Engineer. All modifications to structures, including reinforcement thereof, shall be at Contractor's cost, time and responsibility. HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-12 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 E. Riggingplanand methods shal Lr UResident Engineer for evaluation prior to actual work. F. Restore building to originaM1X9n—AorMA6Pht7on of rigging work. 3.4 PIPE AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTY CLERK 1,0 A CITY. IOWA A. Where hanger spacing does not correspond with joist or rib spacing, use structural steel channels secured directly to joist and rib structure that will correspond to the required hanger spacing, and then suspend the equipment and piping from the channels. Drill or burn holes in structural steel only with the prior approval of the Resident Engineer. B. Use of chain, wire or strap hangers; wood for blocking, stays and bracing; or, hangers suspended from piping above will not be permitted. Replace or thoroughly clean rusty products and paint with zinc primer. C. Use hanger rods that are straight and vertical. Tumbuckles for vertical adjustments may be omitted where limited space prevents use. Provide a minimum of 1/2 -inch clearance between pipe or piping covering and adjacent work. D. HVAC Horizontal Pipe Support Spacing: Refer to MSS SP -69. Provide additional supports at valves, strainers, in-line pumps and other heavy components. Provide a support within one foot of each elbow. E. HVAC Vertical Pipe Supports: 1. Up to 6 -inch pipe, 30 feet long, bolt riser clamps to the pipe below couplings, or welded to the pipe and rests supports securely on the building structure. F. Overhead Supports: 1. The basic structural system of the building is designed to sustain the loads imposed by equipment and piping to be supported overhead. 2. Provide steel structural members, in addition to those shown, of adequate capability to support the imposed loads, located in accordance with the final approved layout of equipment and piping. 3. Tubing and capillary systems shall be supported in channel troughs. 3.5 MECHANICAL DEMOLITION A. Rigging access, other than indicated on the drawings, shall be provided by the Contractor after approval for structural integrity by the Resident Engineer. B. Completely remove all piping, wiring, conduit, and other devices associated with the equipment not to be re -used in the new work. This includes all pipe, valves, fittings, insulation, and all hangers including the top connection and any fastenings to building structural systems. Seal all openings, after removal of equipment, pipes, ducts, and other HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-13 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 penetrations in roof, walls, floors, in "an approved manner and in accordar ULEM nd specifications where specifically covered. Structural integrity of the building system shall be maintained. Reference shall also be made .to the,drawings and spec 0ECof$1ef*Jr. 39 disciplines in the project for additional facilities to be demolished or handled. CITY CLEW 3.6 CLEANING AND PAINTING IOWA CITY. IOWA+ A. Prior to final inspection and acceptance of the plant and facilities for beneficial use by the Owner, equipment and systems shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted. Refer to Section 09 91 00, PAINTING. B. In addition, the following special conditions apply: Cleaning shall be thorough. Use solvents, cleaning materials and methods recommended by the manufacturers for the specific tasks. Remove all rust prior to painting and from surfaces to remain unpainted. Repair scratches, scuffs, and abrasions prior to applying prime and finish coats. 2. Material And Equipment Not To Be Painted Includes: a. Motors, controllers, control switches, and safety switches. b. Control and interlock devices. c. Lubrication devices and grease fittings. d. Copper, brass, aluminum, stainless steel and bronze surfaces. e. Valve stems and rotating shafts. f. Pressure gauges and thermometers. g. Glass. h. Name plates. 3. Control and instrument panels shall be cleaned; damaged surfaces repaired, and shall be touched -up with matching paint obtained from panel manufacturer. 4. Final result shall be smooth, even -colored, even -textured factory finish on all items. Completely repaint the entire piece of equipment if necessary to achieve this. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Factory Built Equipment: Metal plate, securely attached, with name and address of manufacturer, serial number, model number, size, performance. B. Pipe Identification: Refer to Section 09 91 00, PAINTING. 3.8 LUBRICATION HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-14 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 A. Lubricate all devices requiring lubrPLE o)nitial operation. Field -check all devices for proper lubrication. B. Equip all devices with requiret'tiMcrSitt"s 6hlices. Provide a minimum of one quart of oil and one pound of greas u rer's recommended grade and type for each different application; also pr��t&cks for lubricated plug valves. Deliver all materials to Resident Engineer i opened containers that are properly identified as to application. C. All lubrication points shall be accessible without disassembling equipment, except to remove access plates. 3.10 STARTUP AND TEMPORARY OPERATION A. Startup equipment as described in equipment specifications. Verify that vibration is within specified tolerance prior to extended operation. Temporary use of equipment is specified in Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS, Article, and TEMPORARY USE OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. 3.11 OPERATING AND PERFORMANCE TESTS A. Prior to the final inspection, perform required tests as specified in Section 01 00 00, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS and submit the test reports and records to the Resident Engineer. B. Should evidence of malfunction in any tested system, or piece of equipment or component part thereof, occur during or as a result of tests, make proper corrections, repairs or replacements, and repeat tests at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 230500 HBK ENGINEERING COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 230511-15 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project . 16-1234 FILED SECTION 23 34 00 HVAC FANS 2011 DEC -5 PH 1: 39 PART 1 — GENERAL CITY CLERK( 1.1 SUMMARY IOWA CITY, IMx':; A. Section includes: 1. Electric Ventilation Fan in Restroom 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. All Division 023 1.3 REFERENCES A. AMCA 1. Standard 300 B. NEC — National Electrical Code 2015 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for installed product. C. Include dimensions, capacities, fan curves, materials of construction, ratings, weights, motors and drives, sound power levels, appropriate identification and vibration isolation for all equipment. Sound power levels to be based on tests performed in accordance with AMCA Standard 300. D. Submit color selection charts for equipment where applicable. E. Fan curves shall indicate the relationship of CFM to static or total pressure for various fan speeds. Brake horsepower, recommended selection range, and limits of operation are to also be indicated on the curves. Indicate operating point on the fan curves at design air quantity and indicate the manufacturer's recommended drive loss factor for the specific application. Tabular fan performance data is not acceptable. F. Fan curves shall indicate the relationship of CFM to static or total pressure for various fan speeds. Brake horsepower, recommended selection range, and limits of operation are to also be indicated on the curves. Indicate operating point on the fan curves at design air quantity and indicate the manufacturer's recommended drive loss factor for the specific application. Tabular fan performance data is not acceptable. G. Provide applicable warranty, O&M manuals and other factory information. 1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Tested and certify all fans in accordance with the applicable AMCA test code. HBK ENGINEERING HVAC FANS 23 34 00-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom end ShalterR placement�oject . I E {{{{"",; B. Each fan and quantity schec an shall not c conditions. 16-1234 nAll be capable of delivering 110% of air is pressure. The motor furnished with the service factor when operating under these C. Consider drive efficiency in motor selection according to manufacturer's published recommendation or according to AMCA Publication 203, Appendix L. D. Where inlet and outlet ductwork at any fan is changed from that shown on the drawings, provide any motor, drive and/or wiring changes required due to increased static pressure or baffling necessary to prevent uneven airflow or improve mixing. E. All internal insulation and other components exposed to the airstream are to meet the flame spread and smoke ratings contained In NFPA 90A. F. All roof mounted equipment to be provided with curbs or equipment stands in accordance with specification in Section 23 05 29. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle to prevent damage and unnecessary wear. B. Inspect unit upon delivery for signs of damage. PART 2 — PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Use fan size, class, type, arrangement, and capacity as scheduled. B. Furnish complete with motors, wheels, drive assemblies, bearings, vibration isolation devices, and accessories required for specified performance and proper operation. All single phase motors to have inherent thermal overload protection. C. Provide variable pitch sheaves for drives 3 hp and smaller, fixed pitch sheaves for drives 5 hp and larger. Design all drives for 150% of motor rating. D. Use OSHA approved belt guards that totally enclose the entire drive. Construct guards of expanded metal to allow for ventilation; provide tachometer openings at shaft locations. E. Statically and dynamically balance all fans so they operate without objectionable noise or vibration. F. Use AMCA Type A spark resistant construction for all fans handling flammable or explosive vapors. 2.2 CEILING EXHAUST FANS A. Twin City Fan & Blower, Greenheck, Penn, Jenn-Air, Cook, ACME, S&P or approved equal. B. Centrifugal blower wheel, steel housing with acoustical lining, integral exhaust grille, adjustable mounting brackets to allow for any ceiling thickness, permanently lubricated motor, integral junction box with permanently lubricated HBK ENGINEERING HVAC FANS 23 34 00-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project i f I ej F 1 L E U 16-1234 and thermally protected motor factory wired, [24 volt electrically] [pneumatically] operated contol damper with blade edge and jamb seals, a�nn��d d par, oPg�r. C. Provide back wall discharge assembly, as ir>dtdai�'thQ'tlFawings. PART 3- EXECUTION CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, Iowa 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install as shown on the drawings, as detailed, and according to manufacturer's installation instructions. On units provided with a drain connection, reduce drain connection down to ''/z" fitting and leave open. B. Install thrust restraints in accordance with the requirements of Section 23 05 48. C. Contractor shall balance blade assembly of destratification fans after installation to assure stable operation. END OF SECTION 23 82 00 HBK ENGINEERING HVAC FANS 23 34 00-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Pa* RestroQm and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 _- F LLU23 82 00 HEATING AND COOLING TERMINAL UNITS PART 1 — GENERAL 017DEC -S PM 1:47 1.1 SUMMARY CITY CLEW IOWA CITY, IOWA A. Section includes: 1. Electric Baseboard Heater in Mechanical Room 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. All Division 023 1.3 REFERENCES A. ARI 1. Standard for Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment B. NEC — National Electrical Code 2015 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data. B. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings for installed product. C. Include dimensions, capacities, materials of construction, ratings, weights, wiring diagrams, and appropriate identification for all equipment in this section. Include color selection chart where applicable. D. Provide applicable warranty, O&M manuals and other factory information. 1.5 DESIGN CRITERIA A. Forced Circulation Coils: Ratings certified in accordance with ARI 410. B. Electrical equipment and heaters shall be UL listed for the service specified. C. Electrical components and work must be in accordance with NEC. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver, store and handle to prevent damage and unnecessary wear. B. Inspect unit upon delivery for signs of damage. PART 2 — PRODUCTS HBK ENGINEERING HEATING AND COOLING TERMINAL UNITS 23 82 00-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project+ E-1234 FI 2.1 ELECTRIC HEATERS ' _ k e L A. Manufacturers: Markel, Trane, or.apprRved equal 2017OEC —5 PM 1:39 10, �d a����RK B. Use corrosion resistant heating elements, designed a dote b+fd 't r1 n distribution of air across the heating element, and installedlJt'AJrsvenk,rlb�i of expansion and contraction. C. Provide units with necessary overheat protection, reset devices, air flow interlock switch, contactors, transformers, local non-fused disconnect switch that is prewired, and other controls as may be required by codes. D. Construct cabinets of 20 gauge steel, furnished exposed cabinets with a baked enamel finish in one of the manufacturer's standard colors, selected by Architect. PART 3- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install units in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Install branch water or steam/condensate piping to each unit with a minimum of three elbows to allow for expansion and contraction of the piping system. C. Coordinate location of units with other trades to assure correct recess size for recessed units. D. After installation, provide protective covers to prevent accumulation of dirt on units during balance of construction. E. Install units where indicated on the drawings and details. Where heaters are indicated to be installed in ductwork, provide manufacturers recommended upstream and downstream ductwork to prevent overheating preblems. F. Units will be wired by the Electrical Contractor on dedicated circuit. END OF SECTION 23 82 00 HBK ENGINEERING HEATING AND COOLING TERMINAL UNITS 23 82 00-2 Division 26 FILED Electrical' 313 DEC -S FM i' 41 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA Division 2 V 2411 DEC -5 PM I : 39 CITY CLERK IOWA CITE", 101 A THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 FILED SECTION 26 01 00 OPERATION AND FI13%ILECTRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 -GENERAL CITY CLERK H3WA CITY, IOWA 1.1 SUMMARY A. Basic materials and methods. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Work shall comply with applicable standards of the: 1. American Insurance Association 2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 3. Edison Electric Institute 4. Factory Mutual (FM) 5. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 6. Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association 7. National Board of Fire Underwriters 8. National Bureau of Standards 9. National Electrical Code (NEC) 10. National Electrical Manufacturer's Association 11. National Electrical Safety Code 12. National Fire Protection Association 13. National Safety Council 14. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 15. Uniform Fire Code (UFC) 16. William -Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (OSHA) 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Basic materials and methods are described. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Design Professional for review, prior to the placing of orders for any equipment, a complete schedule of electrical fixtures, materials and panels to be installed. Schedule shall consist of catalog cuts, diagrams, shop drawings, performance curves, or any other descriptive material necessary to fully describe the equipment proposed and its operating characteristics. B. Review of the materials, including alternate or substitute items, shall be obtained in writing from the Design Professional; verbal review will not be considered binding. C. Submittals shall have been reviewed and signed by the Contractor, prior to submittal to the Design Professional. Faxes or copies of faxes are not acceptable. The Design Professional will review submittals to aid in interpreting the drawings and specifications, and in so doing will assume that the submittals conform to the specified requirements set forth in this specification. Review of HBK ENGINEERING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 01 00-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY .. Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement ProjectF' r 16-1234 C submittals by the Design Professional does not reIW%(3__106traaL%r6YkQ responsibility of complying with the elements of the specifications. CITY CLERK D. Furnish copies of parts lists and operating and maint ¢>p @ f?0,pt@end manuals, and furnish the services of a competent, trained individual thoroughly familiar with the operation of each special system. Special systems shall include electrical and communications equipment requiring operating instructions, inspection or periodic maintenance. The person instructing the owner shall see that the Owner is conversant with the operation of the system and its various controls; the company from whom maintenance service and repairs may be obtained; and the location and function of switches, devices and accessories, contained in the system. Operations and Maintenance Manuals shall be supplied containing the following: 1. Operation, maintenance, recommended spare parts, and renewal parts information for equipment furnished. 2. Set of complete, final, as -reviewed and accepted information required to be submitted for review. 3. As -constructed electrical, equipment, and installation drawings. 4. Index of equipment suppliers listing current names, addresses and telephone numbers of those who should be contacted for service. 5. As -constructed contract drawings permanently marked in red to show departures from original drawings. 6. Submit one (1) copy for review. This copy will be returned. Submit two (2) final revised copies. F. Submit fire stop information and data sheets. 1.5 PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS A. Obtain, furnish and include the costs of necessary permits, fees and inspection certificates for material and labor furnished. Include costs of permits, certificates and inspection fees required in connection with the installation, unless otherwise noted in the detailed contractual description preceding these Electrical Specifications. B. Obtain, furnish and include the costs of necessary permits, fees and inspections required by the local Fire Marshall and the UFC, for installation of the emergency generator. C. Where applications are required for the procuring of utility services, see that such application is properly filed with the utility. D. On completion of work, furnish satisfactory evidence that work is acceptable to regulatory authorities having jurisdiction. E. Be responsible to see that the proper inspection authorities are notified when inspections are required by Code, and provide necessary assistance to the inspector during inspection. HBK ENGINEERING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2601 00-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park-Restuoomand Shelter Replacerrlent Project 16-1234 FILED 1.6 REGULATIONS 201 DEC -5 PM 1, 47 A. Installation shall conform to or exceed the minimum requirements of the NEC, and federal, state, local and rQ(V*FQ f1RJ(ances. B. Work shall be performed in �acccordanewitith�applicable recommendations of the ADA and OSHA. C. Installations shown on drawings the minimum requirements of the as shown or specified. 1.7 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS or required in the specifications that exceed NEC or other regulations shall be installed A. Intent of the drawings and specifications is to describe the complete installation. At the conclusion of construction, the electrical system shall be turned over to the owner complete and ready for safe, efficient operation. B. Drawings and the specifications are intended to be cooperative and supplementary. Closely check the drawings and specifications for any obvious errors or omissions, and bring any such condition to the attention of the Owner's Representative prior to the receipt of bids, in order to permit clarification by means of a mailed Addendum. C. Drawings for electrical work are in part diagrammatic, intended to convey the scope of work, general arrangement, approximate sizes, and locations of equipment and materials. Exact locations shall be determined to best fit the layout of the job. Scaling of the drawings will not be sufficient or accurate for determining these locations. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangement, make such changes as directed by the Owner's Representative, without additional cost to the owner. D. A complete set of contract documents shall be on the site at all times. Prior to installing the work, check drawings for dimensions and conflicts. E. Rules 1. Where the context requires, the singular includes the plural and the plural includes the singular. 2. The use of "and" in a combined provision means that all elements in the provision must be complied with, or must exist to make the provision applicable. Where compliance with one or more elements suffices, or where existence of one or more elements makes the provision applicable, "or" (rather than "and/or") is used. 3. "Shall" is mandatory and "may" is permissive. 1.8 RESPONSIBILITY A. Examine the project site and become familiar with existing conditions that will affect the work. Review the drawings and specifications of other trades and take note of conditions to be created which will also affect the work. HBK ENGINEERING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 01 00-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project FILED 16-1234 B. Provide sensors, equipment and supervision required fQiQ �'�DAU: 40 spaces" CIT Y CLERK C. No energized conductors shall be exposed at any time ex heoft I On WA immediate area is under the direct supervision of a qualified electrician. D. Provide temporary insulated magnetic covers for open panelboards. E. Locate equipment, which must be serviced, operated or maintained, in fully accessible positions. Verify location and size of each motor, and properly connect motors. G. Responsibility shall not end with installation and connecting of various apparatus. Include services of an experienced superintendent who shall be constantly in charge of the work. Provide qualified journeymen, helpers and laborers required to properly unload, install, connect, adjust, start, operate and test the work involved, including equipment and materials furnished by other trades or by the Owner. 1.9 DAMAGE A. Be responsible for damage to the work of other trades or to the building and its contents caused by the electrical installation. 1.10 GUARANTEE AND MAINTENANCE A. Material and equipment shall be fully guaranteed to be free from defects and to be new equipment. No secondhand, used or salvaged equipment will be allowed. B. Keep entire portion of the work in repair, so far as defects in workmanship, apparatus, material or construction are concerned, without additional cost to the owner, for one (1) year from the date of final acceptance, except as otherwise specified. C. Equipment installed which fails to meet performance ratings specified or shown on drawings shall be removed and replaced by new equipment which meets specified requirements, without additional cost to the Owner. D. Material and workmanship shall be subject to the review of the Owner's Representative, in whose presence various tests shall be made as required by these specifications. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBCONTRACTORS AND MATERIALS A. Submit to the owner's Representative, for review, when requested, a complete list of subcontractors' materials and equipment proposed to be used. See Section 01 33 23 - Submittals. The entire list must be reviewed by the Design Professional before entering into any subcontractual agreement. Equipment, HBK ENGINEERING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 2601 00-4 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy HoAowPark Restroom and Shelter -Replacement Project FILED 16-1234 materials and devices shall be subject to the review of the Design Professional, whether or not SOWOM el§ sWifjec472eview does not imply approval of subcontractors or materials. 2.2 STANDARDS OF MATER16A"W%WANSHIP A. Material shall be new, complete with manufacturer's guarantee or Warranty, and shall be as listed by UL, if a standard has been established by UL for the type of material. Approved manufacturers shall be firms regularly engaged in the manufacture of equipment of types and capacities required and whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than three years. B. Methods and techniques of installation shall be subject to review by the Owner's Representative. C. Material shall be the standard product of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the specific product. Materials of the same type or class shall be the products of one manufacturer. For example, panelboards shall be from the same manufacturer and lighting switches from the same manufacturer. D. Material shall be protected from damage and stored indoors at all times, unless other storage arrangements are reviewed by the Owner's Representative. E. Material and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. F. The equipment manufacturer and installing contractor shall carefully check that the installed, operating equipment can be properly serviced. If the manufacturer or the contractor has any reservations in this regard, they shall state their reservations and suggested changes in a separate letter addressed to the Owner's Representative, and shall include this letter as part of their shop drawing submission. Owner's Representative will work out required changes and adjustments in contract prices where such adjustments are warranted. No adjustment in contract price will be allowed for additions required by applicable code, ordinance, statute, utility regulation or labor regulation. It is the obligation of the contractor to include such items in his original bid. Changes in equipment shall be incorporated in shop drawings. If the contractor fails to call such reservations or suggestions to the owner's representative's attention, in writing, before any work is done or equipment is purchased, it shall be assumed that the contractor accepts the responsibility for providing a safe, coordinated and complete installation. If at a later date, changes become necessary to assure a safe, coordinated and complete installation, the changes shall be made without increase in contract price. G. Equipment, devices, apparatus, systems and installations shall be entirely suitable and safe for each intended application in every respect, and must not create conditions which would be harmful to occupants of the building, to operating personnel, to installation personnel, to testing personnel, to workmen or to the public. The contractor shall be solely responsible for providing HBK ENGINEERING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 01 00-5 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project - 16-1234 FILED installations that will meet these conditions. If the contra�q 5r���e v�c tF�y t installation will not be safe for aR parties, Fit; hall`so rep6ff46'th� ;v .A 40 Representative, in Writing, before any equipment is purchasetpryceLtR installed, giving his exact recommendations. IOWA CITY. IOi`(A H. Where the specifications or drawings state that equipment shall be "furnished," "installed" or "provided," it shall be understood to mean that the contractor shall furnish and install that equipment completely, unless it is specifically stated that the equipment is to be furnished or installed by other trades, public utility companies or the owner. 2.3 MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS A. Proposals as submitted shall be based on the products specifically named in the specification or the equivalent. Furnishing material or equipment by manufacturers other than those specified shall only be by permission of the owner's representative. Such permission for substitution must be requested, by the BidderNendor, in writing, at least ten (10) calendar days prior to bid opening time. The request shall identify the differences in the alternate material or equipment as compared to that specked, and shall indicate the benefits to the project as a result of selecting the alternative. B. Furnish to the Owner's Representative, when requested, samples of proposed material or equipment substitutions. These samples shall remain with the Owner's Representative as long as they desire. C. Changes required by alternate equipment shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner. Re -design costs incurred by the Design Professional and costs incurred by other trades, public utilities, or the Owner as a result of the use of such equipment shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. D. The Owner's Representative reserves the sole right for the approval of proposed material or equipment, and the phrase "or an approved equivalent" used in these specifications or on the drawings shall be interpreted to mean an equivalent approved by the Design Professional. E. The Owner's Representative reserves the right to refuse approval of equipment which does not meet the specification, in their opinion, or of equipment for which no local experience of satisfactory service is available. The owner's Representative further reserves the right to reject equipment for which maintenance service and the availability of replacement parts is questionable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Examine the existing building and grounds and become familiar with conditions as they exist, or that will, in any manner, affect the work under this contract. No allowance will be made subsequently, on the behalf of the contractors, for error or negligence on their part in connection with this. HBK ENGINEERING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 01 00-6 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project FILED 16-1234 B.. Existing equipment, devices and conduits in or on the existing building or grounds which are to atjt fflCed§orR*i4t 4$rferes with the remodeling of the existing facilities or installation of new equipment, shall be removed from the premises or relocated as diWEV 6tffjRIOwner's Representative. Do not remove from premises any equiptftJk QkTT1hA O A maintenance value to the Owner without permission of the Owner. Items not to be reused shall be removed from the premises, unless otherwise noted herein or on the drawings. C. Exposed conduit and wires that are no longer in service shall be removed and the stubs plugged behind the surface. All power wiring shall be removed. Existing low voltage (less than 50V) concealed wiring, smaller than 14 AWG, may remain. Building surface damage, and openings left by removal of equipment, devices and conduit, shall be repaired by the proper trades, unless otherwise noted on the drawings. The cutting of floor, ceiling or wall surfaces shall be done with extreme care in order to avoid any disrupting or damage of existing utility services which may be encountered. Coordinate with other trades to minimize the damage to the building in order to reduce the amount of patching required. D. Where new openings are cut, and concealed items are encountered, the items shall be removed or relocated as required. Where conduit to be removed, stubs through floors, walls or ceilings, patching shall be so that no evidence of the former installation remains. E. Existing conduit or wire shall not be reused if moved from its present location, or if it is of inadequate capacity for the new load, or if it gives evidence of damage or deterioration that could render it unsafe. F. Conduit shall generally be concealed in the existing portion of the building. Review plans and specifications to determine where new ceilings and walls are to be installed, and make use of these areas to conceal conduit. Do not use surface raceways unless approved by the Design Professional. G. Existing surface raceways that will become concealed due to the work shall be replaced with new conduit and wire. Junction boxes for this modification shall be accessible. H. Locate and protect existing utilities and other underground work in a manner that will ensure that no damage or service interruption will result from excavating or other site or building work. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide temporary electrical utilities as described in the detailed contractual description preceding the Electrical Specifications. B. Provide temporary lighting, as required, to light all construction areas, ramps, runways, corridors, shops and storage areas to a minimum of 10 foot-candles while any work is in progress. First aid stations, infirmaries and offices shall be lit to a minimum of 30 foot-candles. HBK ENGINEERING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 01 00-7 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 FILED C. Temporary services shall meet OSHA %guireme9ts.201 j DEC -5 PM 1: 40 D. Pay costs necessary to remove or relocate any existing privat I' municipally owned electrical service or telephone service, vq¢' T1 adjacent to the owner's property, and which will interfere wi I disturbed by the work of this trade or any other trade on this project E. Expedite the work of installing the main service and other work necessary so that the heating system may be operated when required, as directed by the Design Professional. 3.3 CLEANING OF PREMISES A. Keep the premises clean of debris caused by the work at all times. Keep material stored, in areas designated by the owner, in such a manner so as not to interfere with the progress of the work of other trades or with the operation of existing facilities. B. Interiors and exteriors of electrical panels shall be thoroughly cleaned. C. At the conclusion of the construction, the site shall be thoroughly cleaned of rubble, debris and unused material and shall be left in good order. Closed off spaces shall be cleaned of waste material, cartons, and wood frame members used in the construction. 3.4 RECORD OF CHANGES MADE TO THE WORK A. Maintain at the job site a separate and complete set of electrical plans and specifications upon which it is clearly and permanently marked in red and noted, in complete detail, any changes made. Include changes to location and arrangement of electrical apparatus or changes made in the electrical system and wiring as a result of building construction conditions or as a result of written instructions from the Design Professional. Such record of changes shall be made daily and the marked plans and specifications shall be available for the Design Professional's examination at any normal work time. B. Upon completion of the job, and before final payment is made, transmit the marked -up plans and specifications to the Design Professional. END OF SECTION HBK ENGINEERING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 01 00-8 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project FILED 19 LOW VOLTAGE RMI TUFOJElgd Eli CONDUCTORS & CABLES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Wires and cables 1.2 CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA A. American Wire Gage (AWG) B. National Electrical Code (NEC) C. Underwriter's laboratories Inc. (UL) 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information and Data Sheets 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16-1234 A. Copper conductors shall be manufactured by American Insulated Wire Corp., General Cable, Pirelli Cable Corp., Rome Cable Corp., Southwire Co., Triangle/PWC Inc., Carol Cable Company, Cablec, Okonite or approved equivalent. B. All wiring shall be listed by UL. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Conductors used throughout this project shall be copper B. Conductors used for the electrical distribution system at voltages less than 600 volts shall have 600 -volt insulation. C. Color -coding shall be as stated in section 26 05 53 Identification for Electrical Systems D. Six hundred (600) volt, insulated conductors, 6 AWG or larger, unless shown otherwise on the drawings or approved by the Design Professional, shall be of the following types: 1. Type THWN moisture and heat -resistant or THHN heat -resistant thermoplastic (polyvinyl chloride) insulation rated 75° C in wet and dry locations and 90° C in dry locations. HBK ENGINEERING LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacereentf rwjegt , .� FILED 161234 y 2. XHHW, moisture and heat -resistant cross-linked polyethylene insulation rated 75° C in wet locations and 90° C in dry I0MI.M _5 PM 1: 40 E. Six hundred (600) volt insulated conductors smaller than 6 0 tyn otherwise on the drawings or approved by the Design Pro o type N THWmoisture-resistant thermoplastic'(Oolyvinyl chlori 5° C in wet and dry locations. F. Conductors 10 AWG and larger shall be stranded. Conductors 12 AWG shall be solid. G. Conductors smaller than 12 AWG shall not be used on this project H. Conductors installed within the ballast compartment of fluorescent fixtures shall be full size 150° C conductors in accordance with NEC Table 402.3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Wiring shall be in conduit or approved raceways, unless directed otherwise by Design Professional. B. For feeders, no more than three phase conductors per conduit shall be installed, unless specifically shown C. For branch circuits, no more than six (6) phase conductors per conduit shall be installed, unless specifically shown. Each branch circuit shall have a separate neutral for the following: 1. Electronically ballasted light fixtures. 2. GFCI Receptacles D. Cables of larger sizes shall be continuously lubricated with an approved compound, except as noted, at the pull -in point of the conduit so that no damage occurs to the insulation. Lubricant shall be Polywater Lubricant J or approved equivalent. Pulling tension on feeder runs over 200 feet in length shall be measured by a dynamometer and shall not exceed the manufacturer's recommendations. The feeders shall be run continuously, without splices. END OF SECTION HBK ENGINEERING LOW VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 26 05 19-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restrewn and Shelter Replpt Ptpjaq{„ 16-1234 SECTION 26 05 26 Gf M�-gAVR ��ING PART 1 - GENERAL iU� �CATY CLERK IOWA CITY. IOWA 1.1 SUMMARY A. Electrical System Ground 1.2 REFERENCE A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). B. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). C. National Electrical Code (NEC). D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). E. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Grounding provides equipment protection by allowing protective devices to operate during electrical faults. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. None required 1.5 QUALIFICATION A. Conductors and connectors: see Sections 26 05 00 and 26 05 19. B. Bare grounding conductors shall be ES -1895 DSA, as manufactured by Copperweld or approved equivalent. C. Compression connections shall be as manufactured by Blackburn, Burndy, or approved equivalent. D. Exothermic connections shall be as manufactured by Cadweld, Furseweld, or approved equivalent. E. Grounding materials shall meet applicable standards and codes PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Ground system shall be as shown on the drawings and as required by the NEC. GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter ReplaceProject �- Replacement 234 FILE PART 3 - EXECUTION _ 1911 DEC -5 PN 1: 4 0 3.1 INSTALLATION ? PS. CITY CLERK A. Grounding connection required for electrical equipment include$#(dLRhTbYlimit* to) the following: 1. Conduit and raceways. 2. Panelboards. 3. Metal, non-current carrying parts of electrical equipment. B. The electrical system ground shall conform to these specifications, but in no case shall it be less than the requirements of the NEC. C. A grounding conductor shall be run in the raceway with the current carrying conductors, unless shown otherwise. D. An equipment -grounding conductor sized in accordance with Table 250.122 of the NEC shall be provided from the main equipment grounding bus to each panelboard. An equipment -grounding conductor shall be provided from the main equipment grounding bus or from the grounding bus of the serving panel, with all equipment feeders and branch circuits. E. Where metal (magnetic) conduit is used for mechanical protection of a grounding conductor, the conductor shall be securely bonded to the conduit at each end. This conduit shall be electrically continuous. Within computer rooms, non- magnetic conduit shall be used for grounding conductor protection. F. Accessible or exposed grounding connections shall be made with approved pressure type connectors. G. Inaccessible or buried grounding connections may be compression or exothermic. H. Check the continuity of ground in the electrical system. This shall include panels, receptacles, switches, outlets, and other electrically operated devices. If continuity does not exist, install additional grounding conductors such that continuity exists. END OF SECTION GROUNDING AND BONDING 26 05 26-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Bark 4"stroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 FILED ^- SECTION 26 05 33 ELECTRICAL R1MJ%tY_ASNI?J0QXI4§ PART 1 -GENERAL CITY CLERK IOWA CITY. IOWA 1.1 SUMMARY A. Conduit and raceway. 1.2 REFERENCES A. National Electrical Code (NEC). B. Conduit shall carry the Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) label. C. Conduit shall meet the following American National Standards Institute (ANSI), National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) and Federal Specifications (FS) standards: 1. Rigid Metal Conduit (GRC): FS WW -C-581 and ANSI C80.1. 2. Flexible Metal Conduit: FS WW -C-566, CSA, UL. 3. Liquid -Tight Flexible Metal Conduit: CSA, UL. 4. PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC): NEMA Standards Pub. No. TC3. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 27 26 Wiring Devices 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Information and Manufacturer Data 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Rigid nonmetallic conduit shall be Carlon Type 40 PV-DUIT (heavy wall) or approved equivalent Liquid -B. tight flexible metal conduit shall be Electri-Flex, Type LA or approved equivalent B. Rigid nonmetallic conduit shall be Carlon Type 40 PV-DUIT (heavy wall) or approved equivalent Liquid -tight flexible metal conduit shall be Electri-Flex, Type LA or approved equivalent. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 REQUIREMENTS A. Conduit smaller than: 3/4 -inch diameter shall not be used on this project. B. Only threaded type connectors and couplings shall be used with GRC. C. Connections between rigid conduit and PVC shall be made with threaded PVC adapters or fittings. HBK ENGINEERING ELECTRICAL RACEWAY AND BOXES 26 05 33-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter RepWcp4ent Projggpt 234 �. FILE D. GRC, flexible conduit or flexible liquid tight conduit includirl4��tticws and W5- t"gYNO used throughout. thif project Aall-.Mga"nized steel. E. Die cast metal fittings will not be permitted on this project. C78W A compression type. I U1VA F. Type LA Liquatite flexible conduit, with appropriate fittings which are UL listed as an assembly, shall be used in a boiler room, kitchen, exterior location or any moist location. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Wiring shall be in conduit or approved raceways, unless shown otherwise. B. Conduit and outlet installation shall be concealed throughout this project, as follows unless otherwise indicated. 1. Conduit or Raceway above suspended ceilings shall be supported from the building structure and not from the ceiling grid hanger wires. C. Conduit throughout this project shall be Galvanized Rigid Conduit (GRC) unless noted otherwise. D. Conduit shall not be used as the sole grounding means. E. Conduit located underground, outside the building area, shall be installed a minimum of 36 inches below grade, unless otherwise indicated. Conduit shall be installed in a sand backfilled and compacted trench with a 2" wide yellow poly marker tape placed in the trench approximately 6" below finished grade. F. Metallic conduit, cut with a power saw or hacksaw, shall be reamed to remove burrs. G. Conduit bends shall be held to as large a radius as possible for ease in pulling of conductors and to provide a neatly installed appearance. The maximum length of straight conduit runs shall be 200 feet between pull boxes, with 50 feet deducted for each 90 -degree bend and 25 feet deducted for each 45- degree bend; reduction of length for all other angle bends shall be calculated on a similar basis H. Conduit risers below grade, inside and outside the building, shall have the bend weighted with concrete to prevent the conduit from lifting when cables are pulled. No conduits shall be routed in elevator equipment rooms or shafts except those required for the elevator power and communications. J. No conduits shall be routed in the floor beneath or near boilers. K. Suspended type conduit hangers for 2 -inch and smaller conduit shall be with mounting devices, similar to Unistrut or Kindorf beam clamps. Hangers for HBK ENGINEERING ELECTRICAL RACEWAY AND BOXES 26 05 33-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy;Hotlow I?arkl%stfOOm and Shelter Replacemen Project 16-1234 FILED A[oypp„ gf conduit with any size larger than 2 -inch shall be channel type structural shapd4,4ith conduits clagIftcb5nnp mif4 Johaped clamps. L. PVC conduit shall be installed e f 11 temperature piping. PVC conduit shall be cut with a fine tooth � l�(burrs removed from the cut edge. Connections between EMT'o�r ng""' id�on uit and PVC shall be made with threaded PVC adapters or fittings. M. When conditions are such that moisture may move through the conduits/raceways and contact energized live parts, or, when building ventilation conditions are such that the air may flow continuously in conduits/raceways, the conduittraceway shall be sealed at each end with a pliable duct sealing compound such as Duct -Seal, Kerite Putty, Chase Technology foam or Hydra - Seal S-60WTF foam. If conduit is installed with possible access to rodents, the conduit shall be sealed in a manner similar to that described above. N. Interferences 1. Conduit runs are not shown to allow this contractor to choose the route to the various electrical devices. However, care shall be taken to coordinate the conduit runs with duct work, beams, joists, plumbing pipes, and plumbing fixtures to be installed by other trades. 2. When interference develops, the Design Professional will decide which equipment will be relocated; regardless of which apparatus was installed first. O. Bushings 1. Conduits shall have insulated bushings installed at entrances to panelboards, starters, pull boxes and shall be secured to the enclosure by the bushing (and lock nut, if necessary) on the inside, and by lock nut on the outside. 2. Conduits entering distribution type panelboards and the main switchgear shall have insulated grounding bushings similar to T & B 3800 series, with bushings connected together by means of a continuous copper grounding conductor, sized to meet the requirements of the NEC. Rigid metal conduit, when used with non-metallic conduit, shall be effectively grounded. Buried or exposed conduits, elbows or offsets shall be effectively grounded. Use grounding bushings, or grounding clamps, Burndy GARxxxx or approved equivalent, where grounding bushings cannot be used. Connect ground clamp to nearest grounding electrode. Q. Connectors, couplings and lock nuts shall be tightened securely by use of the proper tools to assure an effective and continuous path to ground through the conduit system. R. Wherever conduit crosses a building expansion joint and is constrained from relief deflection (i.e. buried in concrete or a straight run anchored in concrete on both sides of the joint), expansion fittings or expansion/deflection fittings shall be provided. HBK ENGINEERING ELECTRICAL RACEWAY AND BOXES 26 05 33-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 FILED S. Where wire is run for a motor connection, to be connected under a separate contract, the conduit shall be terminated int,"r f in t the correct location'.� p e ..;U M 1' 40 T. A short piece of flexible metal conduit shall be used in tt�� ie6ax near the motor. WA ITY IOKI! U. Surface mounted conduit shall be mounted flush to wall and secured by one -hole or M -o -hole clamps. END OF SECTION HBK ENGINEERING ELECTRICAL RACEWAY AND BOXES 26 05 33-4 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 05 53 I IDENTIFICAT��TRICAL SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 2111 DEC —5 PM I. 48 1.1 SUMMARY CITY, CLERK A. This Section includes 016icatlonn m�etjhods for electrical equipment and components. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). B. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). C. National Electrical Code (NEC). D. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). E. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL). 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. All Division 26 Sections 1.4 SUBMITTALS 16-1234 A. Product Data: Submit manufacturers catalog literature for each product required. B. Submit electrical identification schedule, including list of wording, symbols, letter size, color coding, tag number, location, and function. C. Manufacturers Installation Instructions: Indicate installation instructions, special procedures, and all written instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Accept identification products on site in original containers. Inspect for damage. B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification, including product density and thickness. C. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage by storing in original wrapping. 1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Install labels or nameplates only when ambient temperature and humidity HBK ENGINEERING IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacer elnLPlOject n16-1234 conditions for adhasirwOthirt range recommended by mdhu&r� PART 2 - PRODUCTS : ( ; � �- �?Q MS2011 DEC -5 PM 1: 40 2.1 NAMEPLATES ''. CITY CLERK =` IOWA CITY, IOWA A. Product Description: Laminated three -layer plastic with engraved black letters on white foreground color. B. Nameplate sizes shall be as follows: 1. Not less than 1-1/2 inches high and 6 inches long for "Master" nameplates, such as for control panels, equipment enclosures, etc. 2. Not less than 1 -inch high and 3 -inches long for individual device nameplates. C. Nameplate engraving shall be as follows: 1. Lettering shall be Gothic style. 2. "Master' nameplate characters shall be 3/8 -inch high with 45 -mils line width. 3. Individual externally mounted device nameplate characters shall be 3/16 - inch high with 30 -mils line width. 4. Individual internally mounted device nameplate characters shall be 3/16 - inch high with 30 -mils line width. 5. The depth of the engraving cut shall penetrate to the white core material. 6. Engraving designations shall be as indicated on the Contract Drawings or approved by the Owner. D. Minimum Nameplate Thickness: 1/8 inch. 2.2 CABLE TRAY LABELS A. Cable trays containing instrument, thermocouple, control, or 600 -volt power cables shall have labels with 2 -inch -high black lettering identifying the cable tray number. B. Cable trays containing power cables rated above 600 volts shall have labels with 2- inch- high red lettering identifying the cable tray number and the voltage level of the cables in the tray. C. Label adhesive shall be able to hold on curved surfaces and withstand temperatures up to 150 degrees F in indoor or outdoor environments. D. Labels shall be resistant to oil, dirt, and abrasion. E. A broad -tipped permanent ink type marker shall be used to identify cable trays until the permanent labels are installed. 2.3 WIRE MARKERS (CABLE TAGS) A. Description: Cloth tape, split sleeve, or tubing -type wire markers. B. Legend: 1. Power and Lighting Circuits: Branch circuit or feeder number as indicated HBK ENGINEERING IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 _ • �on Contract Drawings. FILED 'C., Tags shalh¢e designed to pro)WMerEgnent.wj.e and cable identification system. I'm 11 48 D. Tags shall show the complete c�9�9CVAuC't�'11R1 I O WA E. Cable numbers may be hand lettered, stamped, or typed, but shall be legible and permanent. F. Character size for cable numbers shall be a minimum of 3/16 -inch high if hand lettered or 1/8 -inch high if stamped or typed. G. Tag material shall be non-metallic and impervious to moisture. H. Tags shall be securely attached to cables and accessible for inspection. Tags, marking, and attachment methods shall be subject to the approval of the Owner. 2.4 CONDUIT AND RACEWAY MARKERS A. Description: Labels fastened with adhesive or Stencils. Labels shall be made of white flame-retardant PVC with "Permastick" adhesive and peel -off backing. B. Color: 1. Medium-Vokage System: Black lettering on white background. 2. 480 -Volt System: Black lettering on white background. 3. 120/240 -Volt System: Black lettering on white background. 4. Fire Alarm System: Red lettering on white background. 5. Telephone System: Blue lettering on white background. C. Style: Labels shall have 3/4 -inch Gothic characters. D. Legend: 1. Medium -Voltage System: "HIGH VOLTAGE". 2. 480 -Volt System: "480 VOLTS". 3. 240 -Volt System: "240 VOLTS'. 4. Fire Alarm System: "FIRE ALARM". 5. Telephone System: 'TELEPHONE". 2.6 STENCILS A. Stencils: With clean cut symbols and letters of following size: 1. Up to 2 Inches Outside Diameter of Raceway: 1/2 -inch -high letters. 2. 2-1/2 to 6 Inches Outside Diameter of Raceway: 1 -inch -high letters. 3. Stencil Paint: Semi -gloss enamel, colors in accordance with the requirements of the above Section 2.4 - Conduit and Raceway Markers 2.6 UNDERGROUND WARNING TAPE HBK ENGINEERING IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY y. .J I Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project FILET) 16-1234 T A. Descriovon4 Inch -wide plastic tape, colored red with suitable warning leend describing buried lines. ZQ�) DEC -5 PM I HiQ 2.7 LOCKOUT DEVICES. CITY CLERK : i IOWA CITY. IOWA A Lockout Hasps 1. Anodized aluminum or reinforced nylon hasp with erasable label surface; size minimum 7-1/4 by 3 inches. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive adhesive for identification materials. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install identifying devices after completion of painting. B. Nameplate Installation: 1. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install nameplate for each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure with corrosive -resistant mechanical fasteners or permanent adhesive. No double- sided tape will be allowed. 3. Install nameplates for each control panel and major control components located outside panel with corrosive -resistant mechanical fasteners or permanent adhesive. No double -sided tape will be allowed. 4. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws or adhesive. No double - sided tape will be allowed. 5. Secure nameplate to inside surface of door on recessed panelboard in finished locations. 6. Install nameplates for the following: a. Switchboards. b. Panelboards. C. Transformers. d. Service disconnects. C. Cable Tray Label Installation: 1. Install label parallel to equipment lines. 2. Install labels for permanent adhesion and seal with clear lacquer. 3. Thoroughly clean all surfaces at the locations where the cable tray labels are to be installed. 4. Install labels at intervals of 25 feet maximum for cable trays containing instrument, thermocouple, control, and 600 -volt power cables. 5. Install labels at intervals of 10 feet maximum for cable trays containing power cables rated above 600 volts. 6. All labels shall be visible from the floor, platform, or other vantage point. 7. Remove all temporary cable tray identification markings. HBK ENGINEERING IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53-4 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 FILEDD. Wire Marker Installation: 1. Jrm"l marker for each condu� Qp�� gga��nelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet ari junction boxes, and eac14� drerm§ctip"4/,pp 2. Attach a cable identification tag to each able at all termtkAion or end points. Install additional marking ata �bYe liig(s along the cable run. 3. Install labels at data outlets identifyi Q'Tr%i*#'Rort designation [as indicated on Contract Drawings]. Raceway Marker Installation: 1. Install labels on all scheduled conduit when the conduit is installed. 2. Clean the conduit surface and install a label at each conduit termination in such a manner that the label is readable from the floor, platform, or other vantage point. 3. Provide temporary conduit identification until the permanent conduit label can be installed. An acceptable method is the usage of a broad -tipped permanent ink type marker. 4. Install raceway marker for each raceway longer than 10 feet. 5. Raceway Marker Spacing: 20 feet on center. 6. Raceway Painting: Identify conduit using field painting. a. Paint colored band on each conduit longer than 10 feet. b. Paint bands 20 feet on center. C. Color: 1) 480 -Volt System: Blue. 2) 240 -Volt System: Yellow. 3) Fire Alarm System: Red. 4) Telephone System: Green. F. Underground Warning Tape Installation: Install underground warning tape along length of each underground conduit, raceway, or cable 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, directly above buried conduit, raceway, or cable. END OF SECTION HBK ENGINEERING IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 26 05 53-5 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 FILED SECTION $674"- G PAI FrLPOARDS 2_ baa i ��1 2811 DEC -5 PN 1:40 PART 1 - GENERAL G{TY CLERt( 1.1 SUMMARY �,','' IOWA CITY. IOWA A. This Section includes enclosed fusible switch and circuit breaker panelboards for feeders, and circuit -breaker type lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboards. A. American National Standards Institute: ANSI Z55.1.61 - No. 61 Light Gray Finish. B. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers: IEEE C62.41 - Recommended Practice on Surge Voltages in Low -Voltage AC Power Circuits. C. National Electrical Manufacturers Association: NEMA AB 1 - Molded -Case Circuit Breakers and Molded -Case Switches. NEMA FU 1 - Low -Voltage Cartridge Fuses. NEMA KS 1 - Enclosed and Miscellaneous Distribution Equipment Switches (600 Volts Maximum). NEMA PB 1 - Panelboards. NEMA PB 1.1 - General Instructions for Proper Installation, Operation, and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or Less. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum). D. National Fire Protection Association: NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.: UL 50 - Electric Cabinets and Boxes. UL 67 - Safety for Panelboards. UL 198C - High -Intensity Capacity Fuses; Current -Limiting Type. UL 198E - Class R Fuses. UL 198L - DC Fuses for Industrial Use. UL 489 - Molded -Case Circuit Breakers. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 01 00 Operation and Maintenance for Electrical Systems B. Section 26 05 19 Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables C. Section 26 05 26 Grounding and Bonding D. Section 26 05 33 Electrical Raceway and Boxes HBK ENGINEERING PANELBOARDS 26 24 16-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and ISMeitet g4placement Project .,-.; .�. a •-- E.' R 8ection126 27 26 W�JUMV 16-1234 �. 5ectibi;.v1 � 16,Wbge.Vvf14A A Circuit Breakers 1.3 SUBMi#4LS ,j ttCITY CLERK AWA CTY,t IN A. Shop Drawings: In ou ine and support point dimensions, voltage, main bus ampacity, integrated short-circuit ampere rating, and circuit breaker and fusible switch arrangement and sizes. B. Product Data: Submit catalog data showing specified products and features. C. Manufacturer Warranty information 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Deliver panelboards individually wrapped for protection. B. Accept panelboards on site and inspect for damage. C. Store in a clean, dry space. Maintain factory wrapping or provide an additional heavy canvas or plastic cover to protect units from dirt, water, construction debris, and traffic. D. Handle in accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions. Handle carefully to avoid damage to internal components, enclosure, and finish. 1.5 SPARE PARTS A. Keys: Furnish three each to the Owner. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A. Square D B. General Electric C. Siemens 2.2 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Enclosures shall be of the following types: 1. NEMA 12: General purpose for indoor non -hazardous locations B. Panelboards shall be code gage, hot -dipped galvanized sheet metal boxes with code gage steel trim. HBK ENGINEERING PANELBOARDS 26 24 16-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project FILED 16-1234 34 1 s C. Panelboards shall be finished with a rush-in}iibiting coating and ANSI Z55.1.61 No.61 light gray paint. 2811 DEC -5 PM 1:40 D. Panelboards shall have screw covers and a hinged door with a yy� b0ftEN E. Panelboards shall have a phenolic nameplate on the outside �QWASATt 9w engraved with the panelboard designation. Refer to Section 26 05 53 - Identification for Electrical Systems. Panelboards shall have copper main busses of the ampacity indicated on the Contract Drawings, and all circuit breakers shall have trip ratings and number of poles as indicated on the Contract Drawings. G. Panelboards shall have future circuit breaker space for the number of poles as indicated on the Contract Drawings. H. The short-circuit current rating of the assembled panelboard shall be equal to or greater than the interrupting capacity of the highest rated circuit breaker. A circuit directory card and cardholder shall be provided on the inside of the panelboard door. Directory card shall have a space to identify each circuit in the panelboard. Directory shall be completed with a labeler — not hand written. 2.3 120/240 -VOLT PANELBOARDS A. Product Description: NEMA PB1, circuit breaker type. B. Panelboard Bus: Furnish copper ground bus in each panelboard C. Rated 120/240 volts ac, single phase, three wire, solid neutral with main circuit breaker as indicated on the Contract Drawings. D. Minimum Integrated Short -Circuit Rating: 22,000 amperes rms symmetrical for 240 - volt panelboards. E. Provide 100 -ampere frame size bolt -on thermal -magnetic circuit breakers with non - interchangeable trip units. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install panelboards in accordance with NEMA PB 1.1. B. Install panelboards plumb. C. Install at locations indicated on the Contract Drawings, including all necessary mounting and supporting materials. D. Locate and arrange with proper clearances from other equipment and material to HBK ENGINEERING PANELBOARDS 26 24 16-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 obtain good access�bili1yUMQtion and maintenance. E. Space away fr�IM wS1 oW*i4tbast 1/4 inch to prevent surface moisture from rusting the enclosure. CITY CLERK F. Provide all necesIll)W OToYet"Aunless openings are indicated on the Contract Drawings as being provided by others. G. Clean all welds, scars, and abrasions; remove metal splatter, rust, and all foreign material. H. Flush mount in finished areas and surface mount on walls or columns in all other areas. I. Install so that the top of the panelboard is approximately 6 feet above the floor if at all possible. J. Install and fill out circuit directory card — with labeler; not hand-written. K. Provide filler plates for all unused spaces in all panelboards. L. Ground and bond panelboard, neutral bus, and ground bus enclosure according to Section 26 05 26 - Grounding and Bonding - and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. Connect equipment ground bars of panels in accordance with NFPA 70 and as indicated on the Contract Drawings. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect and test in accordance with NETA ATS, except Section 4. B. Perform circuit breaker inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.6. C. Perform switch inspections and tests listed in NETA ATS, Section 7.5. D. Visual and Mechanical Inspection: Inspect all panelboards for physical damage, proper alignment, anchorage, and grounding. Check installation and tightness of connections for all circuit breakers. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Measure steady-state load currents at each panelboard feeder; rearrange circuits in panelboard to balance phase loads to within 20 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi -wire branch circuits. END OF SECTION HBK ENGINEERING PANELBOARDS 26 24 16-4 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project SECTION 26 27 26 WIRING DEVICES c- fIM PART1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.2 A Switches B. Receptacles A. Federal Specifications (FS) B. General Services Administration (GSA) C. National electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) D. Underwriters' laboratories, Inc. (UL) 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 26 05 33 Electrical Raceway and Boxes 1.4 SUBMITTALS FILED16-1234 2011 DEC -5 PN 1: 40 CITY CLERK 10'Ar A CITY. II 'NA A. Submit the following: 1. List of types of switches, and receptacles to be used including manufacturer B. Manufacturer's Product Information 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Cover plates shall be by the same manufacturers the wiring devices B. Switches and receptacles shall be specification grade as manufactured by Arrow -Hart, Harvey Hubbell, Leviton, Pass and Seymour, or approved equivalent. C. Switches shall be UL verified to meet FS W -S-896, GSA and NEMA Standard WD -1 heavy-duty testing requirements. D. Receptacles (125 volt) shall be UL verified to meet FS W -C-596, GSA and NEMA Standard WD -1 3.02 to 3.10, heavy duty testing requirements. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SWITCHES A. Switches shall be heavy-duty, quiet type, 20 ampere, 120/277 volts AC, similar to Hubbell #1221-X or Pass and Seymour 20AC1-X, side and back -Vii red or 521-X side -wired only. HBK ENGINEERING WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26-1 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Ho lev..Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 B. All switches to be waterproof. FILED 2.2 RECEPTACLES N17DEC -5 PM 1:48 A. Receptacles shall be specification grade,5(� configuration, 125 volts, 20 ampere, grounding, nylon body front �Tf��r�upter shall be equivalent to Hubbell GF5362. B. Receptacles shall be of the type shown on the drawings. C. All receptacles to be waterproof. D. Receptacles required by NEMA Type on the drawings, but not listed above, shall be of comparable quality to those listed. E. Switches and receptacles shall have binding post terminals, and connections shall be made by wrapping wire around these terminals. F. Receptacles required to meet NEC 406.8(B) (latest edition) shall be the size and color (lockable or non- lockable) as shown on the drawings. 2.3 COLOR OF DEVICE AND COVERPLATE A. Switch and receptacle bodies shall be ivory. B. Cover plates shall be: 1. 035 inch, 18-8 stainless steel type 302 in satin or brushed finish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SWITCHES, RECEPTACLES, AND COVERPLATES A. Switches and receptacles shall be installed where shown on the drawings. B. Switches shall be single -pole, double -pole, three-way, four-way, or momentary as required to control the circuit. Mount at 48" to center unless shown otherwise. C. Confer with the Design Professional or owner to obtain the exact locations of each outlet box before any conduit is installed. However, the owner reserves the right to change any of these locations without extra cost if the change is made before the installation. The exact location of outlet boxes shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. D. Switches shall be installed on the latch side of the door openings. E. Receptacles shall have a grounding pole. Receptacle ground pole to be down for vertical mount, or, neutral pole up for horizontal mount. Mount at 18" to center unless shown otherwise. F. Wiring in outlet boxes shall be continuous Provide pigtail(s) to devices as required. HBK ENGINEERING WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project outlet box shall FILED16_1234 be provided with a cover plaM1 DEC _g PM 13 40 END OF SECTION CITY CLERK IOWA CITY, IOWA HBK ENGINEERING WIRING DEVICES 26 27 26-3 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park RBstroorll Od Shelter Replacement Project t. 16-1234 SECTION 26 28 16 FILED ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS V17DEC -5 pq PART 1 - GENERAL CITY CLERK 1.1 SUMMARY 10VVA CITY IOTA 1.2 A. Safety disconnect switches. A. National electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) B. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) 1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Disconnect switches provide safe disconnecting of electrical power to equipment 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following information: 1. Outline drawing with dimensions. 2. Equipment Ratings. a. Voltage. b. Capacity. C. Horsepower. d. Short circuit withstand rating B. Manufacturer's Product Information 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Safety switches shall be NEMA heavy-duty type and shall carry the UL label. Fusible switches shall incorporate Class "R" fuse rejection feature and shall be braced to withstand 50,000 ampere RMS symmetrical fault current. C. Switches shall be of the same manufacturer as the panel boards. D. Safety switches used for service entrance equipment shall be UL listed as suitable for service entrance. PART 2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 SWITCHES HBK ENGINEERING ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 28 16-1 M CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project{ ; . ,'Y 16-1234 FILED A. Provide heavy-duty type, sheet steel enclosed, safety switches. Type, size, and rating shall be as shown on the drawings or as req*rfftbpTTfr 40 40 equipment served. {��7 B. Switches shall incorporate quick -make, quick -break opR I CL 6R Mechanism shall be an integral part of the box, not th r, n switches shall have a cover interlock to prevent unauthorized opening of the switch door in the on position or closing of the switch mechanism with the door open. Current carrying parts shall be constructed of high -conductivity copper with silver - tungsten type switch contact. 2.2 OTHER A. Fuse clips shall be positive pressure type reinforced rejection type fuse clips. B. Indoor enclosures shall be NEMA 1. Enclosures for wet locations, vaults and for outdoor use shall be NEMA 4. C. Equip each motor disconnect with auxiliary contacts (1 -NO, 1 -NC). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Furnish and install safety disconnect switches (fused and non-fused) shown on the drawings. In addition, furnish a safety disconnect switch for motors and equipment which do not have combination starters or integral disconnecting means. - B. For mechanical equipment rated for use only with fuses (such as. condensing units, compressors, chillers), provide fusible disconnect switches. Such switches shall be one, two or three pole type, with r solid neutral for 4- wire service, and shall have the proper current and— voltage rating as required. C. Terminals of the proper size for wire as shown on the drawings for lin--load and ground shall be supplied by the disconnect switch manufacturer. D. Each motor shall be individually protected. Furnish a safety disconnect for each motor as required by the NEC. E. Disconnect switches shall not be directly mounted to equipment which is mounted on vibration isolation pads or springs, unless a piece of flexible conduit is used between the disconnect switch and the fixed conduit. F. Safety switches shall be mounted securely to walls, columns or machine frames, and provided with brackets, mounting devices, structural pieces and expansion type anchor inserts necessary for this purpose. Switches shall not be mounted directly to metal surfaces or to concrete or masonry walls. Structural channels such as Kindorf or 3/4" plywood shall be used to mount switches at least 3/4 inch away from the mounting surface. HBK ENGINEERING ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 262816-2 CITY OF IOWA CITY Happy Hollow Park Restroom and Shelter Replacement Project 16-1234 G. Switches shall be mounted at a height of 60 inches above the finished Floor to the ! : 'top pLthgs track„box. H. Coordinate fuseable switches and fuse sizes, with mechanical trades, k"6re required by UL listing for mechanical equipment installation. Motors larger than 1/8 horsepower and controllers shall have a disconnecting means within sight and within 50'. J. Combination motor starters, circuit breakers in panel boards, manual motor starters, integral disconnecting means on equipment, and cord/plug connections may be used as disconnecting means where they are within sight and 50' of the equipment K. Switches, combination starters, and circuit breakers which are pad -lockable in the "OFF” position may be used as disconnecting means when not in sight or within 50' unless prohibited by local code. L. Provide a disconnect switch for motors, motor -driven appliances, and controllers not covered by paragraphs A or B above. M. Transformers shall have a disconnecting means (primary and secondary) within sight and within 50'. HBK ENGINEERING END OF SECTION ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 28 16-3 ay s a W �o �Y yr Ul) YV U. o v o 0 N HBK ENGINEERING END OF SECTION ENCLOSED SWITCHES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS 26 28 16-3 HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM AND SHELTER REPLACEMENT PROJECT 2018 CITY OF IOWA CITY RENDERINGS PROJECT VICINITY MAP GAS 6 ELECTRIC MIDAMERICANENERGYCO. w 1530 LOWER MUSCATINE RD. DEMOLITION PLAN AND SITE UTILITY PLAN IOWA CITY, IA 62240 WHITING AVE JASON WARREN (ELECTRIC) AROUNE, PHONE: 3193414425 RESTROOM PLANS B ELEVATIONS DON MASTON (GAS) SANITARY PROPOSED RESTROOM: RIGHT TELEPHONE ATTN: KEVIN HEEREN RESTROOM PLUMBING PLAN CENTURYUNK COMMUNICATION RESTROOM HVAC PLAN FERRY RD, NE RESTROOM ELECTRICAL PLAN {{1Q5§WD�B�IAIRS RAV`.(AQtT§}(D(,L�+�K'� DS. LA 5124402�T YPMIED�CON CABLETELEVISION WAY � M� 'Y'l•A/O' y 1 40 ODGE ST CT PROPOSED SHELTER: BELOW KIMBALL TAFT �E'Ep FIBER OPTICS A.T.B LJIM GOEKE RO �i2�1 R]W� 598%M571 N rn � 1 GFIT��,RNL��jlp 1 UTILITY LOCATING CREW -ONE CALL' PHONE: 1-0OD2828989 ATTN: TIM HENNES Y MATERIALS a LIMESTONE BASE: N WEBER STONE SAWED BED VENEER h~ F N N CAST STONE COPING: EDWARDS CAST STONE ' 3 38-025 0 LAP SIDING: SW 7044 AMAZING GRAY 3^' S` TRIM BOARDS: SW 7045 INTELLECTUAL GRAY =4J I z j R I SOFFIT, FASCIA AND FASCIA TRIM: SW 7008 •-r, - URBANE BRONZE VE (t KIMBALL PARK RD I S RO 5T ON ST UR I ST F F IRC S N o W MAF ED z E 1i3 DA POPKx� m STzzo v i m z z 2 x G>> E o BL00 INGTO ST Q' r V1 F - JOHNSON COUNT) UTILITY CONTACTS CITY CONTACTS PROJECT NARRATIVE THE FOLLOWNG UTIUTY COIAPANIES MAY HAVE FACILITIES IN PROXJMTTY TO THE PROJECT: CITY WATER DEPT. GAS 6 ELECTRIC MIDAMERICANENERGYCO. w 1530 LOWER MUSCATINE RD. DEMOLITION PLAN AND SITE UTILITY PLAN IOWA CITY, IA 62240 WHITING AVE JASON WARREN (ELECTRIC) AROUNE, PHONE: 3193414425 RESTROOM PLANS B ELEVATIONS DON MASTON (GAS) SANITARY PHONE: 3193254352 TELEPHONE ATTN: KEVIN HEEREN RESTROOM PLUMBING PLAN CENTURYUNK COMMUNICATION RESTROOM HVAC PLAN FERRY RD, NE RESTROOM ELECTRICAL PLAN {{1Q5§WD�B�IAIRS RAV`.(AQtT§}(D(,L�+�K'� DS. LA 5124402�T YPMIED�CON CABLETELEVISION ENGINEERING DEPT. � M� 'Y'l•A/O' y 1 40 ODGE ST CT ATTN: DAVE PANGS KIMBALL F� 31W51 -Mt FIBER OPTICS A.T.B LJIM GOEKE �i2�1 R]W� 598%M571 AVE � 1 GFIT��,RNL��jlp 1 UTILITY LOCATING CREW -ONE CALL' PHONE: 1-0OD2828989 CITY OF IOWA CITY WATER CITY WATER DEPT. �6 m 80 STEPHEN ATKINS DR. w IOWA CITY, W SINS DEMOLITION PLAN AND SITE UTILITY PLAN ATTN: KEVIN SLUTTS WHITING AVE PHONE: 3193565152 AROUNE, ATTN: CHRIS PARIZEI( RESTROOM PLANS B ELEVATIONS PHONE 3193565058 SANITARY WASTEWATER DIVISION RESTROOM DETAILS 4356 NAPOLEON ST. SE RESTROOM PLUMBING PLAN IOWA CITY, A 52240 RESTROOM HVAC PLAN ATTN: TIM WILI(EY RESTROOM ELECTRICAL PLAN PHONE. 3193565105 ENGINEERING ENGINEERING DEPT. � 410 E. WASHINGTON ST. y IOWA CRY, M 5240 ODGE ST CT ATTN: DAVE PANGS KIMBALL PHONE:318I3565145 BUILDING BUILDING DIVISION NEIGHBORHOODAND AVE DEVELOPMENT SERVICES a 41D E. WASHINGTON ST. IOWA CT'. W 52240 ATTN: TIM HENNES Y PHONE: 3199565122 Dee 04, 2017 - 10:03am C:\Users\BpNslo\appdata\local\lemp\AcPEblish_12300\161234 - Cow SheeLdwq PROJECT LOCATION D _ AR LINFAVE AROIJNE CID �6 m i F w CT DEMOLITION PLAN AND SITE UTILITY PLAN 3� 2 SS WHITING AVE < AROUNE, A3.0 RESTROOM PLANS B ELEVATIONS A4.0 zw DR RESTROOM DETAILS P1.0 RESTROOM PLUMBING PLAN MID RESTROOM HVAC PLAN E1.0 RESTROOM ELECTRICAL PLAN .( 'Ia �Oe••Q••� .ON 9P.k Ools � r y ?w BOELK _? ODGE ST CT t. 16503 :.'�,� r KIMBALL ' ' � •*•P� AVE a 3 A � Y a F N h~ N THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL ENTAIL DEMOLTNON OF THE EXISTING RESTROOM AND SHELTER FACILITY AND CONSTRUCTION OF NEW FACILITIES AT HAPPY HOLLOW PARK, LOCATED AT 800 BROWN ST. THE NEW RESTROOM FACILITY WILL BE A SINGLE -STALL WITH REMOTE LOCKING MECHANISMS INSTALLED IN THE ENTRANCE DOOR. A DRINKING FOUNTAIWBOTTLE FILLER STATION WILL BE INSTALLED ON A SEPARATE CONCRETE PAD DIRECTLY SOUTH OF THE RESTROOM FACILITY, AND ALL NEW FACILITIES WILL BE CONNECTED BY A SIDEWALK THAT BEGINS IN THE PARKING LOT AREA AND ENDS AT THE EXISTING PLAYGROUND. THE NEW SHELTER FACILITY WILL BE LOCATED NORTHEAST OF THE RESTROOM FACILITY. ALL NEW FACILITIES ARE ADA ACCESSIBLE. MAW ONE CM 1-800.292-89891 www.lowoOnetall.eom Q� � PAGES DESIGNED FOR 22x34 PRINTING SIZE, SCALE TO 5D% FOR 11x17 PRINTING. NI m z rc CEDAR ST INDEX OF SHEETS SHEET TITLE CID COVER SHEET C2.0 GENERAL NOTES 8 LEGEND C3.0 DEMOLITION PLAN AND SITE UTILITY PLAN A1.0 ARCHITECTURAL NOTES A2.0 SHELTER PLAN, ELEVATIONS, AND SECTIONS A3.0 RESTROOM PLANS B ELEVATIONS A4.0 RESTROOM SECTIONS A5.0 RESTROOM DETAILS P1.0 RESTROOM PLUMBING PLAN MID RESTROOM HVAC PLAN E1.0 RESTROOM ELECTRICAL PLAN OWNERAAPPLICANT CITY OF IOWA CITY N W�T 5 �16-1234 'NAPPY HOLLOW PARI( REPLACEMENT PROJECT ]AIB COVER SHEET hbk ENGINSSRlNG HBK ENGINEERING LLC NDB.GILBERTST. IOWA CRY. M sI}AO PHONE: (31.) TEED FAR(11E) EEB29T NM'A DEPANTMEHT OF IABOR REGMTRA10. HO. NR>I]d owNv: \1 CITY OF IOWA CITY II CITY OF IOWA CITY NOT APPLJCABLE TBD �' I612N 0Y2V30t] DRAWN'G LOG DATE 661T9Po! OR 1. RB LLn MOODY M RAD RE6 .um rt FA:�R rm C1.0 I HEREBY Cf RTIR TIMTTHISMGINEERING ODOPMEM WAS PREPARED BY ME DR UNDFR MY gRFCTFEI6RlA.ffTENLONANOtH.OAWLY 1E OFA PROFLSLGIM VMRMFAROImCl UNOFRMfIAWSKTIESTAIFCF IGWA OF1O +S-•••.•••'�' 5P•EPoC M.�11 .�S( 1252017 SWAFO'. WIE: t: BHEMEY .� 1 I.x iAC ENCM.SNEREY.P{ TIE LICENSENUMURSM. MY LICENSED RENEWµ OATE ISIUNE 30. W17. Pt ORSFEET5WYRREDBYTh55F/l: ll cetlly IM1ot tNla n.o- 9i^niePemMIRq b1y rarxr M1sunINY m,e sN�.l .0eI .ltaha. pSnSlat.w I. (SSI aaua ur oaly Fmr«Mwm=gn. �F � -der . .N .( 'Ia �Oe••Q••� .ON 9P.k Ools �y ( BRIAN A. ?w BOELK _? fes- i' 12_5_2017 t. 16503 :.'�,� r eEm r. Lwr+. P.t ' ' H[K Fn9hM,0. lIL w.a RwRa.aum xe tawa •*•P� MY IIa,. m..d Evb R. M. 2018 Fa9a or sh..tR ceM..E by W. ud: ALL N W�T 5 �16-1234 'NAPPY HOLLOW PARI( REPLACEMENT PROJECT ]AIB COVER SHEET hbk ENGINSSRlNG HBK ENGINEERING LLC NDB.GILBERTST. IOWA CRY. M sI}AO PHONE: (31.) TEED FAR(11E) EEB29T NM'A DEPANTMEHT OF IABOR REGMTRA10. HO. NR>I]d owNv: \1 CITY OF IOWA CITY II CITY OF IOWA CITY NOT APPLJCABLE TBD �' I612N 0Y2V30t] DRAWN'G LOG DATE 661T9Po! OR 1. RB LLn MOODY M RAD RE6 .um rt FA:�R rm C1.0 GENERAL NOTES 1) THE LOCATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UNDERGROUND UTI TTIES ARE SHOWN IN AN APPROXIMATE WAY ONLY AND HAVE NOT BEEN INDEPENDENTLY VERIFIED BY THE OWNER OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION AND DEPTH OF ALL STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES PRIOR TO BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION IN ORDER TO PROVIDE FOR NONHNTERRUPTION OF SERVICES AND TO ENSURE PROPER CLEARANCES. 2) WHERE THE NEW IMPROVEMENTS ABUT EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MATCHING THE EXISTING ELEVATIONS AND SURFACES OF THE EXISTING IMPROVEMENTS. 3) ALL CONSTRUCTION PREFORMED ON THIS PROJECT SHALL CONFORM TO THE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS OF SODAS, AND CITY OF IOWA CITY, IA. WHERE DISCREPANCIES EXIST BET WEEN THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS AND THE CRY STANDARDS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ABIDE BY THE GREATER OR MORE RESTRICTIVE REQUIREMENTS. 4) PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE AND REINFORCEMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF AD W1. DETAILING AND FABRICATION OR REINFORCEMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CRSI MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE, LATEST EDITION. 5) THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BY HI&MER OWN INVESTIGATION AND PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK SATISFY HIWHERSELF AS TO THE SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS TO BE ENCOUNTERED. 6) ALL AREAS OF THE PROJECT SHALL BE RETURNED TO THEIR ORIGINAL OR PRECONSTRUCTON CONDITION. THIS INCLUDES SIDEWALKS, RAILING, CONCRETE, UTILITIES, ETC. T) LOCAL ACCESSES SHALL REMAIN OPEN TO TRAFFIC WRING CONSTRUCTION. A PLAN FOR STAGED ACCESS SHALL BE SUBMITTED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER. POLLUTION PREVEN HDN PIAN 1) ALLCONTRACTORSI SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL CONDUCT THEIR OPERATIONS INA MANNER THAT MINIMIZES EROSION AND PREVENTS SEDIMENTS FROM LEAVING THE PROJECT LIMITS FOR HAPPY HOLLOW PARK THE PRIME CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (PPP) FOR THEIR ENTIRE CONTRACT. THIS RESPONSIBILITY SHALL BE FURTHER SHARED WITH SUBCONTRACTORS WHOSE WORK IS A SOURCE OF POTENTIAL POLLUTION AS DEFINED IN THIS PPP. 2) SITE DESCRIPTION A) THIS POLLUTION PREVENTION PUN (PPP) IS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF HAPPY HOLLOW PARK IN IOWA CITY, K. THIS PROJECT INCLUDES CLEARING AND GRUBBING, GRADING, REMOVAL. RESTORATION AND INSTALLATION OF PAVEMENT AND PARK FACILITY STRUCTURES. B) THE PORTION OF THE PPP COVERED BY THIS CONTRACT HAS MORE THAN ONE ACRE DISTURBED: THUS, AN IDNR GENERAL PERMIT NO. 2 HAS BEEN OBTAINED AND SHALL BE FOLLOWED. C) REFER TO THE PROJECT PLANS FOR LOCATIONS OF TYPICAL SLOPES, DITCH GRADES. AND MAJOR STRUCTURALAND NON-STRUCTURAL CONTROLS. A COPY OF THESE PUNS WILL BE ON FILE AT THE CLERKS OFFICE OF CITY OF IOWA CITY. RUNOFF FROM THIS PROJECT WILL FLOW INTO AN EXISTING DETENTION POND WHICH THEN LEADS TO THE STORM SEWER SYSTEM AND EVENTUALLY INFO IOWA RIVER. 3) POTENTIAL SOURCES OF POLLUTION: SITE SOURCES OF POLLUTION GENERATED ASA RESULT OF THIS WORK RELATE TO SILTS AND SEDIMENT THAT MAY SE TRAM IPDRTED ASA RESULT OFA STORM EVENT. HOWEVER, THIS PPP PROVIDES CONVEYANCE FOR OTHER(NON OJECT RELATED) OPERATIONS. THESE OTHER OPERATIONS HAVE STORM WATER RUNOFF, THE REGULATION OF WHICH IS BEYOND THE CONTROL OF THIS PPP. POTENTIALLY THIS RUNOFF CAN CONTAIN VARIOUS POLLUTANTS RELATED TO SIM -SPECIFIC LAND USES. EXAMPLES ARE: 8) ANY WORK OBVIOUSLY NECESSARY FOR COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT AS DESCRIBED IN 4) COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES: THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS BUT NOT SPECIFICALLY LISTED SHALL BE CONSIDERED RUNOFF FROM COMMERCIAL, INDUSTRAL AND COMMERCE LAND USE MAY CONTAIN INCIDENTAL TO THE PROJECT, CONSTITUENTS ASSOCIATED WITH THE SPECIFIC OPERATION. SUCH OPERATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO POTENTIAL LEAKS AND SPILLS THAT COULD BE COMMINGLED WITH RUNOFF GRADING NOTES 1) MAXIMUM SLOPE ON CUTS AND FILLS SHALL BE 4% HORIZONTAL TO 1% VERTICAL 2) NO EXCAVATION SHALL BE ALLOWED WITHIN 2 FEET OF PROPERTY ONES. 3) WHERE HEIGHT OF FILL IS GREATER THAN W FEET, AN INTERMEDIATE TERRACE OF AT LEAST S FEET WADE SHALL BE ESTABLISHED AT MID HEIGHT. SEE TYPICAL FILL SECTION. 4) COMPACTION TO BE 95% STANDARD PROCTOR WHERE -6:1 SLOPE 5) PRIOR TO ANY GRADING A CONSTRUCTION SAFETY FENCE SHALL BE INSTALLED W FEET FROM TRUNKS OF TREES TO BE PROTECTED AT DRIPLINE EDGE. 6) SILT FENCE LOCATIONS AND LENGTHS, AS INDICATED, ARE APPROXIMATE ONLY. FINAL LOCATIONS AND LENGTHS WILL BE DETERMINED, AS NEEDED. UPON COMPLETION OF T) ALL STREET SUBGRADES SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AND COMPACTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CITY OF IOWA CITY DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES. 8) STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE COMPLETEDAS SOON AS POSSIBLE, BUT NOT MORE THAN 14 DAYS, UPON COMPLETION OF GRADING IN ANY AREA OF GRADING OPERATIONS. DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE KEPT AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE TO PREVENT LARGE SCALE EROSION PROBLEMS. IF THE GRADING CONTRACTOR STOPS GRADING OPERATIONS FOR MORE THAN 14 DAYS, THEN STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE DONE ON ALL DISTURBED AREAS. STABILIZATION SEEDING 1) STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH I.D.O.T. STANDARD SPECIFICATION SECTION 2801.5 STABIUDNG CROP SEEDING AND FERTILIZING. 2) SEED MIXTURES SHALL BE ON OF THE FOLLOWING: SPRING- MARCH 1 TO MAY 20 WINTER RYE OR CATS 1BUSHEL PER ACRE SMANGRAW(PIPER) 25 USS. PER ACRE FESCUE, KENTIJCKY 31 OR FAWN 15 LBS PER ACRE ALFALFA (RANGER OR VERNAL) 5 USS PER ACRE FROMTHEFACILITY. POLLUTANTSAS KMDW/THCOMMERCMLANDINWSTRIAL ACTIVITIES ARE NOT READILY AVAILABLE SINCE THEY ARE TYPICALLY PROPRIETARY. 5) CONTROLS: A) AT LOCATIONS MERE RUNOFF CAN MOVE OFFSITE, SILT FENCE SHALL BE PLACED ALONG THE PERIMETER OF THE AREAS TO BE DISTURBED PRIOR TO BEGINNING GRADING, EXCAVATION OR CLEARING AND GRUBBING OPERATIONS, VEGETATION IN AREAS NOT NEEDED FOR CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PRESERVED. USE SILT FENCE AS DITCH CHECKS AND TO PROTECT INTAKES. TEMPORARY STABILIZING SEEDING SHALL BE COMPLETED AS THE DISTURBED AREAS ARE CONSTRUCTED. IF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY IS NOT PLANNED TO OCCUR IN A DISTURBED AREA FOR AT LEAST 21 DAYS, THE AREA SHALL BE STABILIZED BY TEMPORARY SEEDING OR MULCHING WITHIN 14 DAYS. OTHER STABILIZING METHODS SHALL BE USED OUTSIDE THE SEEDING PERIOD. B) THIS WORK SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 2 OF THE STANDARD SPECIFICATION, IF THE WORK INVOLVED IS NOT APPUCABLE TO ANY CONTRACT ITEMS. THE WORK SHALL BE PAID FOR ACCORDING TO ARTICLE 1109.03 PARAGRAPH B. C) AS THE WORK PROGRESSES, ADDITIONAL EROSION CONTROL ITEMS MAY BE REQUIREDAS DETERMINED BY THE ENGINEER AFTER FIELD INVESTGATKNK THESE MAY BE ITEMS SUCH AS SILT FENCE DITCH CHECKS, MULCH AND OTHER APPROPRIATE MEASURES, WHICH SHALL BE INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. THE CONTRACTOR WILL COMPLETE THE CONSTRUCTION WITH THE ESTABLISHMENT OF PERMANENT PERENNIAL VEGETATION ON ALL DISTURBED AREAS. 6) OTHER CONTROLS: CONTRACTOR DISPOSAL OF UNUSED CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL WASTES STALL COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL WASTE DISPOSAL SANITARY SEWER, OR SEPRC SYSTEM REGULATIONS. IN THE EVENT OF A CONFLICT WITH OTHER GOVERNMENTAL LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS, THE MORE RESTRICTIVE LAWS, RULES OR REGULATIONS SHALL APPLY. T) APPROVED STATE OR LOCAL PLANS: DURING THE COURSE OF THIS CONSTRUCTION, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT SITUATIONS WILL ARISE WHERE UNKNDWN MATERIALS WILL BE ENCOUNTERED. WHEN SUCH SITUATIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED, THEY WILL BE HANDLED ACCORDING TO ALL FEDERAL STATE, AND LOCAL REGULATIONS IN EFFECT AT THE TIME. 8) MMNTENANCE SUMMER - MAY 21 TO JULY 20 A) THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN ALL TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL OATS 1BUSHEL PER ACRE MEASURES IN PROPER WORKING ORDER, INCLUDING CLEANING, REPAIRING OR SUDMV3MSS(PIPER) 35 LBS. PER ACRE REPLACING THEM THROUGHOUT THE CONTRACT PERIM. CLEANINGOFSILTCONTROL FESCUE, KENTUCKY 31 OR FAWN 15 LBS PER ACRE DEVICES SHALL BEGIN WHEN THE FEATURES HAVE LOST 50% OF THEIR CAPACITY. ALFALFA (RANGER OR VERNAL) 5 LBS PER ACRE FALL- JULY 21 TO SEPTEMBER 30 WINTER RYE 2BUSHEL PER ACRE FESCUE. KENTUCKY 31 OR FAWN 15 LBS PER ACRE ALFALFA (RANGER OR VERNAL) 5 LBS PER ACRE 'AFTER AUGUST 31, HAIRY VETCH SHALL BE SUBSTITUTED FOR ALFALFA AT THE RATE OF IO USE PER ACRE 3) FERTILIRSRAUBEAPUEDATARAEOFV"RF;IIHQ�4L Y COMBINED COMMERCIAL 131113 FERTILIZER. M310 u 310 1 1 I O &E :I Nd S- 330 LIOZ' (1311=1 B) THE CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO CLEAN ADJACENT PARKING LOTS ANOM STREETS OF SOIL DEPOSITED BY CONSTRUCTION TRAFFIC AS REWIRED TO PREVENT SOIL RUNOFF AND FUGITIVE MST. 9) INSPECTIONS SHALL BE MADE JOINTLY BY THE CONTRACTOR AND THE CONTRACTING AUTHORITY EVERY SEVEN CALENDAR DAYS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY BEGIN CORRECTIVE ACTION ON ALL DEFICIENCIES FOUND. THE FINDINGS OF THIS INSPECTION SHALL BE RECORDED IN THE PROJECT DIARY. THIS PPP MAY BE REVISED BASED ON THE FINDINGS OF THE INSPECTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMPLEMENT ALL REVISIONS. ALL CORRECTIVE ACTIONS SHALL BE COMPLETED WITHIN 3 CALENDAR DAYS OFTHEINSPECTION. 10) NON -STORM DISCHARGES INCLUDE SUBSURFACE DRAINS (LE LONGITUDINAL AND STANDARD SUB -DRAINS), SLOPE DRAINS AND BRIDGE END GRAINS. THE VELOCITY OF THE DISCHARGE FROM THESE FEATURES MAY BE CONTROLLED BY THE USE OF PATIO BLOCKS. CLASS A STONE OR EROSION STONE. No, 29. 2017 — z12Pm C:\UBBTB\ap4l4WO\GppdotoNjOGol\tmp\AcPublish-13236\161234 - Cow ShooLEwq PAVEMENT GENERAL NOTES 1) ALL SLOPES IN PAVEMENTSHALL BE UNIFORM TO AVOID PONDING. 2) ALL DIMENSIONS TO BACKAFCURS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 3) REMOVE AND REPLACE OR RESTORE ALL STREET SIGNS, PAVEMENT MARKINGS, SIDEWALK LAMPS, SIDEWALKS, STEPS, LANDSCAPE STRUCTURES. CURB AND GUTTER, STREETS, DRIVES AND ALL OTHER SURFACE STRUCTURES REMOVED OR OTHERWISE DAMAGED WRING THE COURSE OF THE WORK SIDEWALKS SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED TO NEAREST JOINT BEYOND CONSTRUCTION AREA 4) COMPACT SUBGRADE BENEATH PAVEMENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH GRADING NOTES 5) GRANULAR SUBBASE FOR PAVEMENTS SHALL MEET THE LIMITS OF GRADUATION NO. 11 WHERE NO SUBDRAIN IS TO BE PLACED AND GRADATION NO. 12 FOR WHERE SUBDRAIN IS TO BE INSTALLED PER IOWA MY STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 4120.04. 6) PROOF -ROLL SUBGRADE WITH A MINIMUM 25 TON G.V.W. TRUCK TO IDENTIFY AREAS OF SOFT OR UNSTABLE SUBGRADE REMOVE AND REPLACE UNSTABLE AREAS WITH SUITABLE COMPACTED MATERIAL T) PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE AND REINFORCEMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ACI 301 AND ASTM 639. DETAILING AND FABRICATION OR REINFORCEMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CRSI MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE LATEST EDITION. 8) ALL CAST -IN-PLACE AND PRECAST CONCRETE SHALL BE A MINIMUM 4,009 PSI COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH IN 28 DAYS PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE (PCC), SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILS. 9) CURB AND GUTTER SHALL BE MINIMUM 24 -INCHES NNE WITH STANDARD SW (6) INCH HIGH CURB, THREE (3) INCH RADII. THICKNESS OF THE GUTTER PAN SHALL BE AT LEAST SEVEN (7) INCH WHEN USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH ASPHALT PAVING. SLOPED CURB IS NOT PERMITTED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL FROM OWNER. 10) PCC MULES INCLUDING FLY ASH ARE ENCOURAGED IF COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH IS MAINTAINED. CONSTRUCTION NOTES 1) IG O T CUSS C3 CONCRETE SHALL BE USED, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 2) CITY OF IOWA CIN MUNICIPAL DESIGN STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES SHALL PREVAIL. 3) PAVEMENT JOINTS SHALL CONFORM TO I.D.O.T. STANDARD ROAD PLANS RHSB R"1, AND RH52. CURRENT REVISION. 4) THE CONCRETE AGGREGATE SHALL BE CLASS 31DMAMI-TY AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 4115.N.B.3 Of THE IDOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS. 5) ALL ELEVATIONS ARE TOP OF SLAB UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE NPDES STORM WATER CONSTRUCTION PERMIT 1) THIS SUBDIVISION FALLS UNDER THE NPDES STORM WATER PERMIT REQUIREMENT. 2) THE POLLUTION PREVENTION PLAN (PPP) OR EROSION CONTROL PLAN SHEET MOST BE KEPTBOMEWHEREONS ATALLTIMEORAVAIIABLEWITHIN24 HOURS. 3) THE DEVELOPER (OR CONSULTANT) SHALL SUBMITAPPUCATION TO THE IDNR AND THE IDNR SHALL RECEIVE THIS APPLICATION AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO THE START OF WORK THIS PERMIT APPLICATION SHALL INCLUDE PROOF OF PUBLIC NOTIFICATION AS WELL AS THE PERMIT FEE A COPY OF THE PERMIT FROM IDNR SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE CITY OF IOWA CITY ENGINEERING DIVISION. 4) ONCE WORK IS COMPLETED, A NOTICE OF DISCONTINUATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE IDNR AND A COPY GIVEN TO THE CRY OF IOWA CITY ENGINEERING WEIGH WITHIN 30 MYS AFTER FINAL STABIUZATON. 5) THE PPP SHOULD BE CONSIDERED AN ACTIVE DOCUMENTAND BE REVISED ACCORDING TO REPRESENTATION IN THE FIELD, PCC PAVEMENT NOTES 1) PCC PAVING THICKNESS SHALL SEAS NOTED ON THE PIANS. 2) MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION FOR PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENTS SHALL MEET THE REQUIREMENT OF IOWA GOT STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION, LATEST REVISION, SECTION Ml. THE PARAGRAPHS FOR MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT SHALL NOT APPLY. 3) MINIMUM 28 -DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH FOR CONCRETE USED FOR PAVEMENTS SHALL BE 4000 PSI. CONCRETE SHALL BE G3 OR" WITH TYPE 1 CEMENT. AIR CONTENT SHALL BE 6-1I S1.5% COARSE AGGREGATE. AIR ENTRAINMENT ADMIXTURES AND WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURES SHALL CONFORM TO IOWA OOT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 4103. DURABILITY FOR PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS 2. JOINT SEALER SHALL CONFORM TO IOWA DOT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 4136 FOR HOT POURED JOINT SEALER 4) JOINT SEALER SIDULL CONFORM TO IOWA WT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 4138 FOR HOT POURED JOINT SEALER. 5) CURING COMPOUND (WHITE DARKOR CLEAR) SHALL CONFORM TO IOWA GOT SPECIFICATIONS FOR SECTION 4105, APPUCATION METHOD AND CURING SHALL CONFORM TO IOWA COT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTON SECTION 2301.19. 6) FLYASH PER IOWA COT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 4108 MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR CEMENT AT THE RATES SPECIFIED IN SECTION 2301.01E AFTER NOTIFICATION AND AUTHORIZATION BY THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE. T) PAVEMENT TIE BARS AND DOWEL MRS SHALL CONFORM TO IOWA GOT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 4151. EPDXY COATING. WHEN SPECIFIED, SHALL CONFORM TO IOWA DOT SPECIFICATIONS FOR HIGHWAY AND BRIDGE CONSTRUCTION SECTION 4151.038, 8) CURBS SHALL BE CAST INTEGRAL WITH CONCRETE PAVEMENT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. EDGES SHALL BE ROUNDED BUT HOT ROLLED. 9) PCC SIDEWALKS SHAD- BE4 INCHES THICK EtCEPTATMIVEWAYS, THK:KNESSOF PCC WALKS AT DRIVEWAYS SHALL MATCH THAT OF THE ADJACENT DRIVEWAY. TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SPACING SHALL BE AT 3 FEET MAXIMUM CENTERS FOR 3 FEET MADE WALKS, 4 FEET MAXIMUM CENTERS FOR 4 FEET NOE WALKS, AND 5 FEET MAXIMUM CENTERS FOR 5 FEET WIDE WALKS, 6 FEET MAXIMUM CENTERS FOR WALKS GREATER THAN 5 FEET IN WIDTH, LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED IN SLABS GREATER THAN B FEET IN WIDTH. PLACE EXPANSION JOINTS WHERE WALK MEETS OTHER WALKS, BACK OF CURBS. FIXTURES. OR OTHER STRUCTURES, AND AT INTERVALS NOT EXCEEDING W FEET. SIDEWALKS SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM CROSS SLOPE OF 2%DRAINING TOWARDS BACK OF CURB, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 10) ONE INCH PREFORMED FOAM EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL SONCFUEX F BY SONOBORN OR APPROVED EQUAL SHALL BE PLACED BETWEEN NEW PAVEMENT CONSTRUCTION AND THE FACES OF BUILDINGS, STOOPS, EXISTING SUBS, AND OTHER FDITURES, UNLESS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. JOINTS AT THESE LOCATIONS SHALL BE SEALED WITH A SELF-LEVEUNG POLYURETHANE SUCH AS SONOLASTIC SL -1 OR APPROVED EQUAL. 11) CONSTRUCT V EXPANSION JOLMB ON PCC CURB AT ALL ENDS OF RETURN RADII. 1) IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESMNSIBILTTY TO CONTROL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION ON THE PROJECT SITE AT ALL TIMES, EROSION CONTROL MEASURES ARE REQUIRED REGARDLESS OF THE TIME OF YEAR OR SEASON. THIS PUN MUST BE IMPLEMENTED WRING THE WINTER MONTHS. 2) SILT FENCE AND FIBER ROLLS SHALL SE CLEANED AND REPAIRED WHEN SILT BDILDLP REACHES 1R DEVICE HEGH`D 3) NO VEGETATION OR CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS SHALL BE BURIED ON SITE AND NO BURN PITS SHALL BE PLACED ON SITE. 4) THE CONTROL MEASURES IDENTIFIED ON THIS PLAN ARE MINIMUM. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADDITIONAL EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL MEASURES AS NECESSARY TO FULFILL THIS REQUIREMENT. 5) ALL EXISTING STORM INTAKES WITHIN THE PROJECT AREA MUST BE PROTECTED THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT. AREA INTAKES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY INTAKE PROTECTION BIOS OR FILTER SOCKS. THESE PROTECTION MEASURES ARE TO REMAIN IN PUCE UNTIL THE SITE WAS BEEN STABILIZED AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. 6) CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ONE CONTINUOUS BOUNDARY AROUND PROJECT SITE. T) THE SITE WILL BE A EXCAVATED HOLE, CONTRACTOR MAY REQUEST CRY APPROVAL FOR OTIiER MEANS FOR EROSION CONTROL 8) STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE COMPLETED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE, BUT NOT MORE THAN 14 DAYS, UPON COMPLETION OF GRADING IN ANY AREA OF GRADING OPERATION: DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE KEPT AS SMALL AS POSSIBLE M PREVENT LARGE SCALE EROSION PROBLEMS. IF THE GRADING CONTRACTOR STOPS GRADING OPERATIONS FOR MORE THAN 14 DAYS, THEN STABILIZATION SEEDING SHALL BE DONE ON ALL DISTURBEDAREAS. II 16-1234 II HAPPY HOLLOW PARK GENERAL NOTES hbk ENGINEERING HBN ENGINEERING LLC M S. GILBERT ST. IOWA QTY, M 51310 PHONE: (3IP) 5]&TSSl FAC LAIN 3m.m3T IOWA OEPARTNEAT OF LABOR HEGISTHAMN NG. Dann. ITY OF IOWA CITY ITY OF IOWA CITY NOT APPWCABLE TBD .i M .fit lY Y l ze PIN lot a • tiY 1.Y � fr � -i X 1 ' � r_ �- .. i .. yy f V ♦rye x At e:, ,. l Yid• Nov 29, 2017 - 2113pm I1\Project\161234\deR (ILII draelrp FlleBACA➢\161234 - PR13POSED SITE PLAN REV.deD STOCKPILE / tee. �.,. •, .�..3�A AREA / L / 16-1234 ' nm /('�� / -'- _ �� ."�,::. \ n"m*•' I I I HAPPY HOLLOW PARK I__f // LI L/ 1 Lp-Y r p / f .C, 1- _ 3 {AIA. REFWCEMW PROJELT 2018 \ \\ � \\\ if ,�// . IF �' SITE PLAN \- f MUSE hbk 3 �P _-- 1 iI U \: AS gI _--________/y \ I \l BE \ \ ED rO• I I um \ ( �R4V \\ / \ HBE ENGINEERING LLC EDPACALBERT ST. I DRILL I • \ nu .an-. O n"�" I O \ V /( t /O I I y in •:• rNr. rt • : / (' A/ I / •'.. PHONEmom: 1�15T FU: IS") S.. I /p/° / I I I I / I I I S I O i� IOWROEPARIMEM OFREGISTRATION / ` / 1ARM / .0. GRESESSE Mr. u 1 \max' \URNA\2 `q meq : ; /meq \ AiAk) VF- +moA.i' : , It ,°/ ,3• \\ L� i o CITY OF IOWA CITY I � 8 \ TEERN1W vg LVE RFgpVE NETERA45Fl.®LY M10 I `/ I � Ip/ II _ p�° �/ �w'PSPlc sERrcEz iAP I v II _ // I I WITER VY&T.eOVM1BMGIIIOAN S1RHf 1 V '�+1i \ .�. ^ \ �oN R I J ` ro irlE ExlsilXGz O�� \ I ASPHALT O ({.PARKINGING 4 /O I ` CITY INor A19T.2cABLe / \�\ 0 �j1\ \1 BVBMBE XNDREUMEETESPA EPCEHH&REPLACLE YTxBMMSf GP NU R P W PABEER M.BEEMEP I uI,EwRGw.a.EMBEOXcO T O REMR I / 21 N\ / QREAR..CRAND.WO-c MK... \� ° RE BENCH 1 tI 0 CpESTRUG ABEEPLCW aR 1 (]3REMOVEBOFWVEHPIgYGROUMOVHMRYIRLRWD `/ RESTORE-.A....1. TIEIE.x TFxFT w E RVNRNEDNORgIGE PUY9VRFADE FLUSH MITH PROPOSED PCC CGXCRETE I \\• 1 •III II ( I1I PROMSFCBUCOWMXS EFTA). SEE SHELTER PLANS. TBD CWR...GTNCA.N. .ANTHORTEB I N..1UNSaL7ro1 N 1 yl xF. wIwmmEa. roIXrnSTALLF Q�OS8 PPoBEURESRM-SEREHMPgA.FPE.16TIV 'r/`J� I MARMUCATRENOONTEAT1110NNY ECReBRC 'MIIIKMP CITY NMTEP CMBpx, REWVE ELSTX4LURB SICP, I ` v Q RQpVEBCFY�WRN PU GROUNOBWI6ARYRETENEWECOESWBCONGWY I N0.' VTOOPILEGRMEPIAYSURFACEFLV8x N,1NPROPOSEOMCOXLRETE y IVALVE SOF. AND BERWE FEED TO BUILDING COMPAtTDEM VERIFY If LFAp. N I 1 I ® VTET' COGi1pl VMARNAR, VERIFY IN FIELD. g'u'•I^ 1b1}31 nX 0.V2Vm1T © COOPUNASIODVALCFEASTRNGSWITAMSERVICEVPTO i I I LOGT.nONVORMANMRIHCT•. I I % I 0 CONARBI SEND TO DUSTING ET WATER ONE AT LOGTO. ILOGIpH I APPRM,ICOHTMCRM}D VERIR IX fEIO.IXSTPILNEW SLV FROM 4'BFNp. ( v 11 f` VulE,kilo _ TERES,axpro II QB COXSTRUTONOFORE v \ I II 1\ __ I PDu7Pu uxEmwn BunwgTEnou FrvTglx. -- 0 INSTALL BIT FENCE DRAWING LOG EDOt DB ER Y ,t +T, R I I I DIWN4GE &CLNAROLND&1CNq MAR I 0.-1 REETEN PRE V i J��/ .� OFMO .F 0 EIgVEDM..NUNMOTIMRY HETED. I 9UBCNGMDE. BURpHORECOCTIRERESTRDCMFAC.. SICEYpLIL V I i 0 CMNECTCPYCGpiARYLNETOEMBPHGCUYBAMAR UMNRI1FERNLD I LdMECTW.RFAHLTINSIDE BLtCN('7 aRr HURSUP APS .'Nd /S_ N S �'d!3 i I 1 0 CONS IRURSIDEWRLMEMENWC YARVTNGPPllR EMYWA D 1 V I 1 I I I 0 p StRUC gX FE CE i ALLNMTINEANiMMWTAa1E1ETOTIERHM i CT NMR. p.WN PORGIES AMC PROCEWRE3. O INSTALL NEW ENMTEN VALVE AFTERW-11E BEND IN r LU. CONNECT t' PFA NATER LINE TO BUILDING. D s 1. m CnRP E3..PAEA IO s mm caAPnc srRgLE uac�R / ,,, ,EXISTING SITE CONDITION M PHCEON DrFCL %,PROPOSED SOLUTION p PROPOSEDCHw C3.0 Q GRACBMANDBODAREA Nov 29, 2017 - 2113pm I1\Project\161234\deR (ILII draelrp FlleBACA➢\161234 - PR13POSED SITE PLAN REV.deD Nov 29, 2017 - 2113pn I1\Project\161234\dep COII droelrp fIIBB)\CAD\j61234 - PROPOSED SITE PLAN ALTERNATEAeO 17 STOCKPILE 16-1234 / ,- 3 ' [ i-✓ ` I// / \ `• I I / �- HAPPY�- HAY HOLLOW PARK c 1 I__ p/ 3 I REPLACEMENT PRO,j[Cf ]OU I .v 3 / I�:F V B h I 3 39 / Fd� SITE PWJ ST 19 ALTERN/+TIVE SOLUTION 0-\ p e I \ \ Lam/hbk --_\ -7 ' __________ a 5' \ / \ ENOIN88RING V _ f // R40 NSA ENGNEF.R33N&G], .Yon 3 / M&OLBERSTSLL. wwATw"LL _Mi Y•am,. i q' p I ]C PONE: HIS) FAx:(31913s NANO DEPARruEll] OF ILMOR 0 �. 1+\+�/ I �.\ '.. I .�2�.�/`+� R40' /�/ •'I\+tel 9IPEET / I ° I \\ ��\ / I \ \ � I I i' i3• \ .Y,. s 61 I R.5 I Is o \gyp TEv�rxwA]EnolwslOx.sxuTDOAmExiSnnceE-wWWAAAER riYS I I ` q1 BRTNI BL. PEMWE F%ISTNG ME]ERPSSEMBLE Ary07�TAP. S pP REPNR SLEEVE. NPN ON VMTEP PND VERIFY 5l6EVE IM].}LlgIIfMSCNEDULE LIVE TRP OF I"=U SERVILE IMOPEPPI0.91£EVE I L TMMI BLRE 1Lv sERvlc6 MDM BROmv smEET mrxEnEsTOF TY OF IOWA CITY I V I �� /// / O .YY\ — I \' fin• \ w 1� �_ w}�i�/I /[��� MCYM S,REEiCVRB UNE. BORE 1pPR SEPNCE FPM NEIY=Wg81M "�"• L/ LOGPMNXEW RES]NWMFPGU]Y. �1� �'/ 1 y(11ER VAULT SOUiHSMOF BPNN15rREET I ! �OMRACTOR I\ v p O/ a IASPHALT 1 / `,J,I I PARKING _ I I ° \ I I I _ °—CIO v —D� ! APPLICABLE NOT APP v fL'[NpnS 10 RWOVEANOREPLAMHRUPAVEAFNT. REPIAMMHEHM&B RANULAR BUBMSEVNN1.1ROFDSEDPCCFMNMU= MTEP FMAIES n x1. ME NEP PAG. W ACYFILLMO OF ANO M MM \f 1 1 _.01010 T I 01 PEWVE fRLL )/ I ` I 0] INETAll NEW CWWCO4 MILL CCQ LINTE REM3VALNnN PAg45. 1 V ) 03 PEWIE BEVLx, IH I V Q CMTIIUCISYr1OEPCC OCEWVY. I I Q PVOOEFWVA0EYGNLAUUNOANY1LN0 I © REBTORESMASNEECEO nEL qE�60MUNME. VIAVSURFAM FLUSH V PROPOSED PCC CONCRER \ 11 I \\ `I PROPMEOIECOLUMNSIT. YP.I-BESHELTERPIANS.C I �D iI V CCORDIINTEELEC]RVWSHUTDCRNN xAU RIDFS NNJNRISGLTIOX. n' I v Q PROPoBEORESTRCGE-EEERMIPCM PIAH6. FFE �]ISffi I Q QM1FAm116TAll LEW FMNBENCN I I I Q w�TF n`B`^T2AnMAFF^OR mxn+.ACTMmvEmFr Ew 6F rELRBOBROARE STREET. COp.UNNE l I Q vmD�OmsM NMA 'ZY4Di EFu��Lve1�M o io EFcc�w RL`� v I \I vEMowA ANOSE ENUNIsPDTV. EEUSlwncwslM. I vuL�BwLAw EEmxEFFrnrowRoSxi camwcTDRro I v I 11 I ®xDTEwTDEEnxD wxlxc e1 rEgRr IF 1FM 8 COGLpINTE RERYIVALREF611HG MMTggV 6ERVICE UPm munM MowMPuxMErxcm. (\ 1'P CONNEC]FDTOBUILNN PRMKNrEN LYOSOU SIDEOFBRW ST. SEE VAULTOETAEABOVE FOR VAULTCONNECnM& OY2llmll v A \ /___ Q TREEPROTEcnONL®PuutPEx Q CONSTXULTIM FMCS I v i \ /___'n`^". uxEMM BuILwxcNvrATM EMxruN. ®INSTALL SLi FENCE S -- DHAWDVG IAG O 0�re1 LS FPDR w co ®NLLS D .GBUEN�ENFTEAmE�< UNO SlO1M MARE i ScSONwz .DNDREABEPLL BD pxDNDRMWM.INLgMB mT..ATP Eng Gn`eE. BI�EDIwsmwmRE REmxaax FACE11Rs. i Y R >Em NS LLLY NAR DE FNXG co NE<TM.cleAxprtlwroEauaw R. SlDEwaNEmE pREcnr AElmnw RuuwD nE PurMouxD .n .w Fww v SEEM I C.PFRUL]ION EENLE AAU SULFFER M LLVM NFRNMMTAp1METOn1EI W ! CT' NN1Eq pM3pN PMGE9 AXO PROLE W RES. a e m DEN, s 1. °��� -:/ YS \EXISTING �} SITE CONDITION O "LDPDSED.P== PROPOSED SOLUTION �' Dg� oPPOPOSEDFI^A C3.OA 11 o DMDINGANDSODARFA Nov 29, 2017 - 2113pn I1\Project\161234\dep COII droelrp fIIBB)\CAD\j61234 - PROPOSED SITE PLAN ALTERNATEAeO c, L_ �'^ _-�-. 1. , r ��.. C: _ ....�, 1 `� r . / � C" ... r,=.� �� . . �:. I . THE WORK INCLUDED BUT IS NOT UMITBDTO: 1.1. SASE BID: CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC RESTROOM BUILDING AND SHELTER FOR HAPPY HOLLOW PARR SEE SHEETS C1.D, C2.D. C3.0, (MA A1.O. A20, A3.0. M.O. MD. E1.0. P1.0. PROJECT NOTES 1. BULDlM CODE USED IN DESIGN: N151BC 2. EXISTINGCONDITONS 21. DURING CONSTRUCTION, THE COMPACTOR MY ENCOUNTER EXISTING CORDT10NS WHICH ARE NOT MAI KNOWN OR ARE AT VARIMICE WITH PROJECT DOCUMENTATION (DISCOVERY). SUCH CONDITIONS MAY INTERFERE WUH NEW CONSTRUCTION OR REQUIRED PROTECTIONS AND/OR SUPPORT OF EXISTING WORK DURING CONSTRUCTION. OR MAY CONSIST OF DAMAGE OF DMISOMTON TO STRUCTURAL MATERIALS OR COMPONENTS WHICH COULD JEOPAROZE THE 6THUCTIRAL INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING(S). Z2 THE COMPACTOR SIAL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER OF ALL DISCOVERIES WHICH MY INTERFERE WITH PROPER EXECUTION OF THE MRK OR JEOPARDIZE THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING(S) PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE LARK REATED M SUCH DISCOVERIES. 23. THECONLLVERIFY OM NGAND CONDITIONS IN THE FIELDPRIOR TO COMMENCING 3. CONTRACTORISRESPONSIBLEFOROSTAININGALL NECESSARY PERMITS AND CLEARANCES. 4. COWRA4TD351-0E1. COORDINATE CONSTRMTION PERIMETER AND STAMM AREA WITH THE OWNER, 5, ALL CONTACTORS SHALL COORDINATE THEIR NARK WITH THAT OF ALL OTHER TRADES TO INSURE PROPER SEQUENCING AND INSTALLATION. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL AND PROPER DISPOSAL OF ALL CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS FROIA THE PREMISES ON ONLY BASIS. REFERENCEWIFDVELOCITY ..... ........ ...........115MPH 8.5. CONCRETE SFWLL BE PLACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI OF 48'. USE W COMMON NAILS V O.C. AT ALL PANEL EDGES EXPOSURECIASSIFlOATON........._.........................0 318, CHAPTER S. (PROVIDE WOOD BLOCNNG AT ALL UNSUPPORTED PANEL 83. ROOF SNOW LOAD ................ ..................... 10PSP' TOLERANCES. EWES) B 17 O.C. AT OTHER STUDS. "SNOW LOADS WERE INCREASED AT POSSIBLE DRIFT B. MIXDESIGNNWTERULLS FLOOR SEALER FOR EXPOSED CONCRETE FLOORS SHALL BE ARFA6IN ACLORDANGEHATH 2012180. IDOTC3 MID>r ARE BOTH ACCEPTABLE 12 FRAMINGSTANDAMS'. COMPLYYNTHMIERICANFORESTAND 8.4. GRAVITY LOADS NR•B%tt% PAPER ASSSOCATIOMS TETNLS FOR CONVENTIONAL WOOD 8.4.1. WPICN.ROOF NR NOT NECESSARY ON BELOW GRACE PORTIONS FRAME CONSMUCTOM, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 8.4.1.1. LEAD LOAD_.........._._...._.....__...21 PSF 8'B.IC FOOTINGS AND WALLS BA.12. LIVE LOAD__.-............................-20PSF DONCRETE SLABS AND MISCEIlANE0U5 PREFAB METAL PLATE CONNECTED MOD MESSES GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL SLABS SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH RBxWIAxM AX WWF, 1. TRUSS TP CHORDS TO BE ZAS MIN. OR PARKED ON THE BASTING TRAILS AT THE SITE. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. BOTTOM CHORDS TO BE ZX4 MIN. 1. ELEVATONBGIVENTHUS(1BSj AR MT ETM(ONI W I. ITIS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBNTY TO INSPECTALL NOTED OTHERWISE) OF BEAMS, COLUANS, SLABS UNTELS, 2 FROMM(O 45 EACH SIDE OF OPENINGS(1T OR OVER)IN Z PROVIDE CONTINUOUS PERMANENT ZX4 LATERAL BRACING ETC. SUPPORTED SLABS, 4,(r LONGER TWIT OPENING. ATTACHED WITH LIW NAILS AT BOTTOM CHORD PMEL POINTS Zt. DO NOT STORE MATERAL6 OR PARK VEHIOES WITHIN THE OTHERS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTACTOR OF MS AM AT OTHER LOCATIONS RECOMMENCED OR REQUIRED BY STRUCTURAL TESTING AND SPECIAL INSPECTION NOTES: 3. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN SLABS ON GRADE SHALL BE KEYED TRUSS MANUFACTURER CONTRACTOR SHWA COMPLY WITH 22. DONOT EXCAVATE OR TRENCH WITHIN THE ORIPLNE OF OR THE REINFORCING EXTENDED THRU ME JOINT. RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE TRUSS PLATE INSTITUTE FOR 1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN AN INSPECTION AGENCY TO B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN A CONCRETE TESTING BRALINGOFALLTRUSSEL PROVIDE SPECIAL INSPECTIONS FOR REQUIRED 4. RIABON-GRADE SHALL BE CONSTRUCTION ANDIOR CONTROL SHALL BE MADE WITH PREFABRICATED METAL FRAMING CUPS CONSTRUCTION ITEMS AS PER THE IBC SECT, 17M AND JOINED SO THAT AN AREA BOUNDED BY JOINTS DOES NOT 3. DESIGN LOAM LOCALLY ADOPTED BUILDING CODES OR AMENDMENTS. EXCEED 000 SOURRE FEET OR EXTENDED MORE THAN V FEET 3,1. TOP CHORD WELCWp._._...._30 PSF (UNBALANCED SNOMI 2A.CLEAN CUT ANY ROOTS THAT ARE 7 DIAMETER OR IN ANY DIRECTION JOINTINGS SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON TIE 32 TOP CHORD DEAD LOAD .................... .................. _....... 10 PSF 2, PROVIDE (2) COPIES OF REDLINED DOCUMENTS TO THIS CITY, FOUNDATION POJ, CJ. INDICATED CONTROL OF 3J. BOTTOMCHORODEADLOAD........._......................... _.... 10 PSF THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE, AND THE ENGINEER. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS AS DESIRED OR REQUIRED. CONTROL 3.4. NETUPUFT..................................... 10PSF JOINTS SHALL BE TWEED OR SAW CUT TO 114 THE SHAG 3. MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL INSPECTION ITEMS ARE THICKNESS AND FILLED WITH SENAM. SAW CUT JOINTS SWAT. 4. TRUSS SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL SHOWN ALL CRITICAL AS FOLLOWS: BE CUT NOT LESS THAN 8 MR MORE THAN M HOURS AFTER DIMENSIONS FOR VERIFYING FIT TO THE BUILDING. 3.1, OBSERVATION OF THE TAKING OF THE SPECIMENS FOR SLAB REPLACEMENT. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS SHALL BE KEYED SLLBIP TESTS, COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTS FOR WRIT BEVELED 1x2 AND SHALL BE PLACED AT ENDO OF POURS. S. ALL FRAMING MEMBERS FRAMING IAO THE SIDE OF A HEADER CONCRETE, GROUT AND MORTAR EXPANSION JON MATERIAL FULL DEPTH AND FlLLEO AT TOP SHALL BE ATTACHED USING METAL"ST HANGERS. USE 32 CONCRETE INSPECTION SHALL INCIWE THE PLACEMENT WITH SEALANT. SMPSON STRONG TIES OR ENGINEER APPROVED EQUAL OF REINFORCEMENT, CONCRETE, AND EMBEDDED ITEMS. REINFORCING BAR SIZES, SPACINGS, TIES, AND COVER S. CONCRETE EXPANSION JON SEALANT SHALL BE SINGLE S. MEMBER SIZES AND VIER CONFIGURATION BY TRUSS SHALL BE INSPECTED. THE PLACEMEN. CONSOUOATION, COMPONENT, SELFIEVEUNG POLYURETHANE, ASTM MIN, MANUFACTURER. FINISHING, AND CURING OF ALL MAJOR CONCRETE POURS GRADE P. CLASS 25 BY BASF CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS. SHALL BE INSPECTED. THE INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED SWTIK. INC. OR APPROVED EQUIVALENT. STONE PATER OR ANGLES, ANCHOR BOLTS, OR REBMS SIAL BE 1.1. RAMMED, RANDOM ASNWi WITH RANDOM COURSE INSPECTED. B. CONCRETE COVER FOR SUIS OR STARREINFORCING SHAL BE HEIGHTS AND RANDOM LENGTHS ONTENUFTED COURSE. 33. I.NS WINSPECTIONSSHALLINCLUOETEPA W 1Y FOR SLABS NOT E%POSED TO EARN OR WEgTHFA, OND 12 PROODEASHIARPATTERNCOURSEHEIGHTSMD AM) GROUTING OF REINFORCEMENT. 1-12' MERE DIRECTLY EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER. PERCENTAGESASFOILOWS: 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SPOILS STORAGE U.N.O. 4. THE OWNERS'S CON MUCTGN INSPECTORS (DESIGN REQUIREMENTSILOGATION WITH THE OWNER, PROFESSIONAL AND HOUSIM B INSPECTION SERVICES)SHALL 7. CONCRETE SLABS ON GRACE SHALL MEET FF35R2O OBSERVE THE WORK FOR CONFORMANCE INTI THE TOLERANCES. APPROVED DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPEpFlCATONS. THE 8. TEMPORARY BARRICADES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN INSPECTORS ARE NOT INSPECTING FOR MHA CCMPIAME 8, FLOOR SEALER FOR EXPOSED CONCRETE FLOORS SHALL BE ANDOR TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION METHODS. SUCH AS KURE-N-ARDEN. MANUFACTURED BY BASF. 7. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SPOILS STORAGE BRACING. 2 REINFORCIN q OI,4. REQUIREMENTSILOGATION WITH THE OWNER, Zt. DEFORMED 0.EINFOF... ED F:E F� A 9, INTERIORSIABSMILVAPORBARRIER, ONEOFTHEFOLLOIMNG 22. EPDXY COATED RENFi ._ 5 5. INSPECTION IS NOT REQUIRED FOR WORK PROVIDED BY OR APPROVED EOUIVALEW. 8. TEMPORARY BARRICADES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN OTHERS (SUCH AS PRE£NGINEERED METAL BUILDINGS) OR 8.1. MOO WRAP VAPOR BARRIER BY STEGO INDUSTRIES ACCORDANCE WITH OSHA STANDARDS TO PREVIEW POSSIBLE FOR MRK PERFORMED AT THE OFFSITE FMRICATION SHOPS, SM JUAN CMISMANO. CA(BTT) 4TH TOM INJURY, PROVIDED THE FABRICATOR IS REOSTERED WITH AND IS 92 GRIFFLOYN BY REEF INDUSTRIES DPRIORUNDPIPINGMDELECTTNGOFOUNM POIHD EDESSNODG APPROVED BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL FLOOR SITE NOTES: 8'B.IC FOOTINGS AND WALLS CQCQNCREDANGSHALLBE MIXED AND DELIVERED IN S. REFER TO THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND THE DRACHMS FOR 5READC�X, GG��ppRR TIA 1. CONSTRUCTIONVEHOLESEOUPMEWSHALLMTBEDRIVEN MATEIBALTESTINGREQUIREMEWS. 1. LMREINFORONGNDAAETERS(MIN.)ATSPUCES,UNLESS OR PARKED ON THE BASTING TRAILS AT THE SITE. B. DESIGN LOBOS: NOTED OTHERWISE. DESIGN LOAD COMBINATIONS IBC 2015 STRENGTHB.] I. ITIS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBNTY TO INSPECTALL 2 MgTWTREESSIALLBEPR MCMDFROMDMAAGEWEGO STRUCTURAL MIRK FOR CONFONAANCE WITH THE CONTACT 2. ALLEXTERIOR PEDESTRIAN DOORS BI -ALL HAVE STOWS PER CONSTRUCTION RELATED ACTIVITIES OR VEHICLES. DOCUMENTS. ANY STRUCTURAL. INSPECTION PROVIDED BY OETNL YM.O. REFER TO PLM FOR DOOR LOCATIONS. Zt. DO NOT STORE MATERAL6 OR PARK VEHIOES WITHIN THE OTHERS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTACTOR OF MS DRIPUNE OF AN EXISTING TREE RESPONSIBILITY. WOOD FRAMWG 22. DONOT EXCAVATE OR TRENCH WITHIN THE ORIPLNE OF AN EXISTING TREE WITHOUT WRDTEN APPROVAL OF THE B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN A CONCRETE TESTING 1. CONNECTIONS OF MAJOR STRUCTURAL WOOD MEMBERS OWNER. AGENCY. SHALL BE MADE WITH PREFABRICATED METAL FRAMING CUPS 23. REPORT DAMAGE TO EXISTING TREES TO ME OWNER OF A SIZE AND STRENGTH REQUIRED TO RESIST ALL MPUED WATHIN24NOURS. 9, PER AO 318 REQUMEMENIS. TIE FOLLOWING SM,WUNG LOSSES."TOEwVUNG' ff MAJOR STRUCTURAL MEMBERS "Ll- ILL2A. 2A.CLEAN CUT ANY ROOTS THAT ARE 7 DIAMETER OR SCHEDULE SHOULD BE FOLLOWED FOR EACH CLASS OF NOT BE PERMITTED. OTHER COMECTCWFS ALLOWED IF GREATER IF THEY ARE EXPOSED BY EXCAVATION, CONCRETE: MPROWED OF BY THE ENGINEER. 1. PROVIDEOR PDRUKETST BE IN WOR ANDCOLOR CHARTS FOR PRODUCTS TO BE USED IN THE WORK. 2 COLOR COLOR CHARTS.DCOPY. MOMJFACTURER SUPPLIED COLd9 CHARTS. 3. COORMDMATERULLSEMCRONSSHALLBESUBIAITTEDMA GROUP, 60 TATTHE OWNER MAY REVIEW THE PALETTE COHESIVELY. 4. MMMLMREQUIREMENTRFONPROWCTSUBMTTAL35 DTAYANGS ARE AS FOLLOWS'. 4.1. CONCRETE MO DESIGN 42 WOOD TRUSS SHOP)MVANGS .3. CEMENT BOARD SIDING 4.4. PAINT 4.5. METAL ROOFING 4.6. PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM FASCIA 4.1. DOOR HARDWARE 4.B. PLUMBING FIXTURES 4.9. STEEL MORE AND FRAMES 4.10. ELECTRICALDEVICES 4.11. CONCRETE BLOCK B ACCESSORIES DESIGN DATA OBTAIN A SET OF TEST CYLINDERS. 0.1. ONCE EACH DAY A GIVEN CLASS IS PLACED. NOR LESS THAN. 92. ONCE FOR EACH 10 YM OF EACH CLASS PLACED EACH DAY. NOR HERB THAN. 9.. ONCE FOR EACH 5000 SQ. FT.OF SLABDE WALL SUFACE PLACED EACH MY. 2. SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS OF ALL WOOD TRUSSES AND TRUSS HANGERS FOR THE DESIGN PROFESSIONAL'S REVIEW (INCLUDING CALCULATONS AND SEAL BY UCENSED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER) TRUSS DESIGNS SHALL ACCOMMODATE BEARING AND DETAIL CONDITIONS AS SHOWN ON MESE DRAWINGS. MULTI -PLY TRUSSES SHALL Be BOLTED TOGETHER. A MINIMUM OF 56TRENGTH TESTS I6 REQUIRED FOR EACH 3. CONGfNiR D LOADS FROM BULONG COMPONENTS SHALL CUSS OF CONCRETE, UMESS THE TOTAL QUANTITY OF BE APPLIED TO TRUSSES AT PANEL POINTS ONLY, UNLESS THE GAMES LESS THAN SD YDS. A STRENGTH TEST IS THE OTHERIMMINDICATED. AVERAGE OF EITHER2 OR TEST CYUNCERS, DEPENDING ON THE SIZE OF THE CYUNDER TAKEN. 4. THIS BUILDING IS DESIGNED AS A COMPLETE STABLE 9.4. DMU%FIR S PROVIDED TO ENGINEER ANDCITY. STRUCTURE IN RESISTING THE MPUED LOADS AND FORCES. 9.5. CONTRACTOR SWILL ACQUIRE A BUILDING PERMIT PRIOR LATERAL FORCES ME RESISTED BY INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR TO STMT. SHEAR WALLS. 1. ACCORDANCE CCDANCE WITH TH WORKM FMG STANDARDS IN ACCORDANCE YATH THE FOLLOWING STANDMDS, UNLESS NOTED: 2. ACI 31805, TBUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR REINFORCED WNCREHE 3.A AC1315.-DETNLSANDDETMUNGOFC014CRETE REINFORCEMENT 1. PSSLMEO gLLOWWBIf SOL PRESSURE....... 1,500 PSF I, 2 REINFORCIN q OI,4. AO 301, SPEGFlCATONS FOR STRWTIIRAL CONCRETE FOR Zt. DEFORMED 0.EINFOF... ED F:E F� A _ DETAILING. 22. EPDXY COATED RENFi ._ 5 5, CIRRI, RECOMMENDED PRACTICES FOR PLACING REINFORCING 2.. WELDEDWMREFMRIC......... ...... BARS• 2.4. MASONRYJOIWREINFORC...._...-MTMAS2 ....L330 31WLL HAVEj'148T STR J. UCTURAL STEEL .... .................... Y'•-CHMMFEL UAESSENOTEDONCRElE I 4. TUBE SWISS ... ............ . .GRADE • ITEMSOATONSMDGS 7. NSTR DPRIORUNDPIPINGMDELECTTNGOFOUNM POIHD EDESSNODG S. BOLTS. NUTS. AND WASHERS .....................ASTMA325 FLOOR .Q. 0.107' 6. ANCHORBOLTS................................ !! 8'B.IC CQCQNCREDANGSHALLBE MIXED AND DELIVERED IN T. MINIMUM 304MY CONCRETE 5READC�X, GG��ppRR TIA COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH ............... _..._.._.-4,000 PSI 82. HOilM1EATHER REQUIREMENTS SWLLL COMPLY WITH ACI 305 )D COLD MAI -HER REQUIREMENTS SHALL COMPLY B. DESIGN LOBOS: WITH ACI DESIGN LOAD COMBINATIONS IBC 2015 STRENGTHB.] W. . FORM WORKORK SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ACI MT. S. THECONTIACTORSHALLTAKENECESSARYMFASURESM TEMPORARILY SUPPORT PORTIONS OF THE WORK UNTIL THE ENTIRE STRUCTURE IS COMPLETE. B. ALL MULTIPLE ZX LUMBER UNTELS AND COLUMNS SHALL BE CONNECTED TOGETHER WITH 1 W CEMENT -COATED BOX WOOLS AT 1Y O.C. MAYJMUM, EACH LAYER, STAGGER AND CLINCH ALL NAILS. 7. PROVIDE CRIPPLES (REARING STUDS) UNDER ALL WOOD HEADERS, PROVIDE MULTIPLE CRIPPLES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 8. BOTTDAOFTRUSS FASTENED A sENWH1 O ALLTO PLAT WITH SECTION)SMALL BE FASTENEDU WALL TOP PLATE NMTH SIMPSON'HI' CLIPS AT EACH TRUSS. S ALL FRAMING LUMBER THPOUCHWi THE BE M.2 PER BETTER) DOUGLAS FIR -INCH. 10. APPLY O'(MIM STRUCTURAL I ROOF SHEATHING WITH FACE GRAIN PERPENDCUTAR TO SUPPORTS AND IN COMMON NAILS AT S O.C. AT SUPPORTED EWES AND 1Y O.C. AT INTERMEDIATE SUPPORTS (ONO.) STAGGER ADJACENT PANELS 4BWITH ' MIN, USE APA RATED SHEATHING A MIN. PANEL SPAN RATING OF 3N16 AND M EXPOSURE I RATING OMERIOR TYPE WITH EXTERIOR GLUE). PROVIDE BLOCKING BETWEEN MAIN SUPPORTS TO SUPPORT EWES OF PARML PANELS IN A SINGLES SPAN.IBDTH STRUCTURES) 11. ON EXTERIOR WALLS PROVIDE MrTHICK MINIMUM INTERIOR GRADE WITH EXTEROR CLUE MA RATED STRUCTURAL I Dec 04, 2017 - 1003am G\Users\spelel0\appd to\local\temp\AcPubllsh_12300\161234 - Cover Sheet.tlsg 12.0.1. 2-1141NCHE& 31X9 1.2.0.2. 5INCHES :50% 1.2.0.1 ]-W INCHES: 20% 13. PROVIDE LENGTHS RANGING FROM 10 INCHES TO 24 INCHES 1A. PROVIDE THICKNESS C£ 3SW'.CDAPRESSIVE RESISTANCE: 15 PSI 1.5. FINISH, EXPOSED STONE FACES AND EWES TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED FOR FINISH AND TO MATCH APPROVED SAMPLES AND MOCK UPS. I.S.I. ASHLAR PATTERN. SPLIT FACE VENEER FACE 1.52 SAWED TOP AND BOTTOM SURFACES. ALL BOOM TO BE SPILT FACEMATER ABSORPTION, MAC 0.3%, VOLUME, I.B. COLOR TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED FOR COLOR AND TO MATCH APPROVED SAMPLE RANGES AND MOCK UPS. 1.St COLOR: WEBER STONE ANMAOM LIMESTONE OR APPROVED EQUAL MASO FRY NOTES 1. WSONRY CONTRgCTOR IS RESPONUB FOR P UNG NECESSARYSH MR ANGBMCINGMMNWNNWALLSHAPE, LINE, AND DIMENSIONS IN CONFORMANCE WITH DRAWINGS, AGAINST WIND AND CONSTRUCTION LOADS. 2 LS OVERALL OPEMNGS ANO RECESSES IN MASONRY WAILLS. 3. UNLESS OTHERWISE DETNLED OR SPECIFIED, ALL UNTELS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM BEARING OF 0' EACH END. 4. MSONRY SHALL COMPLY WITH ACI SS ASCE 505 'BUILDING CODE REDXREMENTS FOR MASONRY STRUCTURES.- S. TRUCTURES:5. ALL CONCRETE BLOCK SHALL COMPLY WITH ASTM CIS, TYPE 1, NORMAL WIGHT 37M PSI MCOAAR SIZE WITH M F] -ZSW PBI. S. ALL MASONRY UMTS SHALL NE PLUMB, TRUE LEVEL AM ACCURATELY SPACED WITH HEAD AND BED JOI WS FULL AND UNFURROM). I. ALL CUTS IN EXPOSED FACES OF CONCRETE BLOCK SHALL BE BYAMASOWRYRAW. 5. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL JOINT REINFORCING AT IT O.C. IN ALL MASONRY WALLS. USE WELDED WIRE UNITS PREFABRICATED IN STRAIGHT LENGTHS OF NOT LESS THAN las WITH MATCHING CORNER AND INTERSECTION UNITS. LM UNITS NOT LESS THAN TAT ENDS. FABRICATE FROM COLD ORMAN STEEL WINE, ASTM AS2. WITH DEFORMED S1DE RODS AND PLAIN CROSS -RODS AND A UNIT MOTH OF 11? TO T LESS THAN THE THICKNESS OF WALL. FOR INTERIOR EXPOSURES, FABRICATE UNITS FROM HIT -UPPED GALVANIZED WIRE, WMM 0.8 OZ. LNC COATING COMPLYING WITH ASTM Al IB. CLASS 3. 8. PROVIDE VERTICAL CONTROL JOINTS IN MASONRY WALLS WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. REINFORCE CONTROL JONB WN OJRO WALL RARDCONTROLJOIM RUBBER COMPOUND OR EOWYLL, 10. MATERIALSFORTYPESMORTMANDGROUT: 10.1. PORIlANOCEMEM: ASTMCI5D,TYPEIORTYPE111 102, LME: ASTM 020, TYPE S 10.3. FlNEAGGREGgTE: A8TMC330RC40ASIZENOI JOA. COPRSEAMREGPTE: A31M 0404, SIZE N0.80R 09 It MX MORTAR AID GROUT IN CONFORMANCE WITH ASTM C478. PER VOLUME SPECS. 12 SUPPORT AND SECURE VERTICAL REINFORCING AGAINST DISPLACEMENT. PROVIDE CLEAR DISTANCE OF 1 BM DIAMETER OR 1 -BETWEEN BARS PLACED BETWEEN WALLS. CLEAR DISTANCE FDR COLUMN OR PIER REINFORCING STALL BE 1 12 BAR DIAMETERS OR 1 12'. PROVIDE 24 BAR DIAMETERS LAP FOR VERTICAL REINFORCING. 13. LAYa1PCOMRETEMA50NRYWALLSMMNMNNVEMICAL BY OWNER) GROUTED. KEEP CAVITIES FREE OF MORTAR 5 WEBS OF CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS IN MORI ADJACENT TO REINFORCED CORER OR DELLS. 14. USE•FlNEGROUT FOR CAVITIES ORSPACELESSTANVIN EACH HORIZONTAL DIRECTION, USE TOARSE GROUT' IF GREATER THAN 4'. USE CONCRETE FILL FOR SPACES LARGER TAN1w. 15. CONTRACTOR SHALL USE THE (HIGH -LIFT GROUTING TECHNIQUE. MGH{]FT GROUTING W NOT USE HGNIIFT GROG IING TECHNIQUE UNI -ESS MINIMUM CAVITY DIMENSION IS 3- OR LARGER. PROVIDE pEAN-0UT HOLES IN FIRST COURSE AT ALL VERTICAL CELLS WHICH ARE TO BE FILLED WITH GROUT. CONSTRUCT MASONRY TO MAXIMUM HEIGHT IF 1G-'. PEACE VERTICAL WALL REINFORCING BEFORE GROUTING AND BEFORE OR AFTER FLAYING MASONRY UMTS, AS REOMRED BY JOB CONDITIONS, THE VERTICAL REINFORCING TO DOWELS AT BASE CF MASONRY WHERE SHOWN. SUPPORT VERTICAL REINFORCING AT INTERNALS NOT EXCEEDING IW BAR DIAMETERS. WHERE INDIVIDUAL BARS ARE PLACED AFTER PUIYING MASONRY, PLACE WIRE LOOPS EKTENDING INTO CELLS AS MASONRY IS WD MID LOOSEN BEFORE MORTAR SETS. AFTER INSERTION OF REINFORCING SYR. PULL LOOPS AND BAR TO PROPER POSITION AT THE FREE ENDS. WHERE REINFORCING IS PREFABRICATION I WO CAGE UNITS BEFORE PLACING, FABRICATE UNITS WITH VERTICAL REINFORCING BARS AND LATERAL TIES OF THE SIZE AND SPACING SHOWN. 18. PRIOR TO ORATING, REMOVE COST. DIRT, MORTAR DROPPINGS, LOOSE PIECES OF MASONRY, AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIALS FROM GROUT SPACES AND CLEAN TOP SURFACE OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SUPPORTING MASONRY, CLOSE CLEAN WT HOLES AND BRACE CLOSURES TO RESIST GROW PRESSURES. 17. DO NOT PEACE GRAY UNTIL ENTIRE HEIGHT OF WSDYRY TO BE GROUTED HAS ATTAMD SUFFICIENT STRENGTH TO RESIST SPOUT PRESSURES. 18. ALL MASONRY SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH BOTH HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL REINFORCEMENT. ALL BLOCK CELLS WITH REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE GROUTED FULL USING CONCRETE GROUT. CELLS SWLLL BE AUGNED TO PRESERVE UNOBSTRUCTED VERTICAL CANNES OFT X r MYMMUM. USE 2000 PSI GROAT. 19. MASOMYSCHEDULENOTE& 10.1. SPECIAL VERTICAL BAR60F MATCHING WALL SIZE SHALL BE PIACEDAT CORNERS AND.AMBS OFALL OPENINGS. UNTELNOTES 1. STEEL UNTELS FOR ALL OPENINGS, MINIMUM UNTELS SMALL BE FOR EACH 4 -MASONRY MUTH (1}L 312 x 312 x WIB FOR SPANS UP TO4'-0,(I}L 4 x 312 x 5118 FOR SPANS UP TO 64', UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. A UNELSTATAREBACK-TO-BACKSHALLBEWELDEDMP S BOTTOM AND GROUND SMOOTH, 1. LM SIDING SHALL BE SMOOTH JAMES HARDIE HARDIEPLAN%- CEDARMILL' CEMENT BOARD WA 4' LAP OR PREAPPRONED EQUIVALENT. 2 EXTERIOR PANEL BOARD SHALL BE SMOOTH JAMES HARDIE H EPANEL- STUCCO CEMENT BOARD. OR PREAPPROVED EQUIVALENT. 3. EXTERIOR TRIM BOARD SHALL BE SMOOTH JAMES HARDIE "IARDETRIMSMDOM CEMENT BOARD, OR PRE -APPROVED EQUIVALENT. C PROVIDER MM,FLASNNGMDACCEWMESMFORMA COMPLETE WEATER-TION SYSTEM. S. ALL ITEMS TO BE PAINTED SHALL RECEIVE ONE PRIME COAT AND TWO FINISH COATS OF PAW, PAW SCHEDULE BASED ON SHERUN WILLIAMS. COLOR TO BE SELECTED BY THE OWNER FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD RANGE OF COLORS. 5.1. METAL SURFACES, S.I.I. PRIMER DTM PRIMER FINISH BMAN. 15 DRY M: THICKNESS 5.12 FINISH COATS. P SHERCRYL HPA B063505ERES 28 MIL DRY THICKNESS EA COAT. $2. EXTERIOR SIGNS: 521. PRIMER: LOXON PRIMER AM W OOK), to DRY MIL TBCKNEM 522 FINISH COATS: TDI SW SUPER PNNP ACRYLIC M9 SERIES. SATIN FINISH. a MILS MY THICKNESS EA COAT. 5.3. EXTERIOR CMU 5.3.1. SEALER: SUREKLEM CUSTOM SEALER 5.4. INTERIOR CMU: 5.4.1. PRIMER: HEAVY DUTY BLOCK F11FR. 7.0 CRY MIL THICKNESS 5A2 FINISH COAM(2) PRO-IMCAE I ZERO VDO WATER-BASED EPDXY. 5.0 DRY ML THICKNESS PER CMT, 5.5. INTERIOR PLYWOOD: 5.5.1. PRIMER: ALL SURFACE ENAMEL MI SERIES, 5 MLS DRY THICKNESS 5.52 FINISH COATS:( Z1 SIN'SUPER PAINT' ACRYUC Me SERIES SATIN FlMSH. B MILS DRY THICKNESS EA CMT. S. AILEX MORVDODINSHELTERMDRESTRODAR00F TRUSSES TO BE SEAL WAY SELF -STAINING SEALANT (COLOR 1. ROOFING SHALL BE 24 GA. SNAP -LOCK STANDING SEAM STEEL ROOFING. COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER FROM STANDARD COLOR CHART, SMOOTH FINISH. 2. ROOFING ACCESSORIES, STARTER SMPS,'STORM GUARD' FEE OMA MATERIAL, RIME VENT, ETC. SHALL BE MMBIFACTUREO BY PAC -CUM), OR OWNER APPROVED EQUIVALENT. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL ROOFING MECHANICAL FASTENERS AT ITD.C. WITH SEALED PENETRATIONS. 3. INSTALL ROOFING AND ACCESSORIES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND LOCM BUILDING CODES. 4. PROVIDE BOZY MIN PRE -FINISHED ALUMINUM FARMA. COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER TO MATCH ROOF. 5. PROVIDEFULLVEWSOFFITALTERNATNGYMTHSOUDWFRT WITH I.ATCHING'J' TRIM ORAPPROED EQUIVALEW, COLOR BELECTED BY OWNER FROM STANDARD COLOR CHART. TOILETACCESSOMES 1. CONTURASEPESBYBOBWCKWASHRCOMEDUIPMEM COMPANYORAPPROVEDEQUIVALEM. I.I. VANDAL RESISTANT CLOTHES HOOK: M80,18. MANUF. BY GAMW 12. TRASH RECEPTACLE: BY OWNER 12. SUMP DISPENSER: BY OWER 1.4. GRAB BARS: S -S808 15. MIRROR:B-IMS 2436(IM-TEWERED GLASS CHANNEL FRAME) SIC WAGE OWNER FURNISHED. OW NER INSTALLED 16-1234 HAPPY HOLLOW PARI( REPLACEMENT PROJECT: 1wo-IICINO INN hbk MGM]? HIM ENGINEERING. LLC Me S. GILBERT ST. IOWA CITY. IA.. PHONE p19)..S7 FA (319)3M.mT IOWA DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REM TRATION XO. 005]i]m II CITY OF IOWACITY (CITY OF IOWA CITY II NOT APPLICABLE TWO Z:7 35 �I 41 W- 12"XS"COLUMN m, r I� d , I 12'k6" COLUMN ` CONCRETE SLAB ` EDGE OF ROOF _Q4 4.0 112"X6" COLUMN L— -- -- -------J1L�_J 1r 5--- ® NOTE: CONTRACTOWSUPPUERI MAY SUBMIT ALTERNATE BEAM CONFIGURATION IF ' --. FLOOR PLAN �..' 1/4" = 1,_0rr_..... DESIRED. FOOTPRINT AND COLUMN CONFIGURATION MUST REMAIN CONSISTENT. 6"x12" COLUMN (4) J"0 HEX BOLTS STEEL KNIFE PLATE W/ (6) CONCRETE ANCHORS - 4" STONE FACADE 1"AIR GAP 6"X12" PCC COLUMN - (2) VERT. REBAR (3) REBAR STIRRUPS FOUNDATION AND SLAB JOINTING LAYOUT 2_ 1/4" = V-1)"_.... _.. _._. NOTE: ALL LUMBER CONNECTIONS I SUPPLIER TO MEET LOADS ON PAGI E SLAB _�j 14 ELEVATION A 'S ELEVATION B 4 fl 1/4" = 1,_0•, . 1/4;, _ 1.-B•, d () REBAR e c STIRRUPS A+ 4 ). W3 xl1� , v', _, .. r. ♦'. .4.. - .1 Nd S- �3U1,•,p— SECTION A SECTION B COLUMN FPI NS (TYP.) NOTE: ALL REINFORCING TO BE SIZE S4 .. Doc 04, 2017 - IDN3an D\ProJect\161234\tleg (all drawing flles)\CAD\161234 - ShelterAwg 4'PCC SLAB Y C GRANULAR SUB -- PCC SLAB SECTION PCC SLAC SAWCUT DETAIIL I"=1.0" NOTES: 1. COLUMN FOOTING STONE (OR CMU) FASCIA TO BE INSTALLED ONLY NTH ACCEPTED ALTERNATE 1A OR 18. 16-1234 SHELTER hbk ENGTNESRING XBR ENGINEERING LLC SWS.IS T9T. CT'.W IOWAmoISS 1 FSXI I..I S..1 IOWA DEPARTMENT OF LIBOR REGRTRAnDN NO.... CITY] S 4Sr_ ITY OF IOWA NOT APPLICABLE TBD 12' 1r 1z Ld CONCRE SAWCUT DETAIL SEE 7x2.0 (8)22"X18" PCC COLUMN W/} EXP. JT. (TYP.) L� I /4.� FOUNDATION AND SLAB JOINTING LAYOUT 2_ 1/4" = V-1)"_.... _.. _._. NOTE: ALL LUMBER CONNECTIONS I SUPPLIER TO MEET LOADS ON PAGI E SLAB _�j 14 ELEVATION A 'S ELEVATION B 4 fl 1/4" = 1,_0•, . 1/4;, _ 1.-B•, d () REBAR e c STIRRUPS A+ 4 ). W3 xl1� , v', _, .. r. ♦'. .4.. - .1 Nd S- �3U1,•,p— SECTION A SECTION B COLUMN FPI NS (TYP.) NOTE: ALL REINFORCING TO BE SIZE S4 .. Doc 04, 2017 - IDN3an D\ProJect\161234\tleg (all drawing flles)\CAD\161234 - ShelterAwg 4'PCC SLAB Y C GRANULAR SUB -- PCC SLAB SECTION PCC SLAC SAWCUT DETAIIL I"=1.0" NOTES: 1. COLUMN FOOTING STONE (OR CMU) FASCIA TO BE INSTALLED ONLY NTH ACCEPTED ALTERNATE 1A OR 18. 16-1234 SHELTER hbk ENGTNESRING XBR ENGINEERING LLC SWS.IS T9T. CT'.W IOWAmoISS 1 FSXI I..I S..1 IOWA DEPARTMENT OF LIBOR REGRTRAnDN NO.... CITY] S 4Sr_ ITY OF IOWA NOT APPLICABLE TBD S, M t 5-0" CONIC. STOOP 2'48" 3'4"R.O. T-8' I r 8" DEI E$ ED" I 3 STE LT I I I 0 DOOR YS, TYP. 4'-0" CONIC. STOOP 7.0 2" _ HIS CONIC.— &" APRON T 3'A' - , 0- - 2-lV' I I }" (1YP.) \ F.D. / F.D. I Q I (1!�RECESS:SLCeE T41' I --FLOOR TO DRAIN)- 2x6 PL ING W. i CMU `�� J 4V TORY CMUT. NVALL \ 5"THICK SLAB) -- �. -- I STOO III UNDER6'CMU / ::. :. HAND RYER D./ o. (1" RE�'.ESS\SLOPE _ _ _ I 23 TO HO DER FLgOR TO DR( N) •. _ _ _ �•�'. / \ + GING / \ �••+ S ATION \ 22I • / T-41" 2'Q' i ,.+ �.:; ,,: 1. %. �:., ,'• I 2'-0" CONIC. I I I I I APRON I I ( I w CONIC. I I I STOOP 6 CONC. 4} 0 4d" srooP FOUNDATION PLAN 1 1/2" = V-0" FLOOR PLAN 1/2" = V-01. PLAN SHEET NOTES 1. SEE SHEETA7.0 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: FINISHES, DOOR HARDWARE, & TOILET ACCESSORIES. 2. SEE SHEET A4.0 FOR STANDARD MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF PLUMBING FIXTURES, ACCESSORIES, AND MISC DEVICES. 3. SEE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR BUILDING SITE, SIDEWALKS, RAMPS, AND UTILITIES. T tLtV. _ / IO.OS ELEVATION C 1/4'= 1.-U.. Nov 29, 2017 - 2114pm 11\Project\161234\deg (at( drawing files)\CAD\161234 - Restroam.deg LEFT ELEVATION 114^ = 1 -_nm T/MA$ONRY ).H. TYP. Sx6 TIMBER COLUMNS y STUB TRUSSES 6 16" O.C. 6x6 TIMBER TRUSS ROOFING PLAN 1 /2" = 1'-O" HB' -0" T/MASC 0'-0" FI ELEV. = (lb.bs KEY NOTES 9 O7 CONCRETE BOARD LAP SIDING.. OWOOD TRUSSES PER MANUF. @ 24" O.C., EXTR. TREATED N OSB/ PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING, 30# FELT AND METAL ROOF, COLOR SELECTED By OWNER. 1r. O2x6 TONGUE AND GROOVE PANELING FASTENED TO _ UNDERSIDE OF SHEATHING IN EXPOSED AREAS.. O4 PREFINISHEDMETAL FASCW�N16-1234 O3'i^ x 7-4" INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR & FRAME V41TH KEYED LOCK. HAPPY HDLLO W PARK REPLACEMENT PRO.IECT 101 6 36" WIDE ICE DAM MATERIAL, O7 HOSE BIB. SEE MEP DRAWINGS. RESTROOM PLAN OB PHOTOEYE CONTROLLED LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE MEP DRAWINGS.AND ELEVATIONS LOCATED IN EAVES. OADA -BRAILLE RESTROOM SIGN - BY OWNER. 10 6x12 DECORATIVE LUMBER CORNICES hbk it 6x8 DECORATIVE BEAMS ENOINSBRINO 12 CEMENT BOARD PANEL- STUCCO APPEARANCE. ASK ENGINEERING, ua !OBS. tlLBERT ST. 13 SAWED BED STONE VENEER (NOMINAL 3-5/6" THICKNESS) OWACM IAMW PHONE: ple)=JSS7 14 REINFORCED 8"x6"x16"SMOOTH FACE CMU, INTERIOR COLOR FAX: (3191B 93T SELECTED BY OWNER. wwA OEPARThIENT OF LABOR 15 4" THICK CONIC RETE APRON, REINFORC ED W/6x6-W1.4xW1.4 RxowSTR"a3m WWF. SET 1" BELOW TOP OF FOUNDATION WALL. 16 4"CONCRETE, REINFORCED W/6x6-W1.4XW1.4 W/VAPOR..w "BxENe1XE��.=.own BARRIER, 2"x2' RIGID INSULATION AT PERIMETER. SET i" BELOW TOP OF FOUNDATION WALL. o j 17 �" PLYWOOD CEILING, PAINTED, W/ 1x4 PAINTED WOOD \ CLOSURE TRIM � PERIMETER. COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER 4!&._ 18 RIDGE VENT TO NV+7CH ROOFING COLOR. — ClTY OF IOWA LITY 19 6x6 LUMBER COLUMN erox 20 DOUBLE 2x8 TOP PLATE SECURED W1�0 x P-0^ A.BOLTS 0 24" aYwB O.C. 21 8"x8"x16" BOND BEAM TYP. REINFORCE W/ (2) #5 CONT. / ) 22 60'x56'FACILITY CLEARANCE AREA — 23 30"x48" WHEELCHAIR SPACE DUE TO DOOR SWING CITY OFIOWA CITY INTERFERING WITH KEYNOTE 22. SEE ADA STANDARD 603.2.3, EXCEPTION 2. nNOT APPLICABLE 24 BxB VENT -SEE MEP PAGES FOR DETAILS. 25 VELUX SUN TUNNEL- COORDINATE WITH MEP FOR LOCATION. 26 REINFORCED 6"x8"xi6" SMOOTH FACE CMU, INTERIOR PAINT COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER. 27 2x6 PLUMBING WALL, STUDS 24" O.C., W/}' OSB ON MECH. r..a.. TBD ROOM FACE. 26 1x4 CEMENT BOARD •STUB TRUSSES g 18' r m TRIM 29 2x6 LUMBER TRUSS PER MANUF ■1 UW '■ ■' rr @ D.C.IN T/MA$ONRY ).H. TYP. Sx6 TIMBER COLUMNS y STUB TRUSSES 6 16" O.C. 6x6 TIMBER TRUSS ROOFING PLAN 1 /2" = 1'-O" HB' -0" T/MASC 0'-0" FI ELEV. = (lb.bs KEY NOTES 9 O7 CONCRETE BOARD LAP SIDING.. OWOOD TRUSSES PER MANUF. @ 24" O.C., EXTR. TREATED N OSB/ PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING, 30# FELT AND METAL ROOF, COLOR SELECTED By OWNER. 1r. O2x6 TONGUE AND GROOVE PANELING FASTENED TO _ UNDERSIDE OF SHEATHING IN EXPOSED AREAS.. O4 PREFINISHEDMETAL FASCW�N16-1234 O3'i^ x 7-4" INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR & FRAME V41TH KEYED LOCK. HAPPY HDLLO W PARK REPLACEMENT PRO.IECT 101 6 36" WIDE ICE DAM MATERIAL, O7 HOSE BIB. SEE MEP DRAWINGS. RESTROOM PLAN OB PHOTOEYE CONTROLLED LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE MEP DRAWINGS.AND ELEVATIONS LOCATED IN EAVES. OADA -BRAILLE RESTROOM SIGN - BY OWNER. 10 6x12 DECORATIVE LUMBER CORNICES hbk it 6x8 DECORATIVE BEAMS ENOINSBRINO 12 CEMENT BOARD PANEL- STUCCO APPEARANCE. ASK ENGINEERING, ua !OBS. tlLBERT ST. 13 SAWED BED STONE VENEER (NOMINAL 3-5/6" THICKNESS) OWACM IAMW PHONE: ple)=JSS7 14 REINFORCED 8"x6"x16"SMOOTH FACE CMU, INTERIOR COLOR FAX: (3191B 93T SELECTED BY OWNER. wwA OEPARThIENT OF LABOR 15 4" THICK CONIC RETE APRON, REINFORC ED W/6x6-W1.4xW1.4 RxowSTR"a3m WWF. SET 1" BELOW TOP OF FOUNDATION WALL. 16 4"CONCRETE, REINFORCED W/6x6-W1.4XW1.4 W/VAPOR..w "BxENe1XE��.=.own BARRIER, 2"x2' RIGID INSULATION AT PERIMETER. SET i" BELOW TOP OF FOUNDATION WALL. o j 17 �" PLYWOOD CEILING, PAINTED, W/ 1x4 PAINTED WOOD \ CLOSURE TRIM � PERIMETER. COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER 4!&._ 18 RIDGE VENT TO NV+7CH ROOFING COLOR. — ClTY OF IOWA LITY 19 6x6 LUMBER COLUMN erox 20 DOUBLE 2x8 TOP PLATE SECURED W1�0 x P-0^ A.BOLTS 0 24" aYwB O.C. 21 8"x8"x16" BOND BEAM TYP. REINFORCE W/ (2) #5 CONT. / ) 22 60'x56'FACILITY CLEARANCE AREA — 23 30"x48" WHEELCHAIR SPACE DUE TO DOOR SWING CITY OFIOWA CITY INTERFERING WITH KEYNOTE 22. SEE ADA STANDARD 603.2.3, EXCEPTION 2. nNOT APPLICABLE 24 BxB VENT -SEE MEP PAGES FOR DETAILS. 25 VELUX SUN TUNNEL- COORDINATE WITH MEP FOR LOCATION. 26 REINFORCED 6"x8"xi6" SMOOTH FACE CMU, INTERIOR PAINT COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER. 27 2x6 PLUMBING WALL, STUDS 24" O.C., W/}' OSB ON MECH. r..a.. TBD ROOM FACE. 26 1x4 CEMENT BOARD /1 RIGHT ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-O" TRIM 29 2x6 LUMBER TRUSS PER MANUF /1 RIGHT ELEVATION 1/4" = 1'-O" 1: SECTION 1 Nov 29, 2017 - 264pn It\Project\161234\tle9 16(1 CrBelnp £Res)\CAO\161234 - Restmm.tle9 i. 2'-111q" 2'-11y�1" 3'-10" 1 10 n ----- LI ----- u ---- 1 .�� T-10" # TAW — ROOF LUMBER PLAN NOTE: SEE ALTERNATE PRICING ON F.O.P. FOR HIDDEN FASTENERS. LUMBER ISOMETRIC NTS NOTE: ALL LUMBER CONNECTION! BY SUPPLIER TO MEET LOADS ON PAGE AI.0. EXPOSED FASTENERS ACCEPTABLE. KEY NOTES OCONCRETE BOARD LAP SIDING. OWOOD TRUSSES PER MANUF. @ 24" O.C., EXTR. TREATED PLYWOOD ROOF SHEATHING, 30i FELT AND STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF, COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER. O2x6 T&G DECKING FASTENED TO UNDERSIDE OF TRUSSES. OPREFINISHED METAL FASCIA. O3'-4" x 74" INSULATED HOLLOW METAL DOOR & FRAME WITH KEYED LOCK. OB 36" WIDE ICE DAM MATERIAL. _ O7 HOSE BIB. SEE MEP DRAWINGS. O8 PHOTOEYE CONTROLLED LIGHT FIXTURE. SEE MEPI DRAWINGS. LOCATED IN SOFFIT. OADA -BRAILLE RESTROOM SIGN - BY OWNER. 10 6x12 DECORATIVE LUMBER CORNICES 11 6x6 DECORATIVE BEAMS 12 CEMENT BOARD PANEL- STUCCO APPEARANCE. 13 SAWED BED STONE VENEER (NOMINAL 35/6"THICKNESS) 14 REINFORCED 6-x6"x16" SMOOTH FACE CMU, INTERIOR COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER. 15 4" THICK CONCRETE APRON, REINFORCED W16x6-W1.4xW1.4 WWF. SET V BELOWTOP OF FOUNDATION WALL. 18 4"CONCRETE, REINFORCED WBx6-Wl AXWIA W/ VAPOR BARRIER, 2"x2'RIGID INSULATION AT PERIMETER. SET 1"BELOW TOP OF FOUNDATION WALL. 17 } PLYWOOD CEILING, PAINTED, W/ 1x4 PAINTED WOOD CLOSURE TRIM 9 PERIMETER. COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER. 18 RIDGE VENT TO MATCH ROOFING COLOR. 19 6.6 LUMBER COLUMN 20 DOUBLE 2xB TOP PLATE SECURED W/ } O x l -(r A.BOLTS @ 24" O.C. 21 BNWx16" BOND BEAM TYP. REINFORCE W/ (2) #5 CONT. O60"x56" FACILITY CLEARANCE AREA O30"x46"WHEELCHAIR SPACE DUE TO DOOR SWING INTERFERING WITH KEYNOTE 22. SEE 603.2.3, EXCEPTION 2. 24 4x10 VENT -SEE MEP PAGES FOR DETAILS. 25 VELUX SUN TUNNEL -COORDINATE WITH MEP FOR LOCATION (LOCATED IN NE QUAD.) 26 REINFORCED 6"x6'k16" SMOOTH FACE CMU, INTERIOR PAINT COLOR SELECTED BY OWNER. 27 2x6 PLUMBING WALL, STUDS 24" O.C., W/ } OSB ON MECH. ROOM FACE 28 1x4 CEMENT BOARD TRIM 29 2X6 LUMBER TRUSS PER MANUF. 16-1234 B PYHOLLOWPARK REPLACEMENT PRO.IECT. RESTROOM SECTIONS hbk SNOINSSRING HBK ENGINEEMNG. LLC 500 S. GILBERT ST. lowxcm,wsvao BXOXE: FAL (l10)01 11�+0'-00Ji B37 IGWADEPA ErvT OF IABOR RE...TIGx No. ao . "'mN ITY OF IOWA CITY 11 �14111 . 'ITY OF IOWA CITY NOT APPWCABLE TBD .a.�rY x. 1 n is G. - - -. ."i' ,•"A'i tea, - r r 4" PCC S OR SAWCUT � 1/4" • r - a fi MIL VAPOR BARRIER v OF SLAB THICKNESS AB • ' > WWF 6x6 IAXW1.4 STANDARD C RNEI BAR SAME • a i—t ar z t— • SIZE AND SPACE AS - 5 90* HOOK HORIZONTAL STEEL }"PLYWOOD CEILING p (LAP 35 -DIA) i 14'GRANU 1L �S i r 16-1234 (2)2x8 TOP PLATE • • a SUB -BASE b 2x6CONRETE SECURE W/ }•0 x 12" r �BAPPYBOLlow PARK BOARD TRIM A. BOLTS 24' O.C. Typ, WALL AND GRADE BEAM CORNER DETAILS PCC SLAB SECTION PCC SLAC SAWCUT DETAIIL CONCRETE 1x4 PANTED WOOD 2 `r ID?PLACEhffiNT PROJECT 20I8 STUCCO BOARD 1" 2x6 CONCRETE CLOSURE TRIM NOTE: ALL REINFORCING TO BE SIZE #4 ,n,E BOARD TRIM 8"XS"x16" BOND A T BEAM W1(2) #4 CYRESTROOM DETAILS GROUTED SOLID �TTV TRRf- CONCRETE BOARD a / SEE PLAN FOR DIMS I LAP SIDING ---1.5%SLOPE 4" 8"z8"x16"CMU - • .> #4 0 4'-0" O.C. VERT. r EXT. GRADE b" SHEATHING MINBOTTOMOF F^ REINF. TYP. - GROUT 2x2 NNUNG BOARDS WATERTABLE SOLID 0 REINF. CONFIGURED TO ELIMINATE Q 16" D.C. W/ FLASHING }" PLYWOOD r (.r 4" FLASHING OVER 1x2 LUMBER 12" O.C. - q6" OF SAND :.� BELOW SLAB #4 BENT DOWEL @ 46" O.C. WATER TABLE 0 METAL LATHE 3'-6" Mit- COMPACTED SEE FOUNDATION 8"x8"x16" CMU AND SCRATCH COAT GRANULAR FILL WALL SECTION FOR 2"x4 -5D1" WATERTABLE SAWED BEDIS REINFORCING 74 BENT REBAR SAWED BED b VENEER STONE - - 12" D.C. VENEER STONE (3-V8' DEPTH) (3)74 CONT. (35/8" DEPTH) 8]" FLASHING •, MORTAR BED 8 3,-0. #4 REBAR 48" O.C. MASONRY EXTEND 18" INTO PCC 6 PER MAN UF. SPE . SEE 6A3.0 FOR SLAB DETAILS B" y f 'I 'I EXTEND 24" INTO CMU }" EXP FLASHING 12" - }"EXP. JOINT JOINT PCC APRON SEE 6W3.0 FOR SLAB DETAILS SEE61A3.0 FOR SLAB 1u 2H RIGID INS. DETAILS 2" RIGID INS. (4) #4 CONT. • y �- #4 @ 12" D.C. i • e -r— 12" ---,r WALL SECTION DETAIL "=7'•O" NOTE: ALL REINFORCING TO BE SIZE #4 E 3'-0" MIN. 1-V 2'-0"MIN. a 1' .L I I I. -L: . I e c' COLUMN SECTION NOTE: ALL REINFORCING TO BE SIZE #4 - 6x6 LUMBER COLUMN (2) j'0 HEX BOLTS - STEEL KNIFE PLATE W/(4)CONCRETE ANCHORS - 2"x4-5/8" WATERTABLE W/FLASHING MORTAR BED 8 MASONRY ANCHORS PER MANUF. SPEC. - SAWED BED VENEER STONE (3-W DEPTH) FLASHING }• EXP. JOINT SEE 61A3.0 FOR SLAB DETAILS D' A, e (4)#4BENT DOWELS •., 24" OVERLAP TOP 8 BOTTOM (6)#4 VERT. REBAR - (4)74 STIRRUPS • ISA" %1 COLUMN SECTION V = T_0" NOTE: ALL REINFORCING TO BE SIZE #4 SEE PLAN FOR DIMS I ---1.5%SLOPE 4" 8"z8"x16"CMU - • .> jli�jllEXPOSED r ZLA4-5/8" MINBOTTOMOF F^ WATERTABLE `• CONFIGURED TO ELIMINATE - W/ FLASHING }" PLYWOOD r (.r 4" �P]I� 1x2 LUMBER 12" O.C. •> q6" OF SAND :.� BELOW SLAB #4 BENT DOWEL @ 46" O.C. z o T 0 METAL LATHE 3'-6" Mit- COMPACTED SEE FOUNDATION w AND SCRATCH COAT GRANULAR FILL WALL SECTION FOR • •� SAWED BEDIS REINFORCING 74 BENT REBAR b VENEER STONE - - 12" D.C. (3-V8' DEPTH) (3)74 CONT. 8]" FLASHING •, e z EXP. JOINT • •. '. 6 SEE 6A3.0 FOR SLAB DETAILS B" y f 'I 'I j •� TYPICAL CONC. STOOP DETAILS 12" - 1u 2H RIGID INS. NOTE: ALL REINFORCING TO BE SIZE #4 e (4)#4BENT DOWELS •., 24" OVERLAP TOP 8 BOTTOM (6)#4 VERT. REBAR - (4)74 STIRRUPS • ISA" %1 COLUMN SECTION V = T_0" NOTE: ALL REINFORCING TO BE SIZE #4 SIBLE TOILET I TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES CLEARANCES @ LAVATORY i f Nov 29, 2017 — 244pn li\Project\161234\dwg (all drawing files)\CAD\161234 - Restrooladwg (4) 74 CONT. is t #4 0 12" O.C. IL I� �1 STONE VENEER BUMP -OUT x = V_ON NOTE: ALL REINFORCING TO BE SIZE 74 36" GRAB BAR @ BACK OF TOILET AUTOMATIC CONTROLLED 1 iT" b Y CLEARFLOOR HEIGHT 0 i — 39"41- V-0, 3'-6" TP HOLDER O� wf a7 p¢ F TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS 0 WATER CLOSETS CMU DEADEND: BCMU TO . CORNER'CMU EACH SIDE OF CMU INTERSECTION OPENINGS imm■im%imim �i�m imp NOTCH IN 6' CMU AS NEEDED•- GROU' O, OR •1 4 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES hbk SNGIN88RING HBx BNGINMMO. LLC WS OlLBFATST. IOWA CITY. IA Si3J0 PHONB(319) W6T55F F. p") 3..aT IOWA DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGROT a.N rv..IN. a ITY OF IOWA CITY ITY OF IOWA CITY NOT APPLICABLE TBD I jli�jllEXPOSED PLUMBING FOR BARRIER FREE LAV. MUST�1 BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE MINBOTTOMOF F^ `• CONFIGURED TO ELIMINATE - J POSSIBLE CONTACT��SD"W1DE �P]I� x 5fi'DEEP CLEAR FLOOR 8* MI SPACE REQUIRED f z o T — . V MAX r w SIBLE TOILET I TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES CLEARANCES @ LAVATORY i f Nov 29, 2017 — 244pn li\Project\161234\dwg (all drawing files)\CAD\161234 - Restrooladwg (4) 74 CONT. is t #4 0 12" O.C. IL I� �1 STONE VENEER BUMP -OUT x = V_ON NOTE: ALL REINFORCING TO BE SIZE 74 36" GRAB BAR @ BACK OF TOILET AUTOMATIC CONTROLLED 1 iT" b Y CLEARFLOOR HEIGHT 0 i — 39"41- V-0, 3'-6" TP HOLDER O� wf a7 p¢ F TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE MOUNTING HEIGHTS 0 WATER CLOSETS CMU DEADEND: BCMU TO . CORNER'CMU EACH SIDE OF CMU INTERSECTION OPENINGS imm■im%imim �i�m imp NOTCH IN 6' CMU AS NEEDED•- GROU' O, OR •1 4 MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES hbk SNGIN88RING HBx BNGINMMO. LLC WS OlLBFATST. IOWA CITY. IA Si3J0 PHONB(319) W6T55F F. p") 3..aT IOWA DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGROT a.N rv..IN. a ITY OF IOWA CITY ITY OF IOWA CITY NOT APPLICABLE TBD 0 =1 ;_-, I S, &MOWN 0 3 -1 1 Nov 29, 2017 - 21IDpn L\Project\161234\data exchange\In\RDG\Slgns - Happy.dWg 16-1234 HAPPY HOLLOW PARK REPLACENTENTPROJECTI y ALUMINUM WON BODE EXAMMHON ,l e' V� B.ti WELD 1. VERIFY INSTALLATION CONDITIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR PRODUCT INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OWNER'S INSTRUCTION. INSTALLATION }' ALUMINUM a MOUMING PLATE 1, INSTALL SIGN IN LOCATIONS INDICATED USING NOMINAL DIMENSIONS, THE OWNER WILL STAKE GENERAL LOCATION OF EACH SIGN IN THE 1•CIIAMFER FIELD PRIOR TO INBTALIATIM. 2 INSTALL SIGN LEVEL, PLUME AND AT HEIGHTS INDICATED. n CDNC3E➢, EXPOSED WHi sAxo BLASTED CLEANING, PROTECTION AND REPAIR 100. HAW LIM HET HEAD WASHER TAPHNG SCREWS 1. REPAIR SCRATCHES AND OTHER DAMAGE WHICH MGNT OCCUR DURING INSTALLATION Fal Wxc}DM. B•IENGRI 2 REPLACE COMPONENTS WHERE REPAIR WERE MADE BUT ARE STILL VISIBLE TO THE UNAIDED EYE FROM A DISTANCE OF IO FEET. 3. REMOVE TEMPORARY COVERING AND PROTECTION TO ADJACENT WORK AREAS. CLEAN INSTALLED PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE NTH CITY OFIOWA OWNERS INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE 4. REMOVE CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS FROM PROJECT SITE DISPOSE OF IN AN APPROVED MANNER •'1• '� •�-UDCONCBETEFOUNMIION I RECLEANING, PROTECHONAND REPAIR �NENOT APPLICABLE. 1. CONCR6 M BEASTMi W TYPE I BAG MX 7%AIR EMRAINED, 23.5%SLUMP K REBARVEBi.AxpBBEs 2UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, CONSTRUCTION FORMWORK FOR CONCRETE SURFACE WHICH WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW IN @170.C.THE COMPLETED PROJECT, WITH FORMPLYWOOD, N 00 OR OTHER ACCEPTABLE PANEL -TYPE MATERIAL, TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS, • � B' STRAIGHT, SMOOTH EXPOSED SURFACES. FURNISH IN IARGESTPMCTICABE SIZES M MNIMZE NUMBER OF JOINTS I 3. PROVIDE FORM MATERMLN'IiH SUFFICIENTTHICKNESS TO WITHSTAND PRESSURE OF NEWLY-PUCED CONCRETE WITHOUT SOW OR DEFLECTION. r ..iv coxTaBCTPn THD n SECT THROUGH SIGN FOUNDATION hbk MATERIAL AND INSTALLATION NOTES: HBA ENaNEEWING,ILC MBS. GILBERT ST. GENERAL FABRICATION NOTES: Iowa am u M. PHONE Al.)S] 1. 1. COMPLY REQUIREMENTS INDICATED FOR MATERIALS, THICKNESSES, FlNISHES,COLORS, DESIGNS, SHAPES, SIZES AND DETAILS OF FM:ISIV)J.' CONSTRUCTION. rowADEPARMENT 2 ALLOW FOR THERMAL MOVEMENT RESULTING FROM ATEKPEMTURE9 CHANgNG. FUN3OR of IT 3. DESIGN, FABRICATE, AND INSTALL SIGW,S) ASSEMEUES TO PREVENT SUCKLING, OPENING UP OF JOINTS, AND OVER STRESSING OF WELDS Neo WRAnOBN AND FASTENERS. 4. MLLJOINTSTOATIGHT,HAIRUNEFR. FROM JOINTS EXPOSED TO THE WEATHER TO EXCLUDE WATER PENETRATION. 5. FABRICATE SIGN IN SHOP TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE TO MNIMZE FIELD ASSEMBLY B. CONCEAL FASTENERS IF POSSIBLE OTHERWISE, LOCATE FASTENERS TO APPEAR INCONSPICUOUS. T. FORM PANELS TO REQUIRED SIZE AND SHAPE COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS INDICATED FOR DESIGN DIMENSIONS, FINISHES, COLOR AND DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. B. COORDINATE DIMENSIONS AND ATTACHMENTS METHODS TO PRODUCE MESSAGE PANELS NTH CLOSELY FITTING JOINTS. B. PARK ADDRESS TO BE SHOWN AS FOLLOWS: BOB BROWN ST. / y ALUMINUM WON BODE EXAMMHON ,l e' V� B.ti WELD 1. VERIFY INSTALLATION CONDITIONS ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR PRODUCT INSTALLATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE OWNER'S INSTRUCTION. INSTALLATION }' ALUMINUM a MOUMING PLATE 1, INSTALL SIGN IN LOCATIONS INDICATED USING NOMINAL DIMENSIONS, THE OWNER WILL STAKE GENERAL LOCATION OF EACH SIGN IN THE 1•CIIAMFER FIELD PRIOR TO INBTALIATIM. 2 INSTALL SIGN LEVEL, PLUME AND AT HEIGHTS INDICATED. n CDNC3E➢, EXPOSED WHi sAxo BLASTED CLEANING, PROTECTION AND REPAIR 100. HAW LIM HET HEAD WASHER TAPHNG SCREWS 1. REPAIR SCRATCHES AND OTHER DAMAGE WHICH MGNT OCCUR DURING INSTALLATION Fal Wxc}DM. B•IENGRI 2 REPLACE COMPONENTS WHERE REPAIR WERE MADE BUT ARE STILL VISIBLE TO THE UNAIDED EYE FROM A DISTANCE OF IO FEET. 3. REMOVE TEMPORARY COVERING AND PROTECTION TO ADJACENT WORK AREAS. CLEAN INSTALLED PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE NTH CITY OFIOWA OWNERS INSTRUCTIONS PRIOR TO OWNER'S ACCEPTANCE 4. REMOVE CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS FROM PROJECT SITE DISPOSE OF IN AN APPROVED MANNER •'1• '� •�-UDCONCBETEFOUNMIION I RECLEANING, PROTECHONAND REPAIR �NENOT APPLICABLE. 1. CONCR6 M BEASTMi W TYPE I BAG MX 7%AIR EMRAINED, 23.5%SLUMP K REBARVEBi.AxpBBEs 2UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, CONSTRUCTION FORMWORK FOR CONCRETE SURFACE WHICH WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW IN @170.C.THE COMPLETED PROJECT, WITH FORMPLYWOOD, N 00 OR OTHER ACCEPTABLE PANEL -TYPE MATERIAL, TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS, • � B' STRAIGHT, SMOOTH EXPOSED SURFACES. FURNISH IN IARGESTPMCTICABE SIZES M MNIMZE NUMBER OF JOINTS I 3. PROVIDE FORM MATERMLN'IiH SUFFICIENTTHICKNESS TO WITHSTAND PRESSURE OF NEWLY-PUCED CONCRETE WITHOUT SOW OR DEFLECTION. r ..iv coxTaBCTPn THD n SECT THROUGH SIGN FOUNDATION D HE IN SANITARY PLUMBING PLAN N ® DOMESTIC PLUMBING PLAN SCALE: 118" = P-0" SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-D" ITYP.) FLOOR DRAIN (TYP.) \_ MINIMUM HEIGHT NSNE •�1 \ SLOPE ^ MREQUIRED BY FI Q PLUMBING CODE FLOOR ..............— ORPZ BACKFLOW PREVENTER DETAIL SCALE: NO SCALE Y ACI 110 330 LIU WALL MOUNT CLEANOUT DETAIL SCALE: NO SCALE WATERCLOSET OAMERICAN STANDARD TANK TYPE WATER CLOSET CADET ELONGATED TOILET, y� VITREOUS CHINA 18CPE, r FLUSH VALVE, 2-Ilr TRANI WHITE, ADA COMPLWNT. TANK40CI COIN. LAVATORY KOHLER CHESAPEAKE MODEL MICR LCR EQUAL), WHRE, WALL MOUNT WITH lAV CARRIER FAUCETDELTA COMPEL MODEL PRILI BOOSTED CHROME FLOOR DRAIN ZURN FLOOR GRAN MODEL N15B, DUM GATED CAST IRON BODY MTX BOTTOM FD OUTLET, ADJUSTABLE COLLAR WITH SEEPAGE SLOTS ANTI W POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE, LIGHT-DUTY STRAINER, WALU M W NT CLEANOUT OW" W M CO) ZURN WA1 CLEANOUT WTM SMOOTH ACCESS COVER MODEL Z1441, DURA CV%T ED CAST IRON BODY. ROUND SMOOTH STNNLES86TEELACCESS COVER WITH SECURINGSCREW. HOBE BIBB(WALL HYHOM I HB WATTS MMEL LFFH&1, MR TLROOFAUTCMATC BELE KING WALL HYDRANT, VACUUM BREAKER INTEGRAL, METAL HANDLE )S HOSE CONNECTION. DRINKING FOUNTAIN MOST DEPENDABLE FOCNTAINS OUTDOOR BOTTLE MILER STATION MODEL LOOSE SM, OF WITH PET FWNTAN. VACUUM BREAKER IN PET FOLWAIN, WATER FILTER, SANITARY RECESSED SPOUT, PUSH BOTTOM ME PIECE WELDED OONSTRUOTKN,1 V STAINLESS STEEL CARRIER, INCLUDE CUT CFF VALVE AND LOW POINT DRAIN 6 HOSE BIBB. PIPING SYMBOLS &ABBREVIATIONS PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PLAN FLAK FIXNRE WASTE VENT "GV I MVV REMARKS O WATER CLOSET 3' Q .um.,rc w.=.+ —� .PP�Nor•wokP.�W All.mnmvxv[ y5 •e¢vxv[ 4 vua•x DMKTYPE) Gl LAV LAVATORY I& 1B' Y1' NA mnNn QFLOOR DRAIN T T NA NA ® wcurtna © sxrtx WALL MOUNT 2. WMCO CLEANOUT OS 6L NA MR H08E BIBS NA PUN :$" NA DRINKING T(t) NA Jp OF FOUNTAIN m 1. DRINKINGFOUNTAINWASIETDRE IPSAND RdJTEDTOGRAVELFILLOR MAIN SEWER LINE BELOW FROST LINE WATERCLOSET OAMERICAN STANDARD TANK TYPE WATER CLOSET CADET ELONGATED TOILET, y� VITREOUS CHINA 18CPE, r FLUSH VALVE, 2-Ilr TRANI WHITE, ADA COMPLWNT. TANK40CI COIN. LAVATORY KOHLER CHESAPEAKE MODEL MICR LCR EQUAL), WHRE, WALL MOUNT WITH lAV CARRIER FAUCETDELTA COMPEL MODEL PRILI BOOSTED CHROME FLOOR DRAIN ZURN FLOOR GRAN MODEL N15B, DUM GATED CAST IRON BODY MTX BOTTOM FD OUTLET, ADJUSTABLE COLLAR WITH SEEPAGE SLOTS ANTI W POLISHED NICKEL BRONZE, LIGHT-DUTY STRAINER, WALU M W NT CLEANOUT OW" W M CO) ZURN WA1 CLEANOUT WTM SMOOTH ACCESS COVER MODEL Z1441, DURA CV%T ED CAST IRON BODY. ROUND SMOOTH STNNLES86TEELACCESS COVER WITH SECURINGSCREW. HOBE BIBB(WALL HYHOM I HB WATTS MMEL LFFH&1, MR TLROOFAUTCMATC BELE KING WALL HYDRANT, VACUUM BREAKER INTEGRAL, METAL HANDLE )S HOSE CONNECTION. DRINKING FOUNTAIN MOST DEPENDABLE FOCNTAINS OUTDOOR BOTTLE MILER STATION MODEL LOOSE SM, OF WITH PET FWNTAN. VACUUM BREAKER IN PET FOLWAIN, WATER FILTER, SANITARY RECESSED SPOUT, PUSH BOTTOM ME PIECE WELDED OONSTRUOTKN,1 V STAINLESS STEEL CARRIER, INCLUDE CUT CFF VALVE AND LOW POINT DRAIN 6 HOSE BIBB. PIPING SYMBOLS &ABBREVIATIONS PLUMBING SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS i .Oou,A: LTG ...x Qx a ® ... w.e,wm N �.xv0 Q .um.,rc w.=.+ —� .PP�Nor•wokP.�W All.mnmvxv[ y5 •e¢vxv[ 4 vua•x nwx�uWdrtlFlvo� Gl El vxv[ yR a ucavwvw mnNn � vxrt � ® wcurtna © sxrtx Ir 1, 2. PEAN MARKT SERVICE SYSTEM I SERVICEI FLWIM)TEI T.OIFT.OF HEAD) IINOCATIONH MOUNTING MPNUFACTUREW MCOEL NOTES DOME6TIL MECNM ICPL WATTS DOUBLE CHECK BW -1 DOERR H n 2T ROOM HORIZg4TAL fiACHFLO`N PREVENTER NONSHRINK 2rx2P%4' THICK CONCRETE FINISHED FLOOR ORATE GflWT COLLAR WRHW RESORT CLEANOUT PLUG, SLOPED TO DRAIN PRELNST WAY UNLESS SET IN BIAS\ gNDADAFTER CIWMFER EWE W GRACE SECURING BUCKS W III�II{ SCREW BUCKET CLAMPING 45' STREET EABOW COLLAR ROWER OAST FLOW FL L0.N `P-TRPP SEE PIANS MO SCHEDULE FOR SIZE SERVICE UNE LEAVING BUILDING, V�EIFPTINGREFER TO PLANS FOR SIZE WYE SKIING OTYPE B FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL O BI-DIRECTIONAL CLEANOUT DETAIL SCALE: NO SCALE SCALE: NO SCALE REFER TOARCHITECTURAL/ STRUCNRAL DRAIMNCS FOR ROOF CONSTRUCTION SOLDER WATERTIGHT MEMBRANE OVER R 5E REFER TO BANS FOR SIZING 2V MIN, SHEET METAL BASE SET IN SU STIC SEAL `INCREASETDN.TINRGER PIPE SIZE (E%CEPT 4') VENT THRU ROOF DETAIL SCALE: NO SCALE Dec 04, 2017 - 3T52pm L\Project\161234\deg (all drawing flles)\CAD\161234 - Restroom HER (1),dwg BOTTDE FILLER HUB DRAIN TOP VIEW FRONTVI W ©OUTDOOR DRINKING FOUNTAIN DETAIL SCALE: NO SCALE TESTING FOR COMPLETE PLUMBING SYSTEM PS REQUIRED PER BUILDING OND PLUMBING CODES. IE C A 15 MD UPC 61FC B15 RE SPECTNELY LOCAL URDINW CES. M W T ED PLUMBING STANDARDS MC THE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING, NLRUINING TCLORE5ANO PLUMBING SYSTEM EQ IPMENT S14LL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE WITH OIL ACCESIORES, HANGERS VALVES, BURS TPAPIECE6.TRW. FACED. STRNNFRS. ETC. REGAND ESSMPTESRICEONPVN5.5FE PWMBIN. FRTURESSHEDUIE, NIEOUIPMENT,IMTERW.SANDINSTOIIAT 81NILBECAWNRE1DT00EFREEOF DEFECTS FORA FEWOD MANUFACTURERS It) SERFN4 GUARANTEE, DE WDM UR W MCORDA IGS ATEEKOWMDDAND SHOWGENgINYNTH,F LONGER THESECEMENT SOAEDNGPAMNATICgND SHOW GENERAL LOCATION AND MRPNGEMENTANO flOUIING UFP1l MAlIHM18 PN0 E0LFMEM. PWMBNG-MAURA`S • FIRING MATERASA"81 FIDINGS SPFll BE AS FOLLOWS: WAS1E 6 VFNF IIBOrc 6 BELGW 81PB): PIC FREE PYC FIFRINGOND SDLVBIiyFMFNTED fRNNGS. ODME'W DEW SA):, MCOPPER GMUSTCWAE OOGYESP) MECCOPFERWELL SWFATED' S OCKETFRTNGS. THREADED FITTINGS MAY BE USED AT VALVES. FIXNPE5651MIIR OR PFJl PIPEA4G FlTTNl3 • INSUTATION REWRED OR AL WATER SUPPLY PIPING (HOT 6 COLO) ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. III ION TO BE EgNL TO'DRAVED' FIFE IRRITATION W/6EPLES ON TAPED SEAM 6. CW LINE N611ATION TO M MIN. OFV THICK. HW LIKE INSULATION TO PAT MNMUM DOLOR OF M[ 1 -DICK) OR N ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODES WHENEVER ISMORE STNNGEM. PROVIDE MANGERS AND SUOMI AS REQUIRED BY PLUMBING CODE. RUMBINGNOTES-OOOR04WTION • PLOWING CONIWLTOR SMALL ESTMISH INVEST ELEVATIONS.PLUMBING CONRUCTOR TO ENSURE SLOPES OF ALL WASTE AND VEST PIPING CAN SE L W MANED. CONTACT ENGINEER IMMECMIEY F ISSUE N DISCOVERED. • PLUMBING CONTRACTOR MWLL CCORDIATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND AACHITECNPp1 RUNS TO ENSURE NECESSARY SACKINGSUPPORTS ARE INSTALLED TO ALLOW INSTA-UN ION OF PLUMBING FI TURES. • PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY 6 CGORDIUVE LWATON OF EXISTING UTILRIES FORCONNECTIONOFNEWSERVKES. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR TO REFER M ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS OF PLUMBING I'MM ES, PLUMBINGNOTMVEYECUUM • PLUM 8 ING CONDUCTOR TO III PLUMBI NO F gNRES ALCOROING TO MANUOUTTRER'S INSTRUCTIONS , ENSURE FORLORN NAINTENANCE ACCESS ANO CLFN W NC ES ARE MNMAINEG. F CONFLICT EXISTS BET W EER THESE PIANS AND MW UFACNRER'S NSTRUCTIONS, CONTACT ENGINEER • PLUMBING CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR EXECUTING ALL CODE RESUMED TESTS AND INSPECTORS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LMIIFD TO, DAY 5 PRESSURE TESTING Cl' WPSTE, VFNI B WATER PIPING NO BATTENS OF WATER PIPING. • PNYNOTCHING, DING , BORING DROTHERATERATIONTO BUIL ODIGSTRWNRE SHALL BE PERFORMED INACOCEAAPROVTUMETHODAND NOT THREATENTHE FREGRITY OF THE BUILDING STRUCTURE • SUPPORT ALL PIPING IN ACCOROANCEYRIII i0ISI"A" PLUMSNG CODE, ANY SUSPENDED IAATEUAS SHALL SE DIRECTLY SUfNNiTSU BY THE BUILDING STRUCTURE • FEWTAATIDNS OF PLL IXTERIOR WNLB. NOOKS AND CEILINGS SEALL BE SEALED N A4 AR R GAT NANNER MU IN ACCORDANCE WIN RE)UIREMEMS BY STATE CODE. • FRWIDE SHUTOFF VALVES ON THE FUTURE SUPPLY TO EACH PLUMBING FNNRE, APPLIANCE OR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. • NI PIPE INSUTATgN SHALL RUN COMIMIDUBEY THROUGH RDLRG WADS AND PARTITIONS. PIPE INSMATION SHALL BE MITERED AT CROPS PND TEES TO ENSURE COMPLETE COVERAGE OR PIPING. • VACUUM SRFAI(ERS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL FKTUAES TO WHICH HOSES NAY BE ATTACHED. VACUUM WEAKERS S34L BE PERMANENTLY AITPLHEG. • PLUMBING CONIRACTER SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL PLUMBING EWIPMENT FROM FOREIGN MATEWL DUPING CONSTRUCTION. UPM COMPLETION CT WORK THE PLUMBING CO DU CTOR BW1L CLEAN, WASE ETC. ALL REMS AA E W IPME M WITHIN PLUMBING CONNMLTORS UCOPE OF WOW MIT LEAVE All LESS CLEAN. • NO INSUTATIM PERMITTED ON&LNLgY PREVEDUR ABPEMBLY. • SANITARY PIPING SHALL BE WEDDED WITH PER FOOT PRCH VENT PIPING SWll W WTAUID VATI N PER FOOT PITCH III 16-1234 HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM hbk ENGINBH$ING HBK ENGINEERING, DEC SM R GILBERT 6T, IOWA CRY. M 522. PHI (31%528-111 B)WA DEPARTMENT OF IABOR REGMTRATON N0. 00521528 CITY OF IOWA CITY NOT APPLICABLE NO' I' APPLICABLE TBD �, �� E7`" c � �_ _.. �r c. > EA WALLADKIM BiCKORPF LANDOC BOD SCREEN. COORDINATE LOCATION WIM ABLE VENi6 ARCHITEC7URALSHEETS. ®N RESTROOM HVAC PLAN SCALE: 1/8' - V-0' Dec 04, 2017 - 3152pM II\Project\161231\deg (all drae111p fll"MADU61234 - RestrooM MEP <D.deg EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MECHANICAL SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS aRnow aTATK ELECTRICAL ELECTNCAL MRK (CFM) PRESSURE MWNTNG MAN.—TUREWMOCEL uwe wn ® ♦ w My nvaa x D) MR3 VANTAGE PHASE bV. m uau[ OT x♦ {LJ FRY urvmuc♦♦xu-�o� x♦uxnrvu �X n TWIN CRV F/W B SLONFR HE4TER MODEL F3BM4]BC EF -1 M E:::P 0] to 1 CEMING MDR Tq1 P Pwm a B.l 110 1 HEATER MCOELE:SH.0 FF IF AM F EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE PUN aRnow aTATK ELECTRICAL ELECTNCAL MRK (CFM) PRESSURE MWNTNG MAN.—TUREWMOCEL REMARK] MOTIFS x D) MR3 VANTAGE PHASE bV. 2M6 96`�CKi7j- 6.0 tp 1 MARI(ELELECTRIC EBWRD TWIN CRV F/W B SLONFR HE4TER MODEL F3BM4]BC EF -1 M O15 0] to 1 CEMING MDR Tq1 1. PROVOEWRIIWALLCFPWIINIHTEDRALMMPERANDBODSCREEN. ELECTRIC BASEBOARD HEATER SCHEDULE UNIT ELECTNCAL NAS WATT SNH (LENGTH MMP Vd.TM£ WASE MANUFACTURER/MODEL MOTIFS x D) .AHI bV. 2M6 96`�CKi7j- 6.0 tp 1 MARI(ELELECTRIC EBWRD HE4TER MODEL F3BM4]BC E8 1000 3,400 WXWXZ' MMNEL ELECTRK BPSEBWRD B.l 110 1 HEATER MCOELE:SH.0 HVACROTES-GENERK REQUIREMENTS MM UAL OONTMCTCR M PROVIOE ALL MATERIALS, IFBOR. EQUIPMENT AND TESTING FOR COMPLETE MVAC SYSTEMAB REWIRED BY BUILDINGAND MECHANICAL CCI ISO AND INC 2015 RESPECTIVELY. LOCAL ORDINANCES. ADOPTED MECHANICAL STANDARDS AND SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS OF THE BUILDING. • ALL MECHANICAL EW IPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED COMPLETE WITH ALL ACCESSORIES, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, CONTROLS, ETC. FOR A FULLY FUNCTIONING SYSTEM REGARDLESS OF PRESENCE ON THE PIANS. • ALL EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION SHAIL BE GUARANTEED TO BE FREE OF DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF ONE I11 YEAR AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK OR IN ACCORDANCE WFN THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD GINRANIEE. N LONGER. ALLCOMPRESSORSARE TO INCLUDE FIVE (5) YEAR WARRANTV. E GSTNG EQUIPMENT 15 EXCLUDED FROM WANRANTY REOUIREMENT. • MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CCCSDINATE WTI GENERAL CONTRACTOR IN REGARDS TO PROJECT TIMELINE. NCRK HOURS M WELL AS ANT BONONG OR INSURANCE. • ALL EQUIPMENT AND IMTERIALS TO BE NEW CONSTRUCTION UNLESS OTHERWISE CALLED OUT ON PLANS • THESE DRAWINGS PRE DIAGRAMMATIC AND SHLW GENERAL LOCATION AND ARRANGEMENT OF AJL MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. THE DRAWINGS SW BE FOLLGWEO AS CLOSELY AS BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND ALL OTHER WORK WILL PERMIT. • UPON COMPLETION OF WORT( HVAC COMPACTOR I6 TO PROVIDE CANTER WITH COMPLETE BOUND SET OF ALL EQUIPMENT OPERATION I MAINTENANCE NANVAL6, PACKAGE IS ALSO TO INCLUDE PINY WARRANTY B GUARANTEE NFORIMTIOi HVAC NOTES - MATERIALS EXHAUST AIR VENT FROM FANAIST FAN. EF -1, THROUGH SIDEWALL DIFFUSER, GRILLE AND REOSTER IAMENCUTURE AS FOLLOWS Co DIFFUSER. GRILLE OR REGISTER TYPEICO=CE;UNG NFFUSER) 1220 NECK&FACE DIMENSIONS(IrOx 2CXOV FACE) ORFACEDIMENSIONS. 500 aRFL RATE IN CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE (CFM) HVAC NOLES-COOROHATK)N MELHANICPL CONTPACTCR 5W111 OOORDINATE CLOSELY WITH ALL OTHER TRADES TO AVOID CONFLICT AND ENSURE OTHER TRADES PROVIDE MEASURES TO ACCOMMODATE MECHANMAL NARK (ACCESS COORS, ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS, 'UINVVALUROOF OPENINGS, ETC.) MECHANICa CONTFACTCR SHALL VERIFY LOCATION OF PENETRATCN FOR EXHAUST DUCT WITH MCHDELT 6 OMER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION, MVAC NOTES -EXECUTION • MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SINLL INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT TO MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTORS TO ENSURE REWIRED MAINTENANCE ACCESS AND CLEARANCES ARE MAINTAINED. IF CONFLICT URGE ETSE STS BNEEN THEPUNS AND WJNFACNRERS INSTRUCTON6, CONTACT ENGINEER. • BFKAL PENETRATION OF RATED WAS,L6, CEILINGFLOORS IN ALCORMNLE WITH APPROPRIATE U L PENETRATION DETAIL. • THE MECHANICAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL MECIYW ICACEQUIPMENT FROM FOREIGN MATERIAL DURING CONSTRUCTION. UPON IO COMPLETN OF VARK THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CLEAN. WARN, ETC. ALL ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT WITHIN MECHANICAL CONTRACTDRS SLOPE OR WORK AND LEAVE ALL ITEMS CLEAN. 16-1234 HAPPY HOLLOW PARK RESTROOM HVAC PLAN hbk SNGINSStING HBK ENGINEERING, LLC SW S SILBERT 6T. IOWA CITY. A— PHONE: pH' 3M-1MT FAX (319) 3NH431 IOWA DEPARTMENT OF LABOR REGMTRATION NO. M62I12S –144s'. _-......... --I ITY OF IOWA CITY NOT APPLICABLE NOTAPPLICAHII Ten Q. c �. f... r, r'r �a r; _ .�. � t r �` ��: �a :�_ _ 4•` _ l //OVERRIDE SNITCH ELECTRICAL 11 \ F1 PANEL EP -1 EF11 Ft ' OB W11NUGE. T 1 ARCHITECTURAL. SHEETS I ' / \�WEBRIDESWITC14 R1 PHOTO EYE CONTROL IN GABLE ®N RESTROOM LIGHTING PLAN SCALE: 1/8"w I'-0" LIGHTING NOTES'. EXTERIOR FIGJFTS CONTROLLED BY PHOTO EYE IN CABLE ICN AT DUSK, OFF AT DAWN). BATHROOM LIGHTS ON OCCUPANCY ROMP MOUNTED W CEAJNGF OVERRIDE SMTCH IN CHASE CHASE LXRITS ON B'MTCH, MOUNT EXTERIOR RECESSED FIXTURES M SOFFIT, LX1HT HXFJRE SCHEDULE. F1 -PHILIPS DAYERITE OAN 2 32{INVON-ESAOV Lt - WF HARRIS UOIRINO MODEL p0-10 LED, CEILWG MOUNT VANDAL RESISTANT LEO FIXTURE RI-CAPERLIOUINOXN.ORECESSE000.NR .HZWO T,B'APERATURE.BHVLOWCERINGHOUSWG. DAMP LCCATN)NS "IFFE TRIM, LADE FLOOD. F2 -SHELTER -PHILIP-- BRAE 1FD2-PP-UAV------ ACCESSORY:CB<OO BOTTOM BICE COVER FOR UMP. PANEL EP -1 SDA MOB ]MAWG.iM OND.1-1/2C UTILTIY SERVICE FEED FROM EXI8TING POLE TO VVEST 1 TO SHELTER+ /EIECTR6AL / PJWFL EP -1 -- -EBII-1- -OSE "y''�-ELECTRIC UTILNY SERVICE VERIFY UGWFIXTIIRE • METER DIRECTION TO UTILITY CONNECTIONS AND ADJUST J ❑ I FOR VOLTAGE ONO, mo yr ra rmrarsn®AKA VOLTS. 12 U 1 FHA6E S WIRE IWAMP MAINE J O f12 AVGIMM.) 4in 1 `EF / G -1 L EBH3 ®N RESTROOM POWER PLAN SCALE: 7/8' =1'-0" POWER NOTES: RECEPTACLES ARE SURFACE MOUNT. WRITE RECEPTACLES WITH WEATXER£ROW `MALE IN USE COVEM, S URFACE M W NT ELFCTRICAL PANEL EXTERIOR RECEPTACLE TO BE MOUNTED AT T -IT TNEVICE. 141 -HAND DRYER -EXCEL XLERATOR INIAD DRYER MODEL XL -W, WAVE, SURFACE MOOT, AUTOMATIC TIME CYCLE HIRINGM,ERMOUIITFORP PERARCXIIECTLAALSPECIFICATIONS. SINGEPHASEIMV,125ATOBESUPPLIEDPNDINSTALLEDBY ELECTRICAL COMMCTOR. EYE CONTROL IN GAIN£ ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST /PHOTO USE COPPER VIRE IN STAWC UGWFIXTIIRE I 1 EXITSIGN I ON ENTIRE CIRCUIT AND SIZE mo yr ra rmrarsn®AKA VOLTS. 12 U 1 FHA6E S WIRE IWAMP MAINE (] roux.nu.n O f12 AVGIMM.) 4in urs. / 1W TO 175 ITB TO ]0B SCO' TO 450' HOARD IS AM MAWS (MAX) � -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - OF, CUN DERGROUND TO EM PANEL NT. ®N SHELTER LIGHTING & POWER PLAN SCALE: 7/e" = 7'-0" Bec 04, 2017 - 3,52pm II\Project\161234\tl•p Lull Ie'u•RIp Flles)\CADV61234 - Restroom MEP LDA•p mom m_m _o m'Em® ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LIST PANELBOARD SCHEDULE USE COPPER VIRE IN STAWC UGWFIXTIIRE (SEEDNGRAMATRIGHT) RECEPTACLES EXITSIGN ON ENTIRE CIRCUIT AND SIZE mo yr ra rmrarsn®AKA VOLTS. 12 U 1 FHA6E S WIRE IWAMP MAINE (] roux.nu.n O f12 AVGIMM.) 4in urs. REALMwr FlM 1W TO 175 ITB TO ]0B SCO' TO 450' HOARD IS AM MAWS (MAX) � air ar=e O . kVA O.C.P. NT. El NO, PH kVA LOAD DEVICE LOAD DEVICE NO. ��.w OPB 2M 2 ► MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKERlit. 4 58AA El o ► r, 8 0. 3M LE RECEPTACLE HAND OR R, A 018 21N B LIGHTING BEA R. E&L1 PGI W B BASEBOARD HEATER EBH3 SHELTER LIGHiB • 1C ��•MDTORAFncoNITXOL EMERGENCY B O ��"'""""�' ® OCCUPANCY SENSGit SYSTEM L F mom m_m _o m'Em® WIRE SIZING TABLE FOR tAV-IDA BHPNCX CIRCUITS ONLY PAN ESS NOTED OTHERMSEI PANELBOARD SCHEDULE USE COPPER VIRE IN STAWC (SEEDNGRAMATRIGHT) CCNDUR,AW382E AS FOLLGM PANEL EF1 LOCATION: STORAGE RWM ON ENTIRE CIRCUIT AND SIZE VOLTS. 12 U 1 FHA6E S WIRE IWAMP MAINE +FlRSTOI LPST ON D TO 1W f12 AVGIMM.) MAIN DISCONNECT. 5M MCB MOUNTING SURFACE RSTLY, CIRCUIT 1W TO 175 ITB TO ]0B SCO' TO 450' HOARD IS AM MAWS (MAX) LOAD. PHASE A 2SKVA PHASE 0 1.N kVA TOTAL 4.MkVA . kVA O.C.P. NT. COPD DESCRIPTIONCKT. NO, PH kVA LOAD DEVICE LOAD DEVICE NO. LOAD DESCRIPTION OPB 2M 2 LIGHT S E%XAUST FPM MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKERlit. 58AA 8 0. 3M A RECEPTACLE HAND OR R, A 018 21N B LIGHTING BEA R. E&L1 B 1.0 20A B BASEBOARD HEATER EBH3 SHELTER LIGHiB A 1C B 12 WIRE SIZING TABLE FOR tAV-IDA BHPNCX CIRCUITS ONLY PAN ESS NOTED OTHERMSEI IF DISTANCE LMB) IN FEET I8: USE COPPER VIRE IN STAWC (SEEDNGRAMATRIGHT) CCNDUR,AW382E AS FOLLGM ON ENTIRE CIRCUIT AND SIZE CONWRACCORDINGLY. +FlRSTOI LPST ON D TO 1W f12 AVGIMM.) RSTLY, CIRCUIT 1W TO 175 ITB TO ]0B SCO' TO 450' HOARD IS AM MAWS (MAX) Y�EB 1R VREE I-ENGTH FROM FIRST TO UST RECEPTACLE CNCIRCUIT. TABLES ARE BASED ON EVENLY DISTRIBUTED LOAD --NOASM VWTAT£ AT UST ORIET MPRY AccotGNQI. ). CONTRACTORS SNAI ANDY IDE ALL MATERIALS. LABOR, EOUIPMENT ANO TESTSIG AS REOUINED FOR TRE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS AND RELATED VANBL THE CONTRACTORS SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY ALL FEES, PERMITS AND UCENSES REWIRES FOR THEIR WORK THE CONRACTOR SHALL FAMILMRIZE THEMSELVES WITH THE SITE AND VIIM ANY CONDITIONS VMICH MIGHT PRESENT UNUSUAL ASPECTS TO THE MRK INVOLVED. VERIFY EXRITING CONDITIONS. EQUIPMENT AND DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING OR CONSTRUCTION. INCLUDING PIPE PNDgR DUCT ROUTING. POTENTIAL OBSTACLES, ETC. AMENDED BY THE CITY OE CITY. W CROMIN TH THE GENERAL CON FACTOR FOR THIS PROJECT. PROVIDE PROTECTION FCR EOURVENT AND MATERIALS TO BE INSTALLED PS PART OF THIS PROJECT AS HELL AS THE OANERS EQUIPMENT AND FACILITIES. ALL MATERIALSSWILLBE NEW UNLESS INDICATED OTHERVHSE SKILLED TRADESMEN STALL PERFORM WORK ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AHO SYSTEMS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTONS AND SHALL BE KEPT IN REPAIR AND PROPER OPERATING CONDITION UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF ALL OEBRIB AND MATERIALS RESULTING FROM WORK THIS SHALL INCLUDE EQUIPMENT. FURNISHINGS, AND EXCESS HEMS LYING LOUSE WITHIN THE BUILDING DUE TO CONSTRUCTOR PRESS CONWT TO BE GIB. CITY OF IOWA CITY NOT APPLICABLE .NOT APPLICABLE ;_?���R� i., . __}: .+� " : 7 `